construction environmental management plan · 2019-10-03 · this construction environmental...
Post on 11-Mar-2020
7 Views
Preview:
TRANSCRIPT
Construction Environmental Management Plan
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
November 2018
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan ii
Contacts
Position Name Phone
GEJV Project Manager (24 hour contact)
Adam Boyd 0419 501 731
GEJV Health and Safety Manager Jerry Cockburn 0437 403 821
GEJV Environmental Manager (ESR)
Peter Sheehan 0437 397 005
GEJV Superintendent (24 hour contact)
Jamie Barry 0447 805 181
GEJV Community Relations Manager
Robert Parker (02) 8072 3600
Roads and Maritime between Mersey Road and Eaton Road – Project Manager
Easwaran Veeragathipillai 0400 561 753
Roads and Maritime Senior Environmental Officer
Owen Clark 0476 837 960
Roads and Maritime On-Site Environment Officer
Jim Steen 0439 439 570
EPA pollution hotline NA 131 555
Roads and Maritime Senior Project Manager (24 hour contact)
Jeff Gilham 0455 068 886
Roads and Maritime Environmental Manager
Anthony Eland 0476 813 083
Roads and Maritime Community and Stakeholder Engagement Advisor
Kamini Parashar 0431 113 068
Water NSW ~ 1300 662 077
Liverpool City Council ~ 1300 362 170
SafeWork NSW ~ 131 050
The Ministry of Health Wollongong Hospital 252 Loftus Street, Wollongong
(02) 4222 5000
Fire and Rescue NSW ~
000 (for pollution incidents that present an immediate threat to human health or property) 1300 729 579 (for pollution incidents that do not present an immediate threat to human health or property)
NSW Police Penrith Local Area Command
Sergeant Matt Shirvington (02) 4721 9415
Environmental Representative
Cameron Weller 0428 271 496 Cam@hutchisonweller.com
Peter Morrall (alt) 0414 860 356 peter@hutchisonweller.com
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan iii
Contents
1 Introduction ................................................................................................................. 1
Background .......................................................................................................... 1
Purpose of this CEMP .......................................................................................... 2
Consultation ......................................................................................................... 3
Certification and approval ..................................................................................... 3
Distribution ........................................................................................................... 3
Revision ............................................................................................................... 4
2 Project description ...................................................................................................... 5
Project overview ................................................................................................... 5
Construction activities and sequence ................................................................... 6
Compounds and ancillary facilities ..................................................................... 13
3 Environmental Management System Overview ...................................................... 16
Georgiou Environmental Management System .................................................. 16
Environmental Policy and Procedures ................................................................ 16
CEMP ................................................................................................................ 16
4 Planning ..................................................................................................................... 22
Project environmental obligations ....................................................................... 22
Legal and other requirements ............................................................................. 22
Environmental aspects and impacts ................................................................... 23
Environmental objectives and targets ................................................................. 25
5 Implementation and operation ................................................................................. 27
Resources, roles, responsibilities and authority .................................................. 27
Sub-contractor management .............................................................................. 34
Competence, training and awareness ................................................................ 35
Working hours .................................................................................................... 39
Communication .................................................................................................. 40
Emergency and incident planning, management and reporting .......................... 44
6 Inspections, Monitoring and Review ........................................................................ 49
Environmental inspections ................................................................................. 49
Environmental monitoring ................................................................................... 50
Compliance ........................................................................................................ 51
Auditing .............................................................................................................. 53
Reporting ........................................................................................................... 54
Environmental non-conformity, corrective and preventative actions ................... 58
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan iv
Records of environmental activities .................................................................... 60
Environmental management system review ....................................................... 61
Appendices ......................................................................................................................... 63
Section A: EMS Documentation ........................................................................................ 64
Appendix A1 ................................................................................................................ 65
Appendix A2 ................................................................................................................ 67
Appendix A3 ................................................................................................................ 75
Appendix A4 ................................................................................................................ 77
Appendix A5 ................................................................................................................ 78
Appendix A6 ................................................................................................................ 81
Appendix A7 ................................................................................................................ 95
Appendix A8 ................................................................................................................ 96
Appendix A9 ................................................................................................................ 99
Appendix A10 ............................................................................................................ 101
Appendix A11 ............................................................................................................ 102
Section B: Supporting Management Plans ..................................................................... 103
Appendix B1 .............................................................................................................. 104
Appendix B2 .............................................................................................................. 105
Appendix B3 .............................................................................................................. 106
Appendix B4 .............................................................................................................. 107
Appendix B5 .............................................................................................................. 108
Appendix B6 .............................................................................................................. 109
Appendix B7 .............................................................................................................. 110
Appendix B8 .............................................................................................................. 111
Appendix B9 .............................................................................................................. 112
Appendix B10 ............................................................................................................ 113
Appendix B11 ............................................................................................................ 114
Tables
Table 2-1: Construction activities and sequencing ......................................................... 9
Table 3-1: Environmental Management Sub-plans and Strategies ...............................18
Table 4-1: Licenses, Permits and Approvals ................................................................22
Table 4-2: Environmental objectives and targets ..........................................................25
Table 5-1: Environmental Awareness Training .............................................................38
Table 5-2: Summary of requirements for incident notification and reporting .................47
Table 6-1: Summary of environmental monitoring requirements ...................................50
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan v
Table 6-2: Compliance reporting ..................................................................................51
Table 6-3: Audit requirements ......................................................................................53
Table 6-4: Reporting requirements ...............................................................................54
Figures
Figure 2-1: Project location and Key Features (only Stage 4 is relevant to this CEMP) ......... 5
Figure 2-2: Proposed compound and ancillary areas for the Project (excludes (C1, C2) ......14
Figure 3-1: Project environmental management document system overview ........................17
Figure 5-1: Management structure between GEJV and Roads and Maritime ........................28
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan vi
Appendices
Section A
Appendix A1 Legal and Contractual requirements
Appendix A2 Environmental aspects and impacts
Appendix A3 Environmental policy
Appendix A4 Ancillary Facility Management Plan
Appendix A5 Document register
Appendix A6 Sensitive area plans
Appendix A7 Environmental incident classification and reporting procedure
Appendix A8 Environmental work method statement register
Appendix A9 Georgiou Nonconformity and corrective and preventative action procedure
Appendix A10 Georgiou auditing, review and inspection standard
Appendix A11 ISO 14001 Certification
Section B Supporting management plans
Appendix B1 Construction Traffic Management Plan
Appendix B2 Construction Flora and Fauna Management Sub Plan
Appendix B3 Construction Noise and Vibration Management Sub Plan
Appendix B4 Construction Soil and Water Management Sub Plan
Appendix B5 Construction Cultural Heritage Management Sub Plan
Appendix B6 Construction Air Quality Management Sub Plan
Appendix B7 Construction Waste and Energy Management Sub Plan
Appendix B8 Construction Contaminated Land Management Sub Plan
Appendix B9 Other Management Measures Management Plan
Appendix B10 Construction Sustainability Management Plan
Appendix B11 Pollution Incident Response Management Plan
Appendix B12 Construction Community Liaison Plan
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan vii
Glossary / Abbreviations
Term Expanded Text
ARI Average recurrence interval
ASS Acid sulfate soils
CEMP Construction Environmental Management Plan
CEMS Contractors environmental management systems
CCLP Construction Community Liaison Plan
CNVMP Construction Noise and Vibration Management sub Plan
Compliance audit Verification of how implementation is proceeding with respect to a construction environmental management plan (CEMP) (which incorporates the relevant approval conditions).
CRAW Construction Risk Assessment Workshop
DIPNR NSW Department of Planning, Infrastructure and Natural Resources
DP&E NSW Department of Planning and Environment
Ecological sustainable development
Using, conserving and enhancing the community’s resources so that the ecological processes on which life depends are maintained and the total quality of life now and in the future, can be increased (Council of Australian Governments, 1992).
EIS Environmental Impact Assessment
EMS Environmental management system
Environmental aspect Defined by AS/NZS ISO 14001:2004 as an element of an organisation’s activities, products or services that can interact with the environment.
Environmental impact Defined by AS/NZS ISO 14001:2004 as any change to the environment, whether adverse or beneficial, wholly or partially resulting from an organisation’s environmental aspects.
Environmental incident An unexpected event that has, or has the potential to, cause harm to the environment and requires some action to minimise the impact or restore the environment.
Environmental objective Defined by AS/NZS ISO 14001:2004 as an overall environmental goal, consistent with the environmental policy, that an organisation sets itself to achieve.
Environmental policy Statement by an organisation of its intention and principles for environmental performance.
Environmental target Defined by AS/NZS ISO 14001:2004 as a detailed performance requirement, applicable to the organisation or parts thereof, that arises from the environmental objectives and that needs to be set and met in order to achieve those objectives.
EP&A Act Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979 (NSW)
EPA NSW Environment Protection Authority
EPBC Act Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 (Cmth)
EPL Environment protection licence
GEJV ESR Georgiou Ertech Joint Venture Environment Site Representative
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan viii
Term Expanded Text
ER Independent Environmental Representative
EWMS Environmental work method statement
GMS Georgiou management system
GEJV Georgiou Ertech Joint Venture
Heritage Act Heritage Act 1977 (NSW)
HSE Health, safety and environment
HSEQ Health, Safety, Environment and Quality
ITS Intelligent Transport Systems
KPI Key performance indicator
MNES Matters of national environmental significance under the EPBC Act
NEPM National environmental protection measures
Non-compliance Failure to comply with the requirements of the Project approval or any applicable license, permit or legal requirements.
Non-conformance Failure to conform to the requirements of Project system documentation including this CEMP or supporting documentation.
NPW Act National Parks and Wildlife Act 1974 (NSW)
NSW New South Wales
OEH Office of Environment and Heritage
PESCP Progressive erosion and sediment control plan
POEO Act Protection of the Environment Operations Act 1997 (NSW)
Principal, the Roads and Maritime
Project, the The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
QHEST Quality, health, environment and safety tool
RAP Remediation action plan
RMS Roads and Maritime Services
SPIR Submissions and Preferred Infrastructure Report
SWMS Safe work method statement
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 1
1 Introduction
Background
The Northern Road Upgrade – Mersey Road, Bringelly to Glenmore Parkway, Glenmore
Park Project (the TNR Upgrade Project) comprises the upgrade of 16 km of The Northern
Road (TNR) as part of the broader Western Sydney Infrastructure Plan. The TNR Upgrade
Project will be constructed in three separate stages under three separate Construction
contracts. The first stage is contractually known as Stage 4 – between Mersey Road and
Eaton Road (the Project). The Project involves the realignment of 5.7km of The Northern
Road around the Western Sydney Airport site with the construction of a four lane divided
road and the adjustment of public utilities. The Project will be delivered by Georgiou Ertech
Joint Venture (GEJV), comprising Georgiou Group Pty Ltd and Ertech Pty Ltd.
The TNR Upgrade Project was assessed under both State and Federal planning approval
pathways. The TNR Upgrade Project was declared by the NSW Minister for Planning to be
critical State significant infrastructure (CSSI) development under Schedule 5 of the State
Environmental Planning Policy (State and Regional Development) 2011 and was assessed
under Part 5.1 of the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979 (NSW) (EP&A Act).
The TNR Upgrade Project was also subject to approval under the Commonwealth
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 (EPBC Act) due to potential
impacts on Matters of National Environmental Significance (MNES) and Commonwealth
land. It was declared in 2016 by the Federal Minister for the Environment and Energy to be a
‘controlled action’ under the EPBC Act. In addition, the TNR Upgrade Project has been
determined a ‘controlled action’ under the EPBC Act due to potential impact on
Commonwealth land and Commonwealth listed endangered ecological communities. The
TNR Upgrade project was also subject to approval under the Commonwealth Environment
Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 (EPBC Act) due to potential impacts on
Matters of National Environmental Significance (MNES) and Commonwealth land. It was
declared in 2016 by the Federal Minister for the Environment and Energy to be a ‘controlled
action’ under the EPBC Act.
A single Environmental Impact Statement (EIS / Draft EIS) was prepared for the TNR
Upgrade Project to satisfy the environmental assessment requirements of both Part 5.1 of
the EP&A Act and Part 8 of the EPBC Act. Following public display of the EIS, a
Submissions and Preferred Infrastructure Report (SPIR) was prepared to respond to issues
raised, propose design refinements and provide revised environmental management
measures (REMMs). The SPIR was submitted to the NSW Minister for Planning. A Final EIS
satisfying the requirements of the EPBC Act was submitted to the Federal Minister for the
Environment and Energy in December 2017.
Approval under the EP&A Act was granted by the Minister for Planning on 30 May 2018.
Approval under the EPBC Act was granted by the Federal Minister for the Environment and
Energy on 15 June 2018.
An Overarching Construction Environmental Management Plan (OACEMP) has been
developed by Roads and Maritime to address the NSW and Federal conditions of approval
and the management measures presented in the EIS and SPIR, Roads and Maritime
specifications and all applicable legislation.
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 2
Purpose of this CEMP
This Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) and sub plans have been
developed in accordance with the Overarching Construction Environmental Management
Plan (OACEMP), conditions of approval (CoA), management measures detailed in the EIS,
SPIR, relevant Roads and Maritime QA Specifications and the Guideline for the Preparation
of Environmental Management Plans (DIPNR, 2004). This CEMP is consistent with AS/NZS
ISO 14001: Environmental Management Systems, ISO 9001: Quality Management System
and AS/NZS 4801: Safety Management Systems.
This CEMP has been prepared to outline and describe how the NSW Minister for Planning’s
Conditions of Approval (NSW-CoA) and the Federal Minister for the Environment and
Energy’s Conditions of Approval (Federal-CoA) will be complied with during the Construction
of the Project.
The purpose of this CEMP is to provide a structured approach to the management of
environmental issues during Construction of the Project. Implementing this CEMP effectively
will ensure that the Project Team meets regulatory and contract requirements in a systematic
manner and continually improves its environmental performance.
In particular, this CEMP provides:
A schedule for compliance auditing
A program for analysis of the key environmental risks arising from the Construction of
the Project
Procedures for rectifying non-compliances
A list of the Sub-plans prepared under this CEMP
Details of training, inductions and awareness programs for Construction personnel
A mechanism for periodic review and update of the CEMP and associated plans and
programs
A description of the Project in detail including activities to be undertaken and relative
timing
Specific mitigation measures and controls that can be applied on-site to avoid or
minimise negative environmental impacts
Specific mechanisms for compliance with applicable policies, approvals, licences,
permits, consultation agreements and legislation
A description of the environmental management related roles and responsibilities of
personnel
Objectives and targets for issues that are important to the environmental performance
of the Project
An outline of a monitoring regime to check the adequacy of controls as they are
implemented during Construction.
This CEMP is the overarching document in the environmental management system for the
Project that includes a number of management documents. These are described in Section
3. It is applicable to all staff and sub-contractors associated with the Construction of the
Project.
This CEMP will be available to all personnel and sub-contractors via the Project document
control management system and onsite. This CEMP will be made available for public
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 3
inspection on the Project website. Confidential information, which may include the location of
threatened species, Aboriginal objects or places and personnel contact details, will be
removed from all documents provided or made available to the public.
1.2.1 Conditions of approval
This CEMP and its sub-plans (see Appendices, Section B) have been prepared in
accordance with the OACEMP and relevant CoAs. This CEMP meets the requirements of the
NSW and Federal conditions relating to the preparation of a CEMP.
Issue-specific sub-plans have been prepared to address CoAs relevant to specific
environmental aspects and issues and to meet environmental objectives and targets
throughout Construction. The issue-specific sub-plans also address how the revised
environmental management measures detailed in the SPIR will be implemented during
Construction. The issue-specific sub-plans are provided as appendices to this CEMP. A list
of the sub-plans and their associated procedures and plans required under the NSW and
Federal CoA is provided in Appendix A5.
Other relevant management measures to be addressed in Construction (including socio-
economic and land use, urban design and visual impact, hydrology and flooding, hazards
and risks, pesticides, fire management and cumulative impacts) which have not been
addressed in the sub-plans are provided in Appendix B9.
1.2.2 Ecologically Sustainable Development
This CEMP incorporates the principles of ecologically sustainable development. This is further reflected in the Construction Sustainability Management Plan (Appendix B10), which outlines the management measures to be implemented by GEJV during Construction to achieve the sustainability measures identified in the EIS and SPIR.
Consultation
Consultation with the community, relevant stakeholders and agencies by GEJV will occur
throughout the Construction of the Project. The approach to community consultation is
documented in the Community Communication Strategy (CCS) and the GEJV Construction
Community Liaison Plan, described in Section 5.5.3 of the CEMP. GEJV will undertake
consultation activities in accordance with the principles and processes outlined in the CCS.
Certification and approval
This CEMP will be approved by the GEJV Project Manager and a Representative from the Georgiou Health Safety and Environment (HSE) Department. This CEMP has been reviewed by the Roads and Maritime Environmental Manager (or delegate) and the ER to ensure consistency with the approved OACEMP.
Distribution
This CEMP applies, and is available to all personnel and sub-contractors associated with the Construction of the Project via the Project document control management system.
This document is uncontrolled when printed. One controlled hard copy of the CEMP and supporting documentation will be maintained at the Project office. The CEMP will also be available in electronic form on the Project website.
Registered copies of this CEMP will be distributed to:
GEJV Project Manager
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 4
GEJV ESR
Roads and Maritime Representative
Roads and Maritime between Mersey Road and Eaton Road Project Manager
Roads and Maritime Community and Stakeholder Engagement Advisor
Environmental Representative (ER).
Revision
This CEMP and other related documents will be reviewed at least annually during the Executive Review, and as a result of:
Changes to Georgiou procedures or processes
Changes to key personnel or resources
Changes in legal and other obligations
The continuous improvement process
Instructions from Roads and Maritime.
This CEMP will be reviewed within one month (or as otherwise agreed with the Secretary) of
any of the following occurrences:
Identification of matters that require attention following an environmental audit
A reportable environmental incident or near miss
Significant changes to site conditions and/or work methods
Identification of new risks, including risks identified during risk register updates
Identification of non-compliances
Should the review process identify any issues or items within the environmental
documentation that are in need of updating, the Environmental Site Representative will
update the CEMP. Revisions to this CEMP will be approved by the GEJV Project Manager.
Any revisions to this CEMP will be issued to the Roads and Maritime Environmental Manager
(or delegate) for review.
Revised versions of this CEMP will be made available through the document control process
described in Section 6.7.2.
Reviews will be undertaken in consultation with key stakeholders to ensure all
locations/functions are considered. A record of the date and comments relating to any
revisions of this CEMP will be included in the revision table.
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 5
2 Project description
Project overview
Roads and Maritime proposes to realign 5.7 km of The Northern Road around the Western Sydney Airport site with the construction of a four lane divided road and the adjustment of public utilities (the Project). An overview of the key features of the Project is provided in Figure 2-1.
The Project will improve traffic flow and connectivity in the western Sydney region and facilitate the construction of the Western Sydney Airport.
The Project extends from Mersey Road, Bringelly to Eaton Road, Luddenham and traverses the local government area of Liverpool, approximately 45 km west of the Sydney central business district.
Figure 2-1: Project location and key features
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 6
Construction activities and sequence
Key features of the Project works include:
Construction of approximately 5.7 km of The Northern Road including clearing and
grubbing, earthworks, stormwater drainage, subsurface drainage and pavement
Construction of three-way traffic light intersection at Leppington Pastoral Company,
Airport access and tie-in at new and existing The Northern Road
Construction of approximately 300 m of The Northern Road (East) connecting to
existing The Northern Road
Construction of three drainage culverts and two stock underpasses
Construction of and switching traffic onto interim southbound carriageway from
Leppington Pastoral Company and Eaton Road
Construction of footpaths and shared pedestrian/cycle paths
Adjustment of utilities and construction of Intelligent Transport Systems (ITS)
Landscaping
Property adjustment.
The proposed sequence of Construction activities for the Project is as follows below. A detailed Construction staging plan and Construction program will be developed prior to commencement of Construction in consultation with Roads and Maritime.
Early works
Aboriginal and non-aboriginal heritage salvage works
Building and structure condition surveys of all buildings and structures within the
distances listed in Annexure E of Specification G36
Establishment of no-go areas and site boundary
Construction of ancillary facilities
Property adjustments, including fencing
Installation of erosion and sediment controls
Installation of noise mitigation measures
Clearing and grubbing activities, including removal of vegetation for compound site
and ancillary facilities
Establishment of stockpile and compound sites
Notification of residents of Construction work
Installation of Construction signage and advisory signs
Relocation of utilities and services
Preparation of building condition surveys.
Earthworks
Stripping, stockpiling and management of topsoil and unsuitable material
Vegetation clearing
Installation of further environmental controls
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 7
Excavation and fill to road formation levels, including excavations for embankments
and cuttings and boxing out the new pavement
Importation of fill material
Disposal of unsuitable and/or surplus excavated material to other project sites or a
licensed facility
Construction of retaining walls
Installation of road drainage infrastructure.
Road work
Construction of temporary haul roads
Importation, placement and compaction of fill material
Placing, compacting and finishing of road surface sub-base and base layers
Placing, compacting and finishing of asphalt road surface base layers
Construction drainage
Modification of existing stormwater systems including water management ponds and
culverts
Installation of kerbing and barriers
Road widening
Intersection works
Finishing work, such as line marking; kerb and gutter construction; installation of
safety barriers, street lighting and sign posting; and landscaping
Decommissioning and rehabilitation of temporary ancillary facilities and temporary
works
Implementation of traffic management and access measures, including speed
reduction, temporary traffic controls and signs
Clearing and grubbing activities, including removal of vegetation for access roads and
bridge piers
Removal and stockpiling of topsoil
Dam dewatering
Longitudinal and transverse drainage work
Earthworks involving excavation and fill, including stockpiling of material
Hauling, spreading and placing of select material for road construction
Building of road surfaces consisting of bound and unbound granular material such as
aggregates, lean mix concrete and bitumen seals
Building of kerbs and shoulders
Construction of pavements
Placement of asphaltic concrete
Building of roadside furniture, including safety barriers and fencing
Installing signs and line marking
Topsoiling and landscaping
Decommissioning of stockpiles and compound site
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 8
Revegetation of all ancillary areas.
Post-Construction
Condition surveys of all buildings and structures for which pre-Construction condition
surveys were undertaken
Maintenance of landscaped areas.
Construction activities, plant and equipment and approximate duration of activities are provided in Table 2-1.
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 9
Table 2-1: Construction activities and sequencing
Construction activity
Proposed work Plant and equipment Approximate duration
Early works Notification of residents of Construction work
Leasing or acquisition of land
Installation of Construction signage and advisory signs
Installation of environmental controls
Preparation of dilapidation and building condition surveys
Adjustment, relocation and protection of public utilities and services
Site establishment activities, such as:
- establishment of temporary ancillary facilities
- establishment of Construction site fencing, signage and lighting
- establishment of Construction site access points, traffic management measures, alternative public access routes, diversions and minor road modifications if required
- demolition of redundant structures on acquired/leased land
- relocation and/or removal of farm infrastructure
Activities prior to vegetation clearing, including:
- pre-clearing surveys
- marking out ‘no go’ zones
- identifying fauna habitat trees and fauna release areas
Establishment of temporary drainage
Aboriginal heritage salvage
Non-Aboriginal heritage salvage
Contamination investigations
Construction of temporary sediment basins
Trucks
Light vehicles
Generators
Crane
Bobcat
Excavator
6 months
Earthworks
Stripping, stockpiling and management of topsoil and unsuitable material
Vegetation clearing
Light vehicles
Excavator
18 months
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 10
Construction activity
Proposed work Plant and equipment Approximate duration
Installation of further environmental controls
Excavation and fill to road formation levels, including excavations for embankments and cuttings and boxing out the new pavement
Importation of fill material
Disposal of unsuitable and/or surplus excavated material to other project sites or a licensed facility
Construction of retaining walls
Installation of road drainage infrastructure
Dump trucks
Compactors
Bulldozers
Graders
Water carts
Bobcat
Road work (widening and new roads) and intersections
Construction of temporary haul roads
Minor demolition of kerbs, other road elements and other structures
Removal and stockpiling of topsoil
Excavation of any excess or geotechnically unsuitable subsoils
Cut to fill operations including the removal of spoil
Importation, placement and compaction of fill material
Placing, compacting and finishing of road surface sub-base and base layers
Placing, compacting and finishing of asphalt road surface base layers
Installation of new drainage infrastructure and any other services
Modification of existing stormwater systems including water management ponds and culverts
Installation of traffic lights
Installation of kerbing and barriers
Finishing work, such as line marking; kerb and gutter construction; installation of safety barriers, street lighting and sign posting; and landscaping
Decommissioning and rehabilitation of temporary ancillary facilities and temporary works
Excavators
Bulldozers
Water carts
Graders
Dump trucks
Vibrating rollers
Spray sealing equipment
Asphalt paving machines
Concrete saws
Compactors
Cranes
Slip-forming machines
Concrete pumps
Concrete trucks
4 months
Drainage work Excavation, compaction and installation of drainage pipes and pits Light vehicles 15 months
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 11
Construction activity
Proposed work Plant and equipment Approximate duration
Construction of table drains
Installation of culverts and other drainage structures
Construction of temporary diversion channels
Construction of temporary watercourse crossings such as causeways
Dewatering of farm dams, if required
Removal of temporary drainage structures
Excavators
Generators
Jackhammers
Concrete pumps
Concrete trucks
Cranes
Compactors
Boring machines
Bobcats
Pavements
Placing select material (usually crushed rock, natural gravels or suitable soils)
Placing, compacting and finishing concrete to form sub-base pavements
Placing, compacting and finishing the open grade or dense grade asphalt wearing course
Widening, changes in configuration, removal, milling and pavement build-up and resurfacing
Pavement marking
Light vehicles
Excavators
Generators
Asphalt paving machines
Concrete trucks
Cranes
Concrete saws
Compactors
Slip-forming machines
Concrete pumps
Generators
18 months
Utility relocation
Relocation of transmission lines, low voltage cables, gas mains, optic fibre and coaxial cables
Construction of new driveway access points
Adjustments to street lighting
Light vehicles
Excavators
Generators
Boring machines
Piling machines
15 months
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 12
Construction activity
Proposed work Plant and equipment Approximate duration
Cranes
Generators
Dump trucks
Plate compactors
Concrete pumps
Concrete truck
Finishing work Line marking
Installation of directional signage and roadside furniture, such as street lighting
Landscaping
Site demobilisation and rehabilitation of temporary Construction compound sites and other areas of Construction disturbance
Light vehicles
Excavators
Generators
Dump trucks
Concrete trucks
Hydro-mulching equipment
Cranes
Water cart
Compactor
Bobcats
Road marking machine
Welding equipment
9 months
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 13
Compounds and ancillary facilities
Ancillary facilities are defined in the Infrastructure Approval as a “temporary facility for Construction of the Project including an office and amenities compound, Construction compound, material crushing and screening plant, materials storage compound, maintenance workshop and testing laboratory”. Any temporary material stockpile areas located within the Construction footprint are not considered to be an ancillary facility, in accordance with the Infrastructure Approval definition. Any stockpile area located outside the Construction footprint will be classified as an ancillary facility and will be required to comply with the requirements for ancillary facilities. GEJV has developed an Ancillary Facility Management Plan (AFMP) (Appendix A4). The development of the AFMP requires consultation with the EPA and Liverpool City Council. The AFMP will be submitted to the Secretary at least one month prior to the commencement of Construction.
A range of Construction related facilities will be required to build the Project, including site compounds, site offices, ancillary facilities, stockpile areas and laydown areas. The EIS and SPIR identified and assessed ancillary facilities for the Project. The locations of ancillary facilities for the Project, identified as C3-C8, are shown in Figure 2-2. Areas C1 and C2 will not be used by GEJV..
The main compound facility will be situated at location C8 and will include:
Office facilities
Car park for light vehicles and heavy vehicles
Ablution facilities
Chemical storage
Material stockpiles and storage
Erosion and sediment controls
Boundary fencing
Temporary storage and stockpiling of earthworks and pavement material
Other ancillary facilities for the Project will primarily be used for sediment basins, stockpiling and laydown of materials or minor ancillary facilities. Minor ancillary facilities include sheds, offices and staff amenities.
Compounds and ancillary facilities will comprise:
Hardstand parking areas with capacity for all Construction workers
Materials laydown and storage areas, including purpose-built temporary structures as
required
Perimeter fencing, including visual screening where necessary
Temporary acoustic barriers.
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 14
Figure 2-2: Proposed compound and ancillary areas for the Project (excludes (C1, C2)
Any additional ancillary facilities identified for the Project that have not been assessed in the EIS will be assessed in accordance with the criteria in NSW-CoA A15 and NSW-CoA A17, using the ancillary facilities assessment which is in Appendix A4 of the CEMP. The assessment will be included in the AFMP and approved by the Secretary. The Environmental Representative (ER) can assess and approve minor ancillary facilities which include offices, sheds and staff amenities.
Prior to taking any land for the purposes of ancillary facilities including, Construction materials and stockpiling a pre-Construction land condition assessment must be conducted. This must be conducted by an independent environmental consultant with experience in site environmental inspections and Construction waste management. To satisfy a G36 hold point, this report must be submitted to the Roads and Maritime Environmental Manager (or delegate) with any necessary statutory and environmental approvals prior to establishment of the ancillary facility.
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 15
2.3.1 Stockpile locality assessment
Temporary stockpile sites will be required during Construction to store materials for Construction or materials generated from within the Construction site. The stockpile sites may be required to store material including, but not limited to:
Excavated materials to be used in fill embankments and other design features.
Excavated material unsuitable for reuse in the formation.
Excess concrete, pavement, rock, steel and other material stored for either future use
in the Project or prior to removal from site.
Topsoil, mulch, excess timber for landscaping and revegetation works.
Stockpile sites will be established and managed in accordance with the Roads and Maritime Stockpile Site Management Guideline (Roads and Maritime, 2011) and the Stockpile Management Protocol (refer to the Construction Soil and Water Management Plan (Appendix B4)).
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 16
3 Environmental Management System Overview
Georgiou Environmental Management System
GEJV will be working under the Georgiou management system (GMS). The GMS provides an integrated HSEQ framework that manages legal compliance and risks and opportunities at all levels of the business consistently and effectively. The system comprises elements of policy, planning, implementation and operation, checking and review and is aligned with the annual business planning cycle. Georgiou maintains documented policies and procedures to ensure Georgiou’s aims, priorities and overall objectives are clearly articulated, communicated and understood at all levels of the organisation.
Georgiou’s Environmental Management System (EMS) is a component of the GMS. It is ISO 14001 certified and meets the requirements of the NSW Government Environmental Management Guidelines (see Appendix A11).
Environmental Policy and Procedures
Georgiou’s environmental policy describes GEJV’s commitment to continual improvement in environmental performance and compliance with applicable legal requirements and has been developed in accordance with requirements outlined in Section 4.2 of ISO 14001.
The environmental policy is displayed on the Project website and at the site office, and communicated to staff and other interested parties via inductions and ongoing awareness programs.
A copy of the environmental policy is provided in Appendix A3 of this CEMP.
Relevant EMS procedures for the effective implementation of this CEMP and as detailed in G36 clause 3.1 are provided with this CEMP. These include:
Appendix A7 – Roads and Maritime Environmental incident classification and
reporting procedure
Appendix A9 -Georgiou Nonconformity and corrective and preventative action
procedure
Appendix A10 - Georgiou auditing, review and inspection standard
CEMP
This CEMP is the overarching management plan for a suite of environmental management documents including specific sub plans, method statements and procedures. It provides a structured and systematic approach to environmental management for the Project. The primary purpose of the system of documentation is to ensure compliance with the OACEMP, all applicable environmental laws, obligations and approvals specific to the Project and to minimise potential environmental impacts associated with the .
An overview of the environmental management document system for the Project is shown in Figure 3-1.The components that combine to from the Project CEMP are shown below.
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 17
Figure 3-1: Project environmental management document system overview
This CEMP provides the system to manage and control the environmental aspects of the Project during pre-Construction and Construction. It identifies all requirements applicable to activities described in Section 2. It also provides the overall framework for the system and procedures to ensure environmental impacts are minimised and legislative and other requirements are fulfilled. The strategies defined in this CEMP have been developed with consideration of the OACEMP developed by Roads and Maritime, the Project conditions of approval requirements, safeguards and mitigation measures presented in the EIS, SPIR and Roads and Maritime Specifications. This CEMP establishes the system for implementation, monitoring and continuous improvement to minimise impacts from the Project on the environment.
Draft EIS/EIS (as exhibited), SPIR and
Final EIS Relevant legislation
OACEMP and
sub-plans
GEJV system procedures and forms
Monitoring and inspection
Auditing and reporting
Management review
Corr
ective a
ction a
nd
contin
uous im
pro
vem
ent
Com
plia
nce tra
ckin
g
GEJV EWMS
CEMP and sub-plans for the Project
State and Federal Approval
Other environmental plans and
documentation required under the
Infrastructure Approval
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 18
3.3.1 Environmental management sub-plans and strategies
A number of environmental management sub-plans support the CEMP. These documents are prepared to identify requirements and processes applicable to specific impacts or aspects of the activities described in Section 4.3. They address requirements of the conditions of approval, Environment Protection Licence (EPL) conditions, Roads and Maritime specifications and mitigation measures identified in the environment assessment documentation.
A list of Construction sub-plans and procedures for the Project, are provided in the table below.
Table 3-1: Environmental Management Sub-plans and Strategies
Document name Document Reference/ Location
Construction Traffic Management Plan Appendix B1
Construction Flora and Fauna Management Sub Plan
(includes clearing and grubbing and weed management procedure)
Appendix B2
Construction Noise and Vibration Management Sub Plan Appendix B3
Construction Soil and Water Management Sub Plan Appendix B4
Construction Cultural Heritage Management Sub Plan Appendix B5
Construction Air Quality Management Sub Plan Appendix B6
Construction Waste and Energy Management Sub Plan Appendix B7
Construction Contaminated Land Management Sub Plan Appendix B8
Other Management Measures Appendix B9
Construction Sustainability Management Plan Appendix B10
Pollution Incident Response Management Plan (includes emergency spill procedure)
Appendix B11
Construction Community Liaison Plan Appendix B12
3.3.2 Environmental Work Method Statements
Environmental work method statements (EWMS) are prepared to manage and control activities identified as having high environmental risk. EWMS will be prepared prior to the commencement of these activities and will incorporate relevant mitigation measures and controls from management sub plans. EWMS are specifically designed to communicate requirements, actions, processes and controls to Construction personnel using plans, diagrams and simply written instructions.
EWMS will be reviewed by the Roads and Maritime Project Manager, Roads and Maritime Environmental Manager (or delegate) and ER prior to the commencement of the Construction activities to which they apply. For EWMS of activities identified as having high environmental risk, GEJV will consult with stakeholders and authorities prior to approval. GEJV will provide a list of upcoming/future EWMS to the Environmental Review Group (ERG) participants during regular meetings for consultation.
The activities which require an EWMS to be developed include:
Activities assessed as having high environmental risk in the Construction Risk
Assessment Workshop, these include
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 19
Erosion and Sediment Management
Dewatering
Clearing and Grubbing
Out of Hours Work (OOHW)
Asbestos Containing Material Management
Activities that impact on or are in proximity to environmentally sensitive areas and
Aboriginal and non-Aboriginal heritage sites, including Lawson’s Inn and Miss
Lawson’s Guest House archaeological sites
Activities that impact on or are in proximity to waterways including Badgerys Creek
Pre-Construction activities including (as relevant):
delineation of sensitive areas
installation of erosion and sedimentation controls
heritage excavation and salvage
treatment of contaminated sites.
Topsoil stripping including temporary stockpiling and disposal of excavated material
and protocols for the management of materials containing asbestos
Utilities relocation
Compound and ancillary facility establishment and use
Contaminated land
Activities that involve work in waterways or that pose a risk to receiving water quality,
for example
Construction and operation of sediment basins and/or buffer swales and
connecting drainage for the associated catchment area
Construction of culverts, including associated staging, flow diversions, any
dewatering, short and long term stabilisation and removal of existing structures
Vegetation clearing and grubbing
Activities where construction water may be discharged into natural waterways
Construction and operation of concrete wash out areas.
Activities that generate high levels of noise and/or vibration (where there are nearby
receptors)
All works associated with rehabilitation of farm dams including but not limited to
dewatering and filling.
The Construction Risk Assessment Workshop (CRAW) has been used to develop risk mitigation and management strategies to eliminate or reduce the exposure of risk. These risk mitigation strategies will be integrated in the relevant EWMS in further detail. The proposed mitigation measures will be consistent with the environmental safeguards and management measures listed in the EIS and SPIR, and all relevant Roads and Maritime Specifications and guidelines. All Construction personnel and sub-contractors undertaking a task governed by a EWMS must participate in training on the EWMS, and acknowledge that they have read and understood their obligations prior to commencing work. An EWMS register and EWMS training register are located at Appendix A8 of this CEMP.
Regular monitoring, inspections and auditing against compliance with the EWMS will be undertaken by Project management, quality, and environmental personnel to ensure that all controls are being followed and that any non-conformances are recorded and corrective actions implemented.
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 20
3.3.3 Progressive Erosion and Sediment Control Plans
Progressive Erosion and Sediment Control Plans (PESCPs) are planning documents that clearly show the site layout and the approximate location of erosion and sediment control structures onsite. They cover all Construction stages from initial vegetation clearing through to rehabilitation when erosion and sediment control are no longer required and are removed. PESCPs will be developed and implemented across the Project where there is a risk of erosion and sediment loss.
PESCPs may be produced in conjunction with EWMS to provide more detailed site-specific environmental mitigation measures.
PESCPs will be developed by personnel who have completed a training course in Blue Books I & 2D and Erosion and Sedimentation Control and who have suitable experience in preparing these plans. PESCPs will be reviewed by the Project Soil Conservationist (whom is CPESC Certified) prior to installation.
Drawings for PESCPs will be prepared progressively for sections of the site where work is to commence and will be submitted at least ten days prior to the disturbance of the surface of the section of the site as per Roads and Maritime Specification G38 Hold Point 3.1.1.
As per Roads and Maritime Specification G38 Witness Point 3.1.1, GEJV will prepare written advice, including signed approval by the GEJV ESR and Superintendent, that the measures described in the PESCP and included on the drawing submitted progressively for that section of the Site, including sediment basins and other water quality structures together with associated temporary or permanent connecting stormwater drainage lines and/or catch drains, have been implemented or the date by which implementation will be completed. The advice must be forwarded at least five working days before the works are to commence.
3.3.4 Sensitive area maps
To assist Pre-Construction planning and on-site Construction management, the environmental site constraints are consolidated on a series of map-based sheets that extend the length of the Project. Sensitive area maps include information pertaining, but not limited to:
Noise and vibration sensitive receivers e.g. residential dwellings
Flora features, including threatened species and endangered ecological communities
Aboriginal and non-Aboriginal heritage sites, including items, places, objects, sites
and exclusion zones
Local waterways
Recorded threatened fauna sightings
National Parks / Nature Reserves
Actual and potential habitat for Cumberland Plain Land Snail
Areas of vegetation to be retained
Potential or actual acid sulphate soil areas
Contaminated sites
Monitoring locations for groundwater, surface water and dust.
The sensitive area maps are presented in Appendix A6. They are a working element of the CEMP and will be revised throughout Construction to reflect true ground conditions and the most up-to-date information available on sensitive sites. Sensitive area maps will be used in conjunction with EWMS to help identify key risk areas and to promote ongoing communication to Construction personnel during the Project.
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 21
3.3.5 Ancillary Facilities Management Plan
A separate Ancillary Facility Management Plan (AFMP) has been developed by GEJV in consultation with Liverpool City Council and the EPA, which details the management of the ancillary facilities. This AFMP is to be approved by the Secretary prior to establishment of the proposed ancillary facilities onsite. Information on ancillary facilities assessment is provided in Appendix A4.
3.3.6 Environmental system procedures, forms and other documents
The Project EMS procedures, forms and other documents provide instructions and records related to both environmental and non-environmental activities throughout Construction.
GEJV has developed Project specific procedures in accordance with the requirements for the Project. Where applicable, existing procedures and work instructions will be applied or amended during the Project.
GEJV has prepared and will maintain a register of relevant environmental procedures and forms in Appendix A5 of this CEMP.
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 22
4 Planning
Project environmental obligations
All Construction personnel working on the Project have the following general obligations:
Minimise pollution of land, air and water
Use pollution control equipment and keep it in proper working order
Preserve the natural and cultural heritage environment
Give notice to Roads and Maritime and relevant authorities of a non-Aboriginal or
Aboriginal heritage discovery
Minimise the occurrence of offensive noise. Where a noise management level has
been exceeded, undertake review and investigate what reasonable and feasible
actions can be implemented
Minimise intrusion and disruption to agricultural operations/activities in surrounding
properties (e.g. stock access, access to farm dams, etc.), unless otherwise agreed by
the landowner
Keep the community informed of Project milestones, upcoming activities and duration
of relevant aspects of the works
Use equipment with noise control features where available and ensure that it is
properly maintained
Take all feasible and reasonable steps to ensure compliance with the requirements of
this CEMP.
Legal and other requirements
4.2.1 Legislation
A register of legal and contractual requirements for the Project is contained in Appendix A1. GEJV will maintain this register. GEJV will review the register at regular intervals, such as during management reviews (refer Section 6.8), and update with any applicable changes. Any changes made to the legal requirements register will be communicated to the wider Project Team, including sub-contractors where necessary, through toolbox talks, specific training and other methods detailed in Section 5.3.2 of this CEMP.
4.2.2 Approvals, Permits and Licensing
Table 4-1 sets out the approvals and licences that have been or will be obtained for the Project:
Table 4-1: Licenses, Permits and Approvals
Approval/Permit/License Responsibility Status
Infrastructure Approval under Part 5.1 of the EP&A Act – SSI 7127 granted by the Minister for Planning
Roads and Maritime
Approval dated 30 May 2018
Commonwealth controlled action approval from the Department of the Environment and Energy under Part 8 of the EPBC Act
Roads and Maritime
Approval dated 15 June 2018
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 23
Approval/Permit/License Responsibility Status
Environmental protection licence (EPL) under the Protection of the Environment Operations Act 1997 for the extraction of more than 30,000 tonnes per year of extractive materials and road construction
Roads and Maritime /GEJV
Roads and Maritime Roads and Maritime has obtained EPL 21121 and has transferred it to GEJV. . As GEJV will be operating under the Georgiou EMS, Georgiou will hold the EPL.
Water Access Licence for the Project under the Water Management Act 2000 for access to surface or ground water during Construction
GEJV Roads and Maritime projects are exempt from obtaining an approval for water used for road construction and maintenance
Water Supply Works Approval under section 92 of the Water Management Act 2000
GEJV GEJV will need to obtain water supply works approvals for the set up and use of any water extraction infrastructure, including, bores, pumps and standpipes
Road Occupancy Licences GEJV To be applied for as required.
An aquifer interference approval under the Water Management Act 2000 if Construction requires intersection of a groundwater source.
GEJV To be applied for as required.
At least five days prior to the activity, the Roads and Maritime Project Manager will be provided with evidence of the receipt of approval, licenses and or permit from the relevant authority as per Hold Point G36 Cl 3.2.2.
Pre-Construction land condition assessment reports will be provided for each area GEJV intends to use for site facilities and evidence of any necessary statutory and environmental approvals as per Hold Point G36 Cl 4.15.2. All necessary licences, permits and approvals required for the Project will be obtained and maintained as required throughout the life of the Project.
Environmental aspects and impacts
A risk management approach will be used to determine the severity and likelihood of an activity’s impact on the environment and to prioritise its significance. This process considers potential regulatory and legal risks as well as taking into consideration the concerns of community and other key stakeholders.
The objectives of risk assessment are to:
Identify activities, events or outcomes that have the potential to adversely affect the
local environment and/or human health/property.
Qualitatively evaluate and categorise each risk item.
Assess whether risk issues can be managed by environmental protection measures.
Qualitatively evaluate residual risk with implementation of measures.
Risk assessments for the Project are based on AS/NZS 4360:1999, the Australian standard for risk assessments.
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 24
Each specified sub-plan includes a section on environmental aspects and impacts which list
the activities associated with the Project, related aspects and corresponding risks.
Appendix A2 contains a list of overall Project environmental aspects and impacts. GEJV has
updated and developed the aspects and impacts listed in Appendix A2 based on the
outcomes of the risk assessment workshop (Section 4.3.1).
Where relevant, the requirements from the Roads and Maritime Environmental
Specifications, CoA and Revised Environmental Management Measures (REMMS) will be
incorporated into the environmental risk assessment, particularly in developing the agreed
activity specific site controls.
4.3.1 Environmental risk assessment workshop
An Environmental risk assessment workshop was held (as part of the Construction Risk Assessment Workshop (CRAW)) by GEJV as per specification G36, clause 3.2.1.Participants included; the Roads and Maritime Representative, GEJV’s site management and environmental personnel, the ER and other relevant personnel including subcontractors who will be performing work on the Project.
The risk workshop identified high risk activities. Each activity was assessed to identify the
relevant steps in the activity and the associated environmental hazards, initial risk levels,
mitigation measures and to avoid, manage and/or minimise the risks and residual risks. Each
of these items is documented in the Aspects and Impacts Register (Appendix A2). Where
residual risks were assessed as high, or if required under the Contract Specification, GEJV
will develop an EWMS for that activity.
The workshop was also used to raise general awareness of good environmental
management practices among GEJV’s staff and subcontractors working on the Project, as
well as to develop ideas and actions to improve environmental practices.
Following the CRAW the CEMP was updated with the identified significant Environmental
risks and the agreed mitigation measures. The CEMP will be reviewed during the monthly
risk register reviews where new risks are identified. Where required, the CEMP will be
updated and submitted to Roads and Maritime and the ER for approval.
4.3.2 Ongoing risk analysis
Works on site will be undertaken in accordance with the HSE Risk Register. The HSE Risk
Register will be made available to workers.
Review and, if necessary, update of the Project risk register is an ongoing process which will
occur, as a minimum:
When a risk has been identified
Where there is a change in work systems, materials, equipment, practices or
procedures on site
In response to incidents
Where new information about an environmental risk becomes available or where
personnel raise concerns about an environmental risk.
At regularly scheduled times, including during reviews of the Project risk register at
the Project meetings and the quarterly management review meetings (refer Table 6-
5).
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 25
Where new risks are identified, GEJV will include these in the risk register, assess the risks
and implement control measures to eliminate or minimise the level of risk. Monitoring and
review of the effectiveness of control measures will be carried out during weekly
environmental inspections and may include consultation with site personnel involved in
managing the identified risks.
Environmental objectives and targets
As a means of assessing environmental performance during Construction of the Project,
environmental objectives and targets have been established. These objectives and targets
have been developed with consideration of key issues identified through the environmental
assessment and risk assessment process. The objectives and targets are consistent with
Georgiou’s environmental policy and will assist in monitoring whether the commitments of the
policy are being met.
The targets are incorporated into relevant environmental management sub-plans.
The performance of the Project against the objectives and targets will be documented in the
GEJV’s monthly reports, the six monthly Construction compliance reports and on a quarterly
basis as part of the management review.
Environmental objectives and targets for the Project are provided in the table below.
Table 4-2: Environmental objectives and targets
Objective Target Measurement tool
Construction of the Project in accordance with environmental approvals
Full compliance with statutory approvals
Audits, construction compliance reporting, management reviews
Compliance with all legal requirements
No regulatory infringements (PINs or prosecutions)
No formal regulatory warning
Audits, construction compliance reporting, management reviews
Implement a rigorous and comprehensive EMS that meets the requirements of AS/NZS ISO 14001
Address non-conformances and corrective actions within specific timeframes
Audits, management reviews
Engage with the effected and broader community, minimise complaints and respond to any complaints within a suitable timeframe
Disseminate regular Project updates and other information through the Project website and other tools identified in the Community Communication Strategy and Construction Community Liaison Plan
Record and respond to complaints within the timeframe specified in the Community Communication Strategy and Construction Community Liaison Plan.
Review complaints register, construction compliance report, audits
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 26
Objective Target Measurement tool
Continuously improve environmental performance
Develop and maintain a program of ongoing environmental training
Capture lessons learnt from environmental incidents to minimise repeat issues
Regular review and update of the aspects and impacts register, legal register and environmental induction
Construction compliance report, training needs analysis,
Environmental management reviews
Revisions of management plans in response to incidents or NCRs
Audits, reporting, management reviews
Revisions of management plans in response to incidents or NCRs
Risk register
Implement sustainability initiatives on the Project
Enhance positive environmental, social and economic outcomes wherever possible, while minimising adverse impacts, resource use and embodied impacts
Adopt sustainability leadership and continual improvement
Integrate governance, environmental, social and economic considerations into decision-making processes within the Project
Measure, monitor and report on the implementation of the sustainability initiatives identified in the Construction Sustainability Management Plan (Appendix B10)
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 27
5 Implementation and operation
Resources, roles, responsibilities and authority
The key environmental management roles and responsibilities for the Construction phase of the Project are described below. The structure of these roles is shown in Figure 5-1.
5.1.1 Environmental Representative (ER)
The environmental responsibilities of the ER are detailed in NSW-CoA A24 and include:
Receive and respond to communication from the Secretary in relation to the
environmental performance of the Project
Consider and inform the Secretary on matters specified in the terms of the
Infrastructure Approval
Consider and recommend to Roads and Maritime and GEJV any improvements that
may be made to work practices to avoid or minimise adverse impact to the
environment and to the community
Review documents identified in NSW-CoAs C1, C4 and C9 and any other documents
that are identified by the Secretary, to ensure they are consistent with requirements in
or under the Infrastructure Approval and if so:
– Make a written statement to this effect before submission of such documents to
the Secretary (if those documents are required to be approved by the
Secretary) or
– Make a written statement to this effect before the implementation of such
documents (if those documents are required to be submitted to the Secretary /
Department for information or are not required to be submitted to the
Secretary/Department)
Regularly monitor the implementation of the documents listed in NSW-CoAs C1, C4
and C9 to ensure implementation is being carried out in accordance with the
document and the terms of the Infrastructure Approval
As may be requested by the Secretary, help plan, attend or undertake audits of the
development commissioned by the Department including scoping audits,
programming audits, briefings and site visits, but not independent environmental
audits required under NSW-CoA A35
As may be requested by the Secretary, assist the Department in the resolution of
community complaints
Assess the impacts of minor ancillary facilities comprising lunch sheds, office sheds
and portable toilet facilities as required by NSW-CoA A17 and
Prepare and submit to the Secretary and other relevant regulatory agencies, for
information, an Environmental Representative Monthly Report providing the
information set out in the Environmental Representative Protocol (DP&E, 2017) under
the heading "Environmental Representative Monthly Reports." The Environmental
Representative Monthly Report must be submitted within seven calendar days
following the end of each month for the duration of the ER's engagement for the
Project, or as otherwise agreed with the Secretary in accordance with NSW-CoA A26,
facilitate and assist the Secretary in any audit of the ER’s exercise of its functions
under NSW-CoA A24.
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 28
Figure 5-1: Management structure between GEJV and Roads and Maritime
Roads and Maritime Senior Project Manager
Jeff Gilham
Roads and Maritime Environmental Manager
Anthony Eland Owen Clarke and Jim Steen
(delegates)
Construction Project Manager
Adam Boyd
Construction Manager
Shane Cahill
Senior Project Engineers
Richard Kelly, Karl Reusche
Supervisor / Foreman
Project Team
Environmental Site Representative
Peter Sheehan
*Other roles:
Sustainability Manager Traffic Manager Utilities Coordinator Ecologist Soil Conservationist Environmental Scientist/ Engineer
Superintendent
Jamie Barry
Legend
Roads and Maritime personnel
GEJV personnel
Environmental Representative (ER)
Cameron Weller (alt Peter Morrall)
Independent
Roads and Maritime Community and Stakeholder
Engagement Advisor
Kamini Parashar
Roads and Maritime Project Manager
Easwaran Veeragathipillai
Environmental Review Group (ERG)
Reps from DP&E, OEH, EPA, DPI, RMS ER
Community Relations Manager
Robert Parker
*Information describing the
environmental responsibilities of other roles is provided in the relevant sub-plan.
Roads and Maritime Sustainability Coordinator
Mark Gethings
Roads and Maritime Project Director
John Navamani
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 29
5.1.2 Environmental Review Group (ERG)
The purpose of the ERG is to ensure prompt and effective consultation and resolution of
environmental issues raised by or affecting Government agencies, Council, Roads and
Maritime, the community and the Contractors.
The ERG comprises the ER and representatives of Roads and Maritime, the Project Team,
regulatory authorities (EPA, NRAR, OEH) and local councils (Penrith City Council, Liverpool
City Council).
The ERG will be maintained for the duration of the Project and will meet monthly (or as
otherwise agreed by the regulatory agencies and Roads and Maritime) and undertake
environmental inspections.
The Project Manager and Environmental Site Representative will attend the ERG meetings.
Roads and Maritime roles
5.1.3 Roads and Maritime Project Director
The environmental responsibilities of the Roads and Maritime Project Director include (but
are not limited to):
Evaluate and advise on high risk compliance issues relating to GEJV and Roads and
Maritime environmental requirements
Provide GEJV management with environmental advice and/or directions, in
consultation with Roads and Maritime environmental staff.
5.1.4 Roads and Maritime Senior Project Manager
The environmental responsibilities of the Roads and Maritime Senior Project Manager
include (but are not limited to):
Evaluate and advise on high risk compliance issues relating to GEJV and Roads and
Maritime environmental requirements
Review and endorse documentation to be submitted to the Secretary of DP&E and the
Federal Minister of DoEE for approval
Have oversight of the review and approve any environmental management plans for
the Project or related activities that are not required to be approved by the Secretary
of DP&E in consultation with Roads and Maritime environmental staff and the ER.
Provide GEJV management with environmental advice and/or directions, in
consultation with Roads and Maritime environmental staff.
5.1.5 Roads and Maritime Project Managers
The environmental responsibilities of the Roads and Maritime Project Mangers include (but
are not limited to):
Evaluate and advise on compliance with Roads and Maritime environmental
requirements
Review and approve any environmental management plans for the Project or related
activities that are not required to be approved by the Secretary of DP&E
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 30
Provide GEJV staff with environmental advice and/or directions, in consultation with
Roads and Maritime environmental staff.
5.1.6 Roads and Maritime Environmental Manager (or delegate)
The environmental responsibilities of the Roads and Maritime Environmental Manager (or
delegate) include (but are not limited to):
Review any environmental management plans and related documents prepared for
the Project
Review and consider minor project refinements that are consistent with the Project
environmental assessment in accordance with the Roads and Maritime Part 5.1
environmental assessment procedure
Monitor the environmental performance of the Project in relation to Roads and
Maritime requirements
Provide guidance and where appropriate, monitor compliance with DP&E post
approval document submission requirements.
GEJV Roles
5.1.7 Project Manager
The environmental responsibilities of the Project Manager include (but are not limited to):
Ensure all works comply with relevant regulatory and Project requirements, including
compliance with the approvals, EPL, REMMs, Roads and Maritime specifications
Ensure the requirements of the OACEMP and this CEMP are fully implemented, and
in particular, that environmental requirements are not secondary to other Construction
requirements
Endorse and support the Roads and Maritime and Georgiou environmental policy
attached at Appendix A3
Liaise with Roads and Maritime, ER and other government authorities as required
Participate and provide guidance in the regular review of the OACEMP and this
CEMP and supporting documentation
Provide adequate resources (personnel, financial and technological) to ensure
effective development, implementation and maintenance of the OACEMP and this
CEMP
Ensure that all personnel receive appropriate induction training, including details of
the environmental and community requirements
Ensure that complaints are investigated to ensure effective resolution
Stop work immediately if an unacceptable impact on the environment is likely to occur
Hold monthly HSEQ management meetings to review environmental performance and
monitor implementation and effectiveness of the management system
Ensure their direct reports fulfil their environmental responsibilities and achievement
of Key Performance Indicators (KPI)
Support workers to immediately stop any ‘at risk behaviour’ identified during their work
activities.
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 31
5.1.8 Construction Manager
The environmental responsibilities of the Construction Manager include (but are not limited
to):
Plan Construction works in a manner that avoids or minimises impact to environment
Ensure the requirements of the OACEMP and this CEMP are fully implemented
Ensure Construction personnel manage Construction works in accordance with
statutory and approval requirements
Support the Environmental Site Representative in achieving the Project environmental
objectives
Ensure environmental management procedures and protection measures are
implemented
Ensure all Project personnel attend an induction prior to commencing works
Liaise with Roads and Maritime, the ER and government authorities as required
Stop work immediately if an unacceptable impact on the environment is likely to occur.
5.1.9 Superintendent
The environmental responsibilities of the Superintendent include (but are not limited to):
Communicate with all personnel and sub-contractors regarding compliance with the
OACEMP, this CEMP and site-specific environmental issues
Ensure all site workers attend an environmental induction prior to the commencement
of works
Co-ordinate the implementation of the OACEMP and this CEMP
Develop EWMS in consultation with the Environmental Site Representative
Co-ordinate the implementation and maintenance of pollution control measures
Identify resources required for implementation of the OACEMP and this CEMP
Support the Environmental Site Representative in achieving the Project environmental
objectives, including on ground implementation of the EWMS and PESCP
Report any activity that has resulted, or has the potential to result, in an environmental
incident immediately to the Environmental Site Representative
Co-ordinate action in emergency situations and allocate required resources
Stop activities where there is an actual or immediate risk of harm to the environment
and advise the Construction Manager and Environmental Site Representative.
5.1.10 Environmental Site Representative
The Environmental Site Representative will be based on site for the duration of Construction. The administration of the Project’s environmental management function will be performed by the Environmental Site Representative with onsite support from the Project and site engineers. The environmental responsibilities of the Environmental Site Representative include (but are not limited to):
Overall responsibility for the implementation of environmental matters on the Project
Review and updating of the CEMP and sub plans in accordance with ISO14001
Ensure management reviews of the CEMP are undertaken, documented and actions
implemented
Obtain and update all environmental licences, approvals and permits as required
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 32
Lead liaison with authorities where required in relation to environmental matters
Manage environmental document control, reporting, inductions and training
Manage environmental reporting within the Project Team and to Roads and Maritime
and regulatory authorities
Preparing reports on a monthly basis outlining the Project Works undertaken and the
achievements that have been met, as well as identifying those areas where
improvements were made
Prepare and/or distribute environment awareness notes
Develop and review PESCPs
Monitoring of the CEMP and sub plans in accordance with ISO14001
Report to Project Manager and other senior managers on the performance and
implementation of the CEMP
Ensure environmental risks of the Project are identified and appropriate mitigation
measures implemented
Identify where environmental measures are not meeting the targets set and where
improvement can be achieved
Ensure environmental protocols are in place and managed
Ensure environmental compliance
Oversee site monitoring, inspections and audits
Notify Roads and Maritime and relevant authorities in the event of an environmental
incident and manage close-out of these
Stop activities where there is an actual or immediate risk of harm to the environment,
or to prevent environmental non-conformities, and advise the Project Manager,
Construction Manager and Supervisor
Assist the Project Manager to resolve environment-related complaints
Advising on environmental matters specified in Roads and Maritime Specifications.
5.1.11 Communications Relations Manager
The environmental responsibilities of the Communications Relations Manager (CRM) include
(but are not limited to):
Ensure that all community consultation activities are carried out in accordance with
the Community Communication Strategy (CCS) and GEJV’s CCLP.
Report any environmental issues to the GEJV Environmental Site Representative
raised by stakeholders or members of the community
Communicate general Project progress, performance and issues to stakeholders
including the community
Maintain the 24 hour complaints hotline
Maintain the complaints register in accordance with the Complaints Management
System.
Further details of the CRM’s responsibilities are provided in the CCS.
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 33
5.1.12 Project/Site Engineers
The environmental responsibilities of the Project/Site Engineers include (but are not limited
to):
Provide input into the preparation of environmental planning documents as required
Ensure that instructions are issued and adequate information provided to employees
that relate to environmental risks on-site
Ensure that the works are carried out in accordance with the requirements of the
OACEMP and this CEMP and supporting documentation, including the
implementation of all environmental controls
Identify any environmental risks
Identify resource needs for implementation of CEMP requirements and related
documents
Ensure that complaints are investigated to ensure effective resolution
Take action in the event of an emergency and allocate the required resources to
minimise the environmental impact
Report any activity that has resulted, or has the potential to result, in an environmental
incident immediately to the Supervisor and Environmental Site Representative.
5.1.13 Supervisor
The environmental responsibilities of the Supervisor include (but are not limited to):
Undertake any environmental duties as defined by the GEJV Superintendent or GEJV
Project/Site Engineers
Control field works and implement/maintain effective environmental controls
Where required, undertake environmental risk assessment of works prior to
commencement
Ensure site activities comply with EWMS and relevant records are kept
Ensure all site workers are site inducted prior to commencement of works
Attend to any spills or environmental incidents that may occur on-site
Report any activity that has resulted, or has the potential to result, in an environmental
incident immediately to the Contractor Superintendent
Stop activities where there is an actual or immediate risk of harm to the environment
and advise the GEJV Project Manager, GEJV Construction Manager, GEJV
Superintendent or GEJV Environmental Site Representative.
5.1.14 Wider Project team (including sub-contractors)
The environmental responsibilities of the wider Project Team (including sub–contractors)
include (but are not limited to):
Comply with the relevant requirements of the OACEMP and this CEMP, or other
environmental management guidance as instructed by a member of the Project’s
management
Participate in the mandatory Project/site induction program
Report any environmental incidents to the GEJV Supervisor immediately or as soon
as practicable if reasonable steps can be adopted to control the incident
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 34
Undertake remedial action as required to ensure environmental controls are
maintained in good working order
Stop activities where there is an actual or immediate risk of harm to the environment
and advise the GEJV Project Manager, GEJV Construction Manager, GEJV
Superintendent or GEJV Environmental Site Representative.
Sub-contractor management
Environmental requirements and responsibilities are to be specified to sub-contractors in the
contract documentation. As part of the selection process, consideration will also to be given
to their past environmental performance. The Environmental Site Representative, or
delegate, will participate in the tender assessment and selection process where it is deemed
necessary due to associated environmental risks. All sub-contractors will be required to
complete a sub-contractor questionnaire or similar.
All sub-contractors are required to work in accordance with the approved OACEMP and
CEMP and will be required to:
Attend environmental inductions, environmental toolbox talks and all environmental
training relevant to their scope of works
Attend Project and/or site inductions where the requirements and obligations of the
OACEMP and the CEMP are communicated
Be involved in the development of EWMS’s and relevant Job Hazard Assessments
(JHA’s) relevant to their scope of work. GEJV will regularly monitor and inspect the
implementation of site compliance of EWMS and JHA’s for compliance with the CEMP
Maintain any waste disposal, fuel use, water use records and submit to GEJV on a
monthly basis
Comply with all GEJV permit and procedures that form a part of the CEMP or SMP.
These include; clearing and grubbing permits, dewatering permits, EWMSs etc.
GEJV will as a minimum conduct weekly environmental inspections that cover subcontractor
work areas and ensure any deficiencies in environmental safeguards are rectified by the
subcontractor.
Records of all subcontractors' work practices, effectiveness of environmental protection
measures and compliance with the CEMP will be maintained. GEJV will review all
environmental documentation submitted by sub-contractors before works can begin.
GEJV will regularly review and keep a record of:
The sub-contractor’s general work practices
The effectiveness of the sub-contractor’s environmental protection measures
The sub-contractor’s compliance with the requirements of the OACEMP and this
CEMP
The maintenance of environmental measures.
All environmental documentation submitted by sub-contractors will be subject to review and
approval by the GEJV to ensure compliance with Roads and Maritime contract requirements
and the CoA, EPL, REMMs and Roads and Maritime specifications before works may begin.
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 35
Competence, training and awareness
To ensure that this CEMP is effectively implemented, each level of management is
responsible for ensuring that all personnel reporting to them are aware of the requirements of
this CEMP. The Environmental Site Representative will coordinate the environmental training
in conjunction with other training and development activities (e.g. safety).
A register of all environmental training conducted will be established and maintained on site.
This register will include the specific training conducted, dates, and names of personnel in
attendance and trainer details.
5.3.1 Environmental induction
All personnel (including sub-contractors) are required to attend a compulsory site induction
that includes an environmental component before commencing work onsite. This is done to
ensure all personnel involved in the Project are aware of the requirements of the CEMP and
to ensure the implementation of environmental management measures.
Temporary visitors to site undertaking inspections / entering the site (such as regulators) will
be required to undertake a visitor’s induction and be accompanied by inducted personnel at
all times.
Temporary visitors to site for purposes such as deliveries will be required to be accompanied
by inducted personnel at all times.
The Environmental Site Representative (or delegate) will conduct the environmental
component of the site inductions.
The environmental component will include (but not be limited to) an overview of:
Relevant details of the OACEMP, this CEMP, including all sub-plans, procedures and
strategies, their purpose and objectives
Requirements of due diligence and duty of care
Relevant legislation, and conditions of environmental licences, permits and approvals
Potential environmental emergencies on-site and the emergency response
procedures
The PIRMP
Reporting and notification requirements for pollution and other environmental
incidents
Key environmental issues
Mitigation measures for the control of environmental issues
Complaints response and reporting
High risk activities and associated environmental safeguards and EWMS
Site specific environmental management requirements and responsibilities
Incident and emergency response and reporting requirements
Information relating to the location of environmental constraints
Sensitive area plans
Environmentally sensitive locations and no-go/exclusion zones
Site flagging protocol
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 36
Erosion and sediment controls, water quality controls and sediment basin
management
Management of contaminated material (including asbestos impacted material)
Location of identified potential contaminated land sites
Signs of contaminated soil, including visual asbestos identification protocols
Procedure for unexpected finds of contaminated land, asbestos or UXO
Groundwater and surface water
Mulch and tannin management
Stockpile location criteria
Working near or in drainage lines and creeks
The location of acid sulfate soils or potential acid sulfate soils
Water quality management and protection measures
Groundwater issues
Obligation to report and the process for reporting environmental issues on-site
including damaged environmental controls
Obligations under the Biosecurity Act 2015 to prevent the spread of weeds during
Construction
Responsibilities under the National Parks and Wildlife Act 1974 (NPW Act), including
the need to cease work immediately and report any object of potential Aboriginal
heritage unearthed during clearing, grubbing and earthworks operations
Responsibilities under the Heritage Act 1977 if an object of potential Non-Aboriginal
heritage is uncovered during Construction
Location of identified Aboriginal and non-Aboriginal archaeological heritage sites,
areas of cultural sensitivity and areas of archaeological potential and the kinds of
historical relics, structures or deposits which may be encountered during the
Construction works
Responsibilities under the Contaminated Land Management Act 1997
Noise, vibration and air quality management controls
Standard Construction hours and the process for seeking approval for out of hours
works, including consultation
Noise management measures during night works
Location of noise, vibration and air quality sensitive receivers
Road safety
Road occupancy and other temporary and interim traffic arrangements
Response procedure for dealing with traffic incidents
The requirement to maintain surrounding property access for residences, business
owners, and their visitors, and to minimise disruptions to these properties for the
duration of Construction
The location of refuse bins, washing, refuelling and maintenance of vehicles, plant
and equipment
Waste minimisation principles, waste reporting and waste / recycle storage
requirements
Best practice energy efficiency
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 37
Equipment start up and shut down procedures
Sustainability management measures and initiatives
Boundaries for vegetation clearing, fauna and fauna habitat management, including
awareness of threatened fauna species and fauna rescue
Weed control measures
Specific species likely to be affected by the Construction works and how these
species can be recognised
Specific responsibilities for the protection of flora and fauna.
A record of all environment inductions will be maintained in a Project induction and training
Register and kept on-site. The training register will identify who is trained, when trained, the
trainer and what they were trained in.
GEJV will provide refresher environmental awareness training as required, but at not less
than six monthly intervals, based on the environmental risk assessment and turnover of
project personnel. Refresher environmental awareness training will be included on the
register of environmental training.
The GEJV ESR may authorise amendments to the induction where required to address
Project modifications, legislative changes or amendments to this CEMP or related
documentation.
The ER will review and approve GEJV’s induction and training program prior to the
commencement of Construction and monitor implementation.
5.3.2 Toolbox talks, training and awareness
Toolbox talks will be one method of raising awareness and educating personnel on issues
related to all aspects of Construction including environmental issues. The toolbox talks are
used to ensure environmental awareness continues throughout Construction.
Toolbox talks will include details of EWMS for relevant personnel. Toolbox talks will also be
tailored to specific environmental issues relevant to upcoming works.
Relevant environmental issues may include (but are not limited to):
Erosion and sedimentation control
Environmentally Sensitive Areas - Threatened species and ecologically endangered
communities
Aboriginal and non-Aboriginal heritage
Clearing controls and vegetation protection
Noise and vibration control
Community management
Emergency and spill response
Weed management
Dust control
Dewatering
Out of hours work
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 38
Toolbox talk attendance is mandatory, and attendees of toolbox talks are required to sign an
attendance form and the records maintained.
Targeted environmental awareness training will be provided to individuals or groups of
workers with a specific authority or responsibility for environmental management or those
undertaking an activity with a high risk of environmental impact. As a minimum, the
awareness training that will be provided over the course of the program will include the items
identified in Table 5-1:
Table 5-1: Environmental Awareness Training
Training Target attendees Timing (based on risk)
General Environmental Awareness
All workers During the induction and 6 monthly refreshers
Erosion and Sediment Control (Basic Blue Book)
Earthworks Supervisors, Engineers, plant operators, Labourers
During earthworks phase
Spill response Supervisors, plant operators, labourers During earthworks phase
5.3.3 Daily pre-start meetings
The pre-start meeting is a tool for informing the workforce of the day’s activities, safe work
practices, environmental protection practices, work area restrictions, activities that may affect
the works, coordination issues with other trades, hazards and other information that may be
relevant to the day’s work.
The Superintendent will conduct a daily pre-start meeting with the site workforce before the
commencement of work each day (or shift) or where changes occur during a shift. Daily pre-
start meetings are generally succinct in nature and take approximately 10-15 minutes.
The environmental component of pre-starts will be determined by the Superintendent and
GEJV Environmental Site Representative and will include any environmental issues that
could potentially be impacted by, or impact on, the day’s activities. All attendees will be
required to sign on to the pre-start and acknowledge their understanding of the issues
explained.
Pre-start topics, dates delivered and a register of attendees will be recorded.
5.3.4 Communications Training
All staff (including plant operators and truck drivers) and subcontractor personnel working on
the delivery of the Project will behave in a courteous and professional manner when in
dialogue with any community member.
GEJV will provide all staff, personnel and subcontractors with training and awareness on:
How to respond to community queries
Requirements for the release of information
Identity of the community within which they are working prior to their involvement in
the Construction works.
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 39
Community involvement obligations will be included in the site induction of all personnel
working on the Project.
Working hours
5.4.1 Hours of work
In accordance with NSW-CoA E23 and the EPL, work will be undertaken during standard
Construction working hours:
7:00 am to 6:00 pm Monday to Friday
8:00 am to 1:00 pm Saturday
at no time on Sunday or public holidays.
As required by NSW-CoA E24, activities, except as permitted by an EPL, highly noise
intensive works that result in an exceedance of the applicable noise management level at the
relevant receiver must only be undertaken:
between 8:00 am to 6:00 pm Monday to Friday
between 8:00 am to 1:00 pm Saturday
in continuous blocks not exceeding three hours each with a minimum respite from
those activities and works of not less than one hour between each block.
'Continuous' includes any period during which there is less than a one-hour respite between
ceasing and recommencing the work.
All conditions relating to Construction hours outlined in the Project EPL will be complied with.
In accordance with NSW-CoA E25, GEJV will identify and consult with receivers identified as
being subject to levels that exceed the Highly Noise Affected criteria with the objective of
determining appropriate hours of respite unless an agreement is reached with those
receivers.
5.4.2 Variation to hours of work
Works associated with the delivery of the Project may be undertaken outside the hours of
work identified in Section 5.4.1 in the following circumstances:
for the delivery of materials required by the NSW Police Force or other authority for
safety reasons or
where it is required in an emergency to avoid injury or the loss of life, to avoid damage
or loss of property or to prevent material environmental harm or
where it causes LAeq(15 minute) noise levels:
no more than 5 dB(A) above the day, evening and night rating background level at
any residence in accordance with the Interim Construction Noise Guideline
(DECC, 2009) and
no more than the noise management levels specified in Table 3 of the Interim
Construction Noise Guideline (DECC, 2009) at other sensitive land uses and
continuous or impulsive vibration values, measured at the most affected residence
are no more than those for human exposure to vibration, specified in Table 2.2 of
Assessing Vibration: a technical guideline (DEC, 2006) and
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 40
intermittent vibration values measured at the most affected residence are no more
than those for human exposure to vibration, specified in Table 2.4 of Assessing
Vibration: a technical guideline (DEC, 2006) or
no more than 15 dB(A) above the night time rating background level at any residence
during the night time period, when measured using the LAeq(1 minute) noise
descriptor or
where different hours are permitted or required under an EPL in force in respect of the
works, in which case those hours must be complied with.
On becoming aware of the need for emergency works in accordance with the above, GEJV
will notify the Roads and Maritime Project Manager, the ER and the EPA’s Environment Line
of the need for those works. GEJV will submit a report to the EPA by 2 pm on the next
business day after the emergency works commenced that describes:
the cause, time and duration of the emergency
action taken by or on behalf of the licensee in relation to the emergency
details of any measures taken or proposed to be taken by GEJV to prevent or mitigate
against a recurrence of the emergency.
GEJV will use its best endeavours to notify all affected sensitive receivers of the likely impact
and duration of those works.
GEJV will prepare a procedure for out of hours work, prepared in accordance with the
Construction Noise and Vibration Guidelines (Roads and Maritime, 2016). The procedure will
be prepared to address the requirements of NSW-CoA E26 and E27 and the EPL relating to
out of hours works (OOHW). The Procedure is provided in the Construction Noise and
Vibration Management sub plan (CNVMP) (Appendix B3)..
Approvals for any changes to the Construction hours outlined in Section 5.4.1 above will be
attached to this CEMP.
5.4.3 Community agreements for works outside of standard Construction hours
Works outside of standard Construction hours that do not meet the circumstances listed in Section 5.4.2 above may be undertaken if agreement between the GEJV and a substantial majority of noise sensitive receivers has been reached, where approved under the EPL, for OOHW not approved by other EPL conditions. Further details of the requirements, including community consultation, relating to community agreements are provided in the CNVMP.
Communication
5.5.1 Internal communication
Clear lines of communication throughout all levels and functions (e.g. management, staff and sub-contracted service providers), is key to minimising environmental impacts and achieving continual improvements in environmental performance.
The Project Team will meet monthly to discuss any issues with environmental management on-site, any amendments to plans that might be required or any new / changes to Construction activities.
Regular meetings will also be scheduled with the ER and relevant Roads and Maritime environmental staff. The purpose of these meetings is to communicate ongoing environmental performance and to identify any issues to be addressed.
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 41
In addition, environmental content will be included in toolbox talks on at least a weekly basis. This forum will provide an opportunity for the GEJV ESR to communicate on environmental performance, to advise on any upcoming sensitive environmental matters for future work areas and to receive feedback from on-site personnel.
All staff and contractors working on the Site will be made aware of the communications procedures and will be properly trained in its application as per section 5.3.
Further internal communications regarding environmental issues are described below.
5.5.2 External and Government Authority Consultation
The personnel that will be available to be contacted by the EPA and/ or other government agencies on a 24 hour basis and who have authority to take immediate action to shut down any activity are:
Adam Boyd (Project Manager): 0419 501 731
Jamie Barry (Superintendent): 0447 805 181
The Environmental Site Representative is responsible to report on the ongoing environmental performance of the Project to Roads and Maritime and EPA. The Environmental Site Representative will report regularly to Roads and Maritime on progress and any key environmental matters and to the EPA through EPL reporting requirements.
Roads and Maritime will be immediately notified of any visit to the Site by the EPA or other Government Agencies. A report will be prepared for each occasion when the Site is visited by the EPA or other Government Agencies, notifying the Roads and Maritime Project Manager of the purpose and outcome of the visit, and of all actions taken by GEJV in response to the visit. This report will be submitted to Roads and Maritime within one (1) working day of the EPA or other government agency site visit.
5.5.3 Community liaison and notification
5.5.3.1 Community Communication Strategy
A Community Communication Strategy (CCS) and complaints management system (CMS) has been prepared to document the approach to stakeholder and community communications and complaints management for the Project. GEJV will support the delivery of the CCS and CMS.
All community enquiries and complaints related to the Construction activities will be referred to the 24-hour toll free community information line (1800 703 457). The Project postal address (Western Sydney Infrastructure Plan, PO Box 973 Parramatta CBD NSW 2124) and email address (thenorthernroad@rms.nsw.gov.au) are also available for receipt of enquiries and complaints.
The Construction Community Liaison Plan complements and supports the CCS and CMS. The Construction Community Liaison Plan (Appendix B12) provides detailed strategies on liaising with the community and other relevant stakeholders. GEJV is committed to establishing a good relationship with the community and key stakeholders by:
Providing a Project Infoline and email for enquiries and feedback, and a 24 hour
construction response line for urgent enquiries
Communicating upfront and openly with the community and key stakeholders
Notify local residents and businesses in writing about any new or changed
Construction activities which will affect access to their properties or otherwise disrupt
the residents’ use of their premises, at least seven (7) calendar days before
commencing work affecting residents
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 42
Minimising disruption to the community by maintaining works during the Construction
hours, 7.00am to 6.00pm Monday to Friday and, 8.00am to 1.00pm on Saturday, with
no work on Sunday or Public Holidays
Getting an agreement from potentially affected noise sensitive receivers for any works
outside the standard Construction hours which will generate noise levels greater than
the noise management levels (NMLs) detailed in the CNVMP
The only exception is the delivery of oversized plant or structures has been
determined by police or other authorised authorities to require special arrangements
to transport along public roads; or emergency work is required to avoid the loss of
lives or property, or to prevent environmental harm
Providing up to date information to the community through construction updates,
information sessions and advertisements.
5.5.3.2 Complaints management
Complaints and enquiries management is detailed in the Construction Community Liaison Plan (Appendix B12) and will be undertaken in accordance with the Complaints Management System (CMS) for the Northern Road Upgrade Project.
In responding to an enquiry GEJV will:
Provide an oral response to the enquirer within 1 working day from the time of the
enquiry Record the details in Georgiou’s QHEST database
Make a record in Roads and Maritime’s community contacts database (Consultation
Manager TM), within 48 hours of the interaction taking place
Forward on any information regarding the enquiry onto Roads and Maritime.
In responding to a complaint GEJV will:
Record the details in Georgiou’s QHEST database, including how it was managed
and closed out
Investigate and determine the source of the complaint, including contacting the
complainant immediately to determine the nature of the complaint (if the complaint is
not related to the Project Roads and Maritime Communication and Stakeholder
Engagement Advisor will be notified)
Provide an oral response to the complainant within 2 hours when received by phone,
or an initial written response within 24 hours (or during the next business day if
received out-of-hours) when received by email
Forward on any information regarding the complaint, in writing, to Roads and Maritime
each business day, including response times and the details of any actions taken
Submit a final report with proposed measures to prevent the recurrence of such
incidents to Roads and Maritime Project Manager within 5 working days.
A complaints register will be maintained in Georgiou’s QHEST database which will contain:
Date and time of complaint
Method by which the complaint was made (telephone, letter, meeting, etc)
Name, address, contact telephone number of complainant (if no such details were
provided, a note to that effect)
Number of people affected in relation to a complaint
The status of resolution of the complaint
Nature of complaint
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 43
Action taken in response including follow up contact with the complainant
Any monitoring to confirm that the complaint has been satisfactorily resolved
If no action was taken, the reasons why no action was taken.
The Environmental Site Representative will submit a report to the EPA each business day that provides details of all complaints received in relation to Construction activities regulated by the EPL. The report will be prepared in accordance with the requirements of the EPL. No report is required for any reporting period during which no complaints have been received.
GEJV will apply an adaptive approach to ensure that corrective actions are applied in consultation with the appropriate Construction staff to allow improvements in the management of issues resulting in community complaints.
5.5.4 Project website
A website has been established for the Project (www.rms.nsw.gov.au/thenorthernroad) and will be regularly maintained during Construction of the Project. The website will be kept up to date with the latest Project information, environmental assessments, and will include all community updates. It will also publish methods to communicate feedback, enquiries and complaints related to the Project.
In accordance with NSW-CoA B11, the following information will be maintained on the
Project website:
Information on the current implementation status of the Project
The EIS, the SPIR and any documentation relating to any modifications made to the
Project
A copy of the Infrastructure Approval in its original form, a current consolidated copy
of the Approval (including any approved modifications to its terms), and copies of any
approval granted by the Minister to a modification of the terms of the Approval;
A copy of each statutory approval, licence or permit required and obtained in relation
to the Project
A current copy of each document required under the terms of the Approval and any
endorsements, approvals or requirements from the ER and Secretary, published prior
to the commencement of any works to which they relate or before their
implementation
Any community agreement(s) between GEJV and noise sensitive receivers under the
EPL to undertake works outside of standard Construction hours (refer Section 5.4.3)
(personal details of residents to be omitted)
Information on how the public can make a complaint on the telephone complaints line
and how complaints will be processed.
Relevant Project information will be published on the website throughout the duration of
Construction.
Confidential information, which may include the location of threatened species, Aboriginal
objects or places and personnel contact details, will be removed from all documents provided
or made available to the public. In accordance with EPL Condition A2.5, premises maps are
available for public viewing on Georgiou’s website / Roads and Maritime’s Project website.
Monitoring data required under the EPL will be made available on the Georgiou website and
published monthly by Georgiou in accordance with the EPA Guide for publishing Pollution
Monitoring Data.
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 44
Emergency and incident planning, management and reporting
5.6.1 Emergency and incident management
An incident is defined under the NSW Infrastructure Approval as:
an occurrence or set of circumstances that causes, or threatens to cause, material
harm to the environment, community or any member of the community, being actual
or potential harm to the health or safety of human beings or to threatened species,
endangered ecological communities or ecosystems that is not trivial or
an occurrence which results in non-compliance with the Infrastructure approval
where the meaning of “material harm” applies for the purpose of the NSW Infrastructure
approval only.
In the event of an environmental incident, the Pollution Incident Response Management Plan
(PIRMP) (Appendix B11) and Road and Maritime s Environmental Incident Classification and
Reporting Procedure (Appendix A7) will be implemented.
The PIRMP and Procedure provide references to:
Types of incidents and required responses
Criteria for classifying of environmental incidents
Processes for systematically responding to and managing emergency situations
Processes, and legal requirements (e.g. Acts, Regulations, EPL) for the reporting and
notification of an environmental incident.
During the personnel training and induction program, GEJV emphasises to all personnel working on the site that all events must be immediately reported, documented and investigated accordingly.
All incident investigations shall include the following basic elements:
Identify the cause of the incident
Identify the necessary corrective action(s)
Identify personnel responsible for carrying out corrective action(s)
Implement or modifying controls necessary to avoid repetition
Record any changes in written procedures required.
GEJV will immediately notify the EPA of any pollution incidents on or around the site via the EPA Environment Line (telephone 131 555) in accordance with Part 5.7 of the Protection of the Environment Operations Act 1997 (NSW) (POEO Act) and the EPL. The circumstances where this will take place include:
If actual or potential harm to the health or safety of human beings or to ecosystems
that is not trivial
If it results in actual or potential loss or property damage of an amount, or amounts in
aggregate, exceeding $10,000 (or such other amount as is prescribed by the
regulations).
Where an incident involves a potential impact to an Aboriginal site, Roads and Maritime will liaise with NPWS, OEH and relevant Registered Aboriginal Parties and their input sought in closing out the incident.
In accordance with NSW-CoA A42, GEJV will meet the requirements of the Secretary or relevant government authority to address the cause or impact of any incident reported in accordance with NSW-CoA A40, within such period as the Secretary may require.
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 45
All other environmental incidents, reportable events and regulatory action will be reported to Roads and Maritime as outlined in the Procedure.
The requirements for incident reporting under the POEO Act, Roads and Maritime Procedure and the Infrastructure Approval are summarised in Table 5-2.
. GEJV will provide all records of incidents and regulatory action to the Roads and Maritime Project Team. Roads and Maritime Environment Branch will maintain records relating to environmental incidents.
Pollution incidents will be managed in accordance with the PIRMP. The PIRMP documents the procedures to be followed in the event of an environmental emergency and includes contact details for GEJV’s emergency response personnel. The PIRMP has been prepared and tested in accordance with Environmental guidelines: Preparation of pollution incident response management plans (EPA, 2012).
The PIRMP documents the procedures to be followed in the event of an environmental
emergency including:
The names and contact details (including all-hours telephone numbers) for emergency
response personnel
Response personnel responsibilities
Contact details for emergency services (ambulance, fire brigade, spill clean-up
services)
The location of on-site information on hazardous materials, including Material Safety
Data Sheets and spill containment materials
Steps to following to minimise damage and control and environmental emergency
Instructions and contact details for notifying relevant government agencies, local
councils and, if necessary, nearby residents
Include measures to avoid spillages of fuels, chemicals, and fluids onto any surfaces
or into any adjacent waterways.
All necessary contact numbers will be identified in advance and stored for immediate access
should a pollution incident need to be notified. These contact numbers are also identified in
the PIRMP in accordance with the EPL.
The responsibilities for incident management are provided in Section 5.1. GEJV’s
Environmental Site Representative is responsible for:
Notifying Roads and Maritime and relevant authorities in the event of an
environmental incident, reporting on the incidents and managing the close-out of
incidents
Stopping activities where there is an actual or immediate risk of harm to the
environment, or to prevent environmental non-conformities, and advising the Project
Manager, Construction Manager and Superintendent.
Emergency planning and awareness training will be undertaken for the Project and will
include, but not be limited to, PIRMP training, development of internal and external
communication protocols during emergencies, identified potential environmental
emergencies that may occur on the Project, the response procedures for these emergencies
and tests of the emergency response procedures.
The PIRMP includes details on the nature and objectives of the PIRMP training program.
Details of the training program will include frequency of training and how the records of any
training are kept. Training may include toolbox talks, formal staff training on incident
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 46
management and simulated incident exercises, including with emergency services. The
training will be suitable for the level of risk and likelihood of incidents for the Project.
5.6.2 Incident investigation and reporting
GEJV will undertake reporting of environmental incidents in accordance with the Roads and
Maritime Environmental Incident Classification and Reporting Procedure (Appendix A7). The
Environmental Site Representative is responsible for reporting on incidents.
Where there are lessons learnt from the investigation or current procedures are identified as
being ineffective, this CEMP will be revised to include the improved procedures or
requirement.
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 47
Table 5-2: Summary of requirements for incident notification and reporting
Incident type Notify Notification timeframe
Notification responsibility
Written report Written report timeframe
Written report responsibility
Regulatory action (material harm under the POEO Act)
EPA environment line
Fire and Rescue NSW
Ministry of health
SafeWork NSW
Local council
Immediately GEJV In accordance with S5.1.4 of the Roads and Maritime Procedure
Within 7 days of the date on which the incident occurred
GEJV
Secretary of DP&E
Minister for DoEE
Within 24 hours of notification given to EPA
Roads and Maritime
In accordance with CoA A41
Roads and Maritime /GEJV
Regulatory action (other than material harm under the POEO Act):
discovery of Aboriginal remains
Minister of DoEE GEJV/ Roads and Maritime
GEJV/ Roads and Maritime
if Roads and Maritime activities have contaminated land or if Roads and Maritime owns land that has been contaminated
EPA GEJV/ Roads and Maritime
GEJV/ Roads and Maritime
the location of a relic once a relic has been discovered or located
OEH (Heritage Council) GEJV/ Roads and Maritime
GEJV/ Roads and Maritime
the inability to extinguish any fire burning during a bush fire danger period applicable to the land
An appropriate officer of the NSW Rural Fire Service
GEJV/ Roads and Maritime
GEJV/ Roads and Maritime
environmental incident with the potential for unapproved
Local water supply authority
GEJV/ Roads and Maritime
GEJV/ Roads and Maritime
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 48
Incident type Notify Notification timeframe
Notification responsibility
Written report Written report timeframe
Written report responsibility
impacts on a drinking water supply
Roads and Maritime Category 1 Incident (excluding material harm)
Roads and Maritime Project Manager and Environmental Manager (or delegate)
Immediately GEJV Incident form Within 3 business days of the incident
GEJV/ Roads and Maritime
Critical Incident - Category 1 incidents with potential for:
regulatory action (e.g. EPA Penalty Infringement Notice) and/or
reputational damage (e.g. media coverage) and/or
significant environmental harm.
Roads and Maritime Director Environment
Roads and Maritime Chief Executive and relevant Executive Director
Roads and Maritime Director Environment Operation
Roads and Maritime Category 2 Incident / Reportable Events
Roads and Maritime PM and Environmental Manager (or delegate)
Day of incident GEJV Incident form Within 3 business days of the incident
GEJV
Any incident (as defined in the Infrastructure approval)
Secretary DP&E
Minister for DoEE
ASAP, at least within 24 hours of the incident
Roads and Maritime
In accordance with CoA A41
Roads and Maritime /GEJV
Any incident that affects or could affect the Warragamba Pipelines, including the pipeline corridor
Water NSW ASAP, at least within 24 hours of the incident
Roads and Maritime
Roads and Maritime
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 49
6 Inspections, Monitoring and Review
Environmental inspections
The purpose of the inspections is to identify and minimise environmental risk. A summary of
the overarching approach to inspections are provided in the sections below.
6.1.1 Weekly and post rainfall site inspections
GEJV ESR will undertake weekly and post rainfall inspections of the work sites to evaluate
the effectiveness of environmental controls. Weekly inspections will also inspect work
adjacent to or within sensitive areas and high risk activities. The inspection findings will be
recorded on an inspection checklist form. Additional inspections will be completed in
accordance with the supporting sub plans.
If any maintenance and/or deficiencies in environmental controls or in the standard of
environmental performance are observed, they will be recorded on the checklist form.
Records will also include details of any maintenance required, the nature of the deficiency,
any actions required and an implementation priority. Actions will be closed out in accordance
with the identified priority and evidence of close out will be kept on file.
6.1.2 Environmental Representative and Roads and Maritime inspections
The ER and Roads and Maritime Project Managers (or delegates) and Roads and Maritime
Environmental Manager (or delegate) will undertake regular inspections of works sites, and
in particular critical activities throughout Construction of the Project. Inspections by the ER
and Roads and Maritime Project staff would typically occur on a weekly or fortnightly basis
depending on the stage of Construction.
The GEJV Environmental Site Representative will participate in all ER and Roads and
Maritime inspections, and maintain records for all inspections. Deficiencies and required
actions will be analysed and prioritised at the completion of the inspection and timeframes for
implementation of corrective actions agreed. Timeframes for GEJV to close out issues will
be nominated on the inspection form.
6.1.3 Environmental Review Group (ERG) inspections
ERG inspections will typically occur on monthly timeframe or as otherwise required
depending on the Construction staging of the Project. The GEJV Environmental Site
Representative will also participate in all ERG inspections to maintain appropriate records,
identify required actions and timeframes for implementation of corrective actions.
6.1.4 Inspections by EPA and other agencies
GEJV will prepare a report on each occasion that the site is visited by the EPA and/ or other relevant agencies. The report will advise Roads and Maritime of the purpose and outcome of the EPA and/ or other relevant agencies visit, and of all actions taken in response to the EPA visit and/ or other relevant agencies. The report will be provided to Roads and Maritime within one working day of the visit.
6.1.5 Pre-work inspections
Prior to the commencement of works on each shift, an inspection will be carried out and will include a check of relevant environmental controls and resources required to ensure effective
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 50
operation and maintenance. Works are not to commence unless inspections are found to be satisfactory. The Supervisor will undertake these inspections.
6.1.6 Roads and Maritime approved soil conservationist inspections
At least monthly the Roads and Maritime approved soil conservationist will inspect the site to review onsite ERSED controls and provide written recommendations on the PESCP drawings and the effectiveness of controls in place. A copy of the report will be provided to Roads and Maritime Project Manager within five working days.
Environmental monitoring
Monitoring will be undertaken to validate the impacts predicted the Project, to measure the
effectiveness of environmental controls and implementation of this CEMP and to address
approval requirements. The monitoring requirements for required aspects are included in the
relevant issue-specific environmental management plans and summarised in Table 6-1.
Table 6-1: Summary of environmental monitoring requirements
NSW-CoA Description Relevant plan Reporting
requirements
CoA A16 Measures to monitor impacts associated with the Construction and operation of ancillary facilities
Ancillary Facilities Management Plan
Refer to Section 2.3 and Appendix A4
CoA C9(a) Air quality monitoring of dust and other emissions
Construction Air Quality Monitoring Program
Refer to Appendix B6
CoA C9(b), E32 and E33
Noise and vibration monitoring Construction Noise and Vibration Monitoring Program
Refer to Appendix B3
CoA C9(c) Water, soil and contamination monitoring
Construction Water, Soil and Contamination Monitoring Program
Refer to Appendix B4
The ER and the Roads and Maritime Project Manager and Environmental Manager (or
delegate) will be advised of any non-conformances from monitoring and details reported in
the Monthly Environmental Reports and six monthly Monitoring Reports..
Where a non-conformance is detected or monitoring results that exceed the target set in the
monitoring programs are outside of the expected range and are directly attributable to the
Project (i.e. are influenced by factors under the direct control of the Project e.g. noise from
Construction equipment), the process described in Section 5.4 will be implemented. Steps in
the process will typically include:
An analysis of the results by the Environmental Site Representative in more detail with
a view of determining possible causes for the non-conformance
A site inspection by the Environmental Site Representative or delegate
Advising relevant personnel of the problem
Identifying and agreeing on actions to resolve or mitigate the non-conformance
Implementing actions to rectify or mitigate the non-conformance.
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 51
A non-conformance Environmental Incident Report and/or Environmental Improvement
Notice may be issued by the Roads and Maritime Environmental Manager (or delegate) or
the Roads and Maritime Project Manager in response to the non-conformance if it is found to
be Construction related. The timing for any improvement will be agreed between the relevant
Engineer/Supervisor, Environmental Site Representative and Roads and Maritime
Environmental Manager (or delegate) based on the level of risk (e.g. a significant risk will
require immediate action).
All environmental monitoring equipment shall be maintained and calibrated according to
manufacturer’s specifications and appropriate records kept.
Compliance
An overarching Compliance Tracking Program (CTP) has been developed by Roads and
Maritime for the Project in accordance with NSW-CoA A27. The Compliance Tracking
Program describes the approach to be taken to monitor compliance with the terms of the
Approval.
The CTP will be implemented for the duration of Construction and for a minimum of one year
following commencement of Operation, or for a longer period as determined by the Secretary
based on the outcomes of independent environmental audits, ER Reports and regular
compliance reviews submitted through Compliance Reports.
The CTP describes how the requirements of NSW-CoA A27 will be met and sets out a
program and frequency for compliance reporting as summarised in Table 6-2.
Table 6-2: Compliance reporting
Report and CoA no.
Requirement Timing Responsibility Recipient
Compliance tracking program
NSW-CoA A27
Federal-CoA 13
Describes how the requirements of NSW-CoA A27 will be met and sets out an overarching program and frequency for compliance reporting for the Project
Prior to commencement of Construction and continuing for a minimum of 1 year following commencement of Project Operation
Roads and Maritime to prepare
ER to endorse
Secretary, DP&E (for information)
Minister for DoEE
Pre-Construction Compliance Report
NSW-CoA A30
Federal-CoA 12, 13
Review of compliance status of the Project against the requirements of the Project approval prior to Construction of each Project stage
1 month prior to Construction commencing
GEJV/ Roads and Maritime to prepare, Roads and Maritime to review and submit
Secretary, DP&E (for information)
Minister for DoEE
Construction Compliance reporting
NSW-CoA A32
Federal-CoA 13
Periodic review of compliance status of the Project against the requirements of the Project approval during Construction for each stage of the Project
6 monthly during Construction
GEJV/ Roads and Maritime to prepare, Roads and Maritime to review and submit
Secretary, DP&E (for information)
Minister for DoEE
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 52
Report and CoA no.
Requirement Timing Responsibility Recipient
Pre-Operation Compliance Report
NSW-CoA A33
Federal-CoA 13
Review of compliance status of the Project against the requirements of the Project approval prior to Operation of each Project stage
1 month prior to Operation commencing
GEJV/ Roads and Maritime to prepare, Roads and Maritime to review and submit
Secretary, DP&E (for information)
Minister for DoEE
Pre-Construction, Construction and Pre-Operation Compliance Reporting required under the
CTP provides evidence of compliance with the applicable conditions of approval.
The Pre-Construction Compliance Reporting provides details of how the CoA that must be
addressed before the commencement of Construction have been complied with and
identifies the proposed commencement date for Construction. A separate Pre-Construction
Compliance Report will be prepared prior to the commencement of Construction.
Construction will not commence until the Pre-Construction Compliance Report has been
submitted to the Secretary for information. The Pre-Construction and Construction
Compliance reporting will also be provided to the Minister for the DoEE.
The Construction Compliance Reports will include:
A results summary and analysis of environmental monitoring
The number of any complaints received, including a summary of main areas of
complaint, action taken, response given and proposed strategies for reducing the
recurrence of such complaints
Details of any review of, and minor amendments made to, the OACEMP or the CEMP
as a result of Construction carried out during the reporting period
A register of any consistency assessments undertaken and their status
Results of any environmental audits and details of any actions taken in response to
the recommendations of an audit
A summary of all incidents notified in accordance with NSW-CoA A40 and NSW-CoA
A43
Any other matter relating to compliance with the approval or as requested by the
Secretary.
The DoEE requires that the compliance reporting for the preceding 12 months be published
on the Project website. Non-compliance with any of the Federal CoA will be reported to the
DoEE at the same time as the compliance report is published.
The Pre-Operation Compliance reporting details how the CoA that must be addressed before
the commencement of Operation have been complied with and identifies the proposed
commencement date for Operation. A separate Pre-Operation Compliance Report will be
prepared prior to the commencement of Operation. Operation will not commence until the
Pre-Operation Compliance Report has been submitted to the Secretary for information. The
Pre-Operation Compliance reporting will also be provided to the Minister for the DoEE.
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 53
Auditing
6.4.1 Independent external audits
External auditing will occur as part of the ongoing systems certification verification process
and will be undertaken by an environment auditor in accordance with AS/NZS ISO
19011:2014 - Guidelines for Auditing Management Systems.
GEJV will maintain accurate records substantiating all activities associated with or relevant to
the Federal CoA, including measures taken to implement all management plans required by
the Federal CoAs, and make them available upon request to the DoEE. Records may be
subject to audit in accordance with section 458 of the EPBC Act, or used to verify compliance
with the Federal CoA.
6.4.2 Internal audits
Internal auditing will be undertaken generally on a six monthly basis throughout the Project.
The purpose of auditing is to verify compliance with:
The OACEMP, this CEMP and Sub-Plans
Approval requirements and contractual requirements (Specifications)
Any relevant legal and other requirements (e.g. licenses, permits, regulations).
An audit checklist will be developed and amended as necessary to reflect changes to this
CEMP, subsequent approvals and changes to Acts, regulations or guidelines.
Table 6-3 summarises the auditing to be undertaken for the Project.
Table 6-3: Audit requirements
Audit/Review Purpose Timing On-going requirement
Internal HSE Mobilisation Audit
Review achievement towards site start-up activities
Within 8 weeks after mobilisation
N/A
Internal environmental audit
Verify compliance to the management systems and an assessment of the effectiveness of those requirements to meet legal and other obligations
The first within three months of the commencement of Construction and then at six monthly intervals thereafter. The final submitted within five working days of contract completion date.
Six monthly
External Independent Environmental Audit
Assesses whether the Project is complying
with the NSW and Federal CoA, REMMS
Assess the environmental performance of the
Project
Review adequacy of documents required
under the Approval
Verify compliance with OACEMP, CEMP and
sub-plans
Verify compliance with legal and other
requirements
Within 12 months of Construction commencing
Annually
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 54
Audit/Review Purpose Timing On-going requirement
Recommend measures to improve the
environmental performance and
documentation
Client Audit Determine compliance to the client management systems and contract obligations
TBA TBA
Risk register review planning workshop
Identify new scope of work or scope change and verify current risks and controls identified on register
Monthly Monthly
CEMP, CEMS review
Identify areas of opportunity for improved
environmental performance
Analysis of the causes of non-conformities
and deficiencies
Verification of the effectiveness of corrective
and preventative actions
Identifying any changes in procedures
resulting from process improvement
6 months after project commencement
6 monthly
Environmental inspections and audits
Site inspections ensure environmental risks
of the Project are identified and appropriate
mitigation measures implemented.
Soil conservationist inspections to review
onsite ERSED controls and provide written
recommendations on the PESCP drawings
Weekly and post rainfall >10mm
Fortnightly
Weekly and post rainfall >10mm
Fortnightly
Reporting
Prior to and during Construction, various reports will be prepared to fulfil internal Roads and Maritime and GEJV reporting needs, and requirements under the Project approval. Table 6-4 sets out the reporting requirement applicable to the Project, timing of the reporting, who is responsible for managing preparation of the reports and the intended recipient(s).
Additional reporting may be necessary as the works progress. In such a circumstance, Section 6.4 of this CEMP will be amended to reflect these changes.
Table 6-4: Reporting requirements
No. Report Requirement Timing Responsibility Recipient
1 Environmental risk assessment
Conducted for each Construction stage, Project changes and significant issues.
Prior to Construction during development of CEMP and reviewed monthly thereafter
GEJV ESR, GEJV Project Manager
Roads and Maritime, ER
2 Pre-Construction compliance report
Details of how the CoA that must be addressed before the commencement of Construction have been complied with and identifies the proposed commencement date for Construction
1 month prior to Construction commencing
GEJV/ Roads and Maritime to prepare, Roads and Maritime to review and submit
Secretary, DP&E
(for information)
Minister for DoEE
3 Monthly environmental report
For incorporation in Project Monthly Reports including environmental statistics (i.e.
Monthly GEJV ESR Roads and Maritime, ER
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 55
No. Report Requirement Timing Responsibility Recipient
incidents, regulatory action, complaints on environmental issues), regulatory and authority considerations, monitoring program performance and key environmental issues
4 Construction Compliance Reports
Periodic review of compliance status of the Project against the requirements of the Project approval during Construction
6 monthly during Construction
GEJV/ Roads and Maritime to prepare, Roads and Maritime to review and submit
Secretary, DP&E (for information)
Minister for DoEE
5
Pre-Operation Compliance Report
NSW-CoA A33
Federal-CoA 13
Review of compliance status of the Project against the requirements of the Project approval prior to Operation of each Project stage
1 month prior to Operation commencing
GEJV/ Roads and Maritime to prepare, Roads and Maritime to review and submit
Secretary, DP&E (for information)
Minister for DoEE
6 Ancillary Facilities Management Plan
NSW-CoA A16
Refer Section 3.3.5 of the CEMP and Appendix A4
One month prior the installation of any ancillary facilities
GEJV Secretary (for Approval)
7
Notification of incident
NSW-CoA A40, A41
Refer Section 5.6 of the CEMP
As early as possible and within 24 hours of the incident
Roads and Maritime / GEJV
Secretary (for information)
Minister for DoEE
8
Notification of Incident notified to the EPA under the POEO Act
NSW-CoA A43
Refer Section 5.6 of the CEMP
Within 24 hours of notifying the EPA
GEJV ESR
Secretary (for information)
Roads and Maritime
Relevant authorities
Minister for DoEE
9 EPL monthly report
Details of all non-compliances with conditions of EPL, measures taken to prevent recurrence
Within 10 working days of the end of each calendar month.
GEJV ESR EPA
10 EPL annual returns
Report on compliance with EPL including:
statement of Compliance
monitoring and Complaints Summary,
statement of Compliance for:
- licence conditions
- load based fee
- requirement to prepare PIRMP
Within 60 days of the anniversary of the EPL
GEJV ESR EPA
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 56
No. Report Requirement Timing Responsibility Recipient
- publish pollution monitoring data
environmental management systems and practices
11
Community Communication Strategy
NSW-CoA B1
Refer Section 5.5.3
One month prior to commencement of Construction
Roads and Maritime Community and Stakeholder Engagement Advisor
Secretary (for Approval)
12
Construction complaints management system including Complaints Register
NSW-CoA B6
Refer Section 5.5
One month prior to commencement of Construction
Roads and Maritime Community and Stakeholder Engagement Advisor
Secretary (for information)
13 Complaints Register
NSW-CoA B7, B8
Refer Section 5.5.3 On request during Construction
GEJV ESR Secretary (for information)
Roads and Maritime
14 ER reports
NSW-CoA A24(l)
Report of site environmental performance following routine inspections
Refer Section 5.1.1
Monthly, and submitted within seven days following the end of each month
ER Secretary and other regulatory agencies
Roads and Maritime
15
EPA or any other Agency inspection report, other than 16for arranged inspections
The report will detail the purpose, outcome and actions pertaining to the visit and will be submitted to the Roads and Maritime Project Manager
Within one working day of the EPA or any other Authority visit, other than for arranged inspections
GEJV ESR Roads and Maritime
16
Urban Design and Landscape Plan
NSW-CoA E62
Urban Design and Landscape
Plan
Prior to the commencement of works for which the UDLP requires community consultation under the Plan
Roads and Maritime / GEJV
Secretary (for information)
17
Roads and Maritime and/or EPA environmental inspection reports
Response to matters raised in Roads and Maritime and/or EPA site inspections
Refer Section 6.1.2
As required. Typically every two weeks for Roads and Maritime inspection reports and monthly for EPA inspection reports
GEJV ESR Roads and Maritime / EPA
18 Sustainability Strategy
NSW-CoA E51
Refer Appendix B10 – Sustainability Management Plan
Prior to the commencement of Construction
GEJV ESR Roads and Maritime, ER
19 Road Dilapidation Report
NSW-CoA E55
Road dilapidation report for local roads
Within 3 weeks of completing the surveys and no later than 1 month before
GEJV Report to be prepared by a
Liverpool City Council
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 57
No. Report Requirement Timing Responsibility Recipient
outside the Project boundary
the use of local roads by project vehicles
suitably qualified person
20
Community Communication Strategy
NSW-CoA B1
Refer Section 5.5.3
One month prior to co22mmencement of Co23nstruction
Roads and Maritime Community and Stakeholder Engagement Advisor
Secretary (for Approval)
21
Construction complaints management system including Complaints Register
NSW-CoA B6
Refer Section 5.5
One month prior to commen25cement of Construction
Roads and Maritime Community and Stakeholder Engagement Advisor
Secretary (for information)
22 Complaints Register
NSW-CoA B7, B8
Refer Section 5.5 On request during Construction
GEJV ESR Secretary (for information)
Roads and Maritime
23 CEMP NSW-CoA C1
This document
Refer Sections 1.2 and 1.4
One month prior to commencement of Construction
GEJV ESR Roads and Maritime, ER
24 CEMP Sub-plans NSW-CoA C4
Refer Section 3.3.1
One month prior to commencement of Construction of Project
GEJV ESR Roads and Maritime, ER
25
Construction Monitoring Programs NSW-CoA C9
Refer Section 6
Appendix B3 CNVMP,
Appendix B4 CSWMP,
Appendix B6 CAQMP
One month prior to commencement of Construction or within another timeframe agreed with the Secretary
GEJV ESR Roads and Maritime, ER
26 Construction monitoring report
NSW-CoA C15
Report on monitoring data recorded and potential exceedances against criteria
As required in CEMP sub-plans
GEJV ESR
Secretary and relevant regulatory agencies (for information)
27
Unexpected Heritage Finds Procedure
NSW-CoA E16
Refer Appendix B5 CCHMP
One month prior to commencement of Construction
Roads and Maritime
Secretary (for information)
28 Operational noise mitigation report
NSW-CoA E36
Confirm the operational noise predictions of the Project, review noise mitigation measures and investigate alternative measures, if required
Prior to commencement of Construction which would affect identified receivers
Roads and Maritime
Secretary (for approval)
29
Implementation of noise mitigation measures report
NSW-CoA E37
Report justifying why early implementation of noise mitigation measures is not proposed
Prior to commencement of Construction which would affect the identified receivers
Roads and Maritime
Secretary (for approval)
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 58
No. Report Requirement Timing Responsibility Recipient
30
Site Contamination Report
NSW-CoA E46
Documents outcomes of contamination assessments of land on which the Project is located
Refer Appendix B8 CCLMP
Suitably qualified and experienced person under the CLM Act
Secretary (for information)
31 Remedial Action Plan
NSW-CoA E45
Documents approach to remediation of specified contaminated land
Refer Appendix B8 CCLMP
Suitably qualified and experienced person under the CLM Act and approved by
Approval by a NSW EPA accredited Site Auditor
32
Site Audit Statement and Site Audit Report
NSW-CoA E48
Verifies land is suitable for intended land use
Refer Appendix B8 CCLMP
1 month prior to commencement of Operation
EPA Accredited Site Auditor
Secretary and the relevant local Council(s)
33
Unexpected Contaminated Land and Asbestos Finds Procedure
NSW-CoA E49
Refer Appendix B8 CCLMP
Implement during Construction
GEJV ESR Roads and Maritime
Environmental non-conformity, corrective and preventative actions
6.6.1 Environmental non-conformity, corrective and preventative actions
A non-conformance is the failure or refusal to comply with the requirements of project system
documentation including this CEMP and supporting documentation.
A non-compliance is the failure to comply with the requirements of the Infrastructure
Approval or any applicable licence, permit or legal requirements. Under the Infrastructure
Approval, a non-compliance with a condition of the Approval is classified as an incident and
therefore should be managed in accordance with Section 5.6. Non-conformances may be
identified through the review of compliance (Section 6.3) environmental auditing (Section 6.4)
or incident management (Section 5.6).
GEJV has provided the procedure (Appendix A9) for dealing with non-compliance with
environmental management controls, environmental incidents and emergencies. These
procedures define who is responsible and has the authority for handling and investigating
non-compliance, taking action and completing corrective and preventative action.
When a non-conformity occurs, GEJV will:
React to the non-conformity and, as applicable:
Take action to control and correct it
Deal with the consequences, including mitigating adverse environmental impacts
Evaluate the need for action to eliminate the causes of the nonconformity in order that
it does not recur or occur elsewhere by:
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 59
Reviewing the non-conformity
Determining the causes of the non-conformity
Determining if similar non-conformities exist or could potentially occur
Implement any action needed
Review the effectiveness of any corrective action taken and
Make changes to the environmental management system if necessary.
Corrective actions will be appropriate to the significance of the effects of the non-conformities
encountered, including the environmental impacts.
GEJV will retain documented information as evidence of:
The nature of the non-conformities and any subsequent actions taken and
The results of any corrective action.
6.6.2 Non-conformances
Any member of GEJV's Project Team may raise a non-conformance or improvement
opportunity. GEJV’s Quality Plan describes the process for managing non-conforming work
practices and initiating corrective/preventative actions or system improvements. The ER,
Roads and Maritime Senior Project Manager, Project Manager, Environmental Manager (or
delegate) or a representative of a public authority may also raise a non-conformance or
improvement opportunity using the same process.
Non-conforming activities may be stopped, if necessary, by the GEJV Environmental Site
Representative or GEJV Project / Site Engineers following consultation with the GEJV
Construction Manager or delegate. The ER may also stop works in these circumstances, in
which case a non-conformance report will be prepared by GEJV in accordance with the
Quality Plan. The works will not recommence until corrective/ preventative actions have
been closed out.
6.6.3 Corrective action
For each non-conformance identified, GEJV will implement corrective / preventative actions.
In addition, any environmental management improvement opportunities can be initiated as a
result of incidents or emergencies, monitoring and measurement, review of compliance, audit
findings or other reviews. Improvement opportunities may also result in the implementation of
corrective/preventative actions. GEJV will provide this information to Roads and Maritime in
monthly reports.
Corrective/preventative actions and improvement opportunities will be entered into GEJV’s
quality system database and include detail of the issue, action required and timing and
responsibilities. The record will be updated with date of close out and any necessary notes.
The database will be reviewed regularly to ensure actions are closed out as required.
Procedures for corrective actions will include a process for verification of how the non-
conformance has been closed out and to confirm that it is effective in addressing the non-
conformance.
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 60
Records of environmental activities
6.7.1 Environmental records
GEJV’s Health, Safety and Environment Policies, Standards, Procedures, Safe Work
Instructions, References, Guidelines, Forms, Templates are all accessible via Georgiou’s
Intranet - GENIE. GENIE will maintain the current and only authorised versions for use.
Environment management documentation that has been specifically developed for the
Project will be controlled on site and recorded in the sites document management system.
The GEJV ESR is responsible for maintaining all environmental management documents as
current at the point of use. Types of records include:
All monitoring, inspection and compliance reports/records
Correspondence with public authorities
Induction and training records
Reports on environmental incidents, other environmental non-conformances,
complaints and follow-up action
Community engagement information
Minutes of CEMP and construction environmental management system review
meetings and evidence of any action taken
All identified records listed in G36 Annexure C
Internal audit reports.
All environmental management documents are subject to ongoing review and continual
improvement. This includes times of change to scheduled activities or to legislative or
licensing requirements.
Only the GEJV ESR has the authority to change any of the environmental management
documentation.
6.7.2 Document control
The GEJV ESR will coordinate the preparation, review and distribution of the environmental
documents and records listed in Section 6.7.1.
Table 6-4 identifies the recipients for the overarching Project documentation. During the
Project, the environmental documents will be stored at the main site compound.
The documents required to be prepared under the Infrastructure Approval will be made
available on the Project website (refer Section 5.5.4).
GEJV will implement a document control procedure to control the flow of documents within
and between GEJV, Roads and Maritime, stakeholders and sub-contractors. The procedure
will ensure that documentation is:
developed, reviewed and approved prior to issue
issued for use
controlled and stored for the legally required timeframe
removed from use when superseded or obsolete
archived.
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 61
A register and distribution list will identify the current documents, records or data. The
Document Register is maintained in Appendix A5.
Environmental management system review
As a minimum the CEMP will be reviewed annually by the GEJV ESR. At any other time the
GEJV ESR may propose that the CEMP requires updating. If the revision of the CEMP
results in changes to the document, the amended CEMP will be sent to Roads and Maritime.
All staff will be educated in the relevant CEMP amendments through the induction process
and toolbox talks.
Management reviews will also be undertaken as part of the continual improvement process.
They will occur as a minimum quarterly and will include the participation of the ERG and
Roads and Maritime. The management reviews will focus on:
A review of the aspects and impacts register, legal register and environmental
induction
Analysis of the causes of non-conformities and deficiencies, including those identified
in environmental inspections and audits
Consideration of incidents and any lessons learnt
Consideration of any new regulatory issues
A review of the effectiveness of erosion and sediment controls
Highlighting any changes in procedures resulting from process improvement
Consideration of changes in operational needs such as resourcing
Feedback from other management reviews
Verification of the effectiveness of corrective and preventative actions
Identification of areas for improvements in environmental performance.
The outcomes of the management reviews could include amendments to this CEMP and
related documentation, revision to the Project’s environmental management system, risk
assessment review, re-evaluation of the Project objectives and targets as well as feeding into
other Project documents.
GEJV’s ESR will also attend Environment group meetings quarterly and Executive review
meetings annually.
6.8.1 Project Refinements
Refinements to the Project may result from detailed design refinement or changed
circumstances throughout Construction. Roads and Maritime is responsible for formally
seeking approval for any Project modifications and for documenting refinements that are
consistent with the approved Project.
The Roads and Maritime Environmental Manager (or delegate) is responsible for the
assessment of Project refinements and management of the consistency assessment
process. The GEJV ESR is responsible for assessing any new environmental impacts and/or
new statutory approval requirements and incorporating the required changes into the
appropriate environmental management documentation as directed by the Roads and
Maritime Project Manager.
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 62
Any design changes or changes in scope of works will be communicated to the GEJV ESR.
GEJV's ESR will undertake an environmental assessment and consistency review for the
proposed changes in consultation with the Roads and Maritime Environmental Manager (or
delegate) to determine if a Project modification may be required.
Should the consistency review determine that a Project modification may be required i.e. the
impacts are of a nature and scale that it is not considered consistent with the Project
approval, the ER will be informed immediately and a modification application under Section
115ZI of the EP&A Act will be prepared and submitted to the Secretary for determination.
The Roads and Maritime Senior Project Manager and Roads and Maritime Environmental Manager (or delegate) will approve all refinements that are deemed consistent with the Infrastructure Approval. Endorsement will be sought from the ER.
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 63
Appendices
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 64
Section A: EMS Documentation
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 65
Appendix A1
Legal and Contractual Requirements
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 66
This Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) and sub plans have been developed in accordance with the Overarching Construction Environmental Management Plan (OACEMP), conditions of approval (CoA), management measures detailed in the EIS, SPIR, relevant Roads and Maritime QA Specifications and the Guideline for the Preparation of Environmental Management Plans (DIPNR, 2004).
Act Aspect Requirement Division 5.2 applicability Phase
All Comply with the terms Minister for Planning’s approval for the project.
Obtain the Minister’s approval for any project modifications that are not
consistent with the planning approval.
Yes
All To examine and take into account to the fullest extent possible all
matters affecting or likely to affect the environment by reason of the
activity.
Yes
Protection of the Environment
Operations Act 1997
Site licensing Do not carry out or allow an activity listed in Schedule 1, or carry out
work to enable such an activity, unless the premises are licensed by the
EPA. This applies to
• ‘road construction’ meaning the construction, widening or re-routing
of roads if it results in the existence of 4 or more traffic lanes (other
than bicycle lanes or lanes used for entry or exit) for 1 km of their
length in the metropolitan area, or 5 km in length in any other area,
where the road is classified, or proposed to be classified, as a freeway
or tollway under the Roads Act 1993
• ‘crushing, grinding and separating’ and ‘extractive activities’. (and
any other scheduled activity undertaken for the Project).
Yes (an EPL will be required for road
construction)
Land Acquisition (Just Terms
Compensation) Act 1991
Property acquisition Applies to the acquisition of any land required for the project. Yes
Roads Act 1993N/a Prior to construction, a notice must be placed in the local newspaper
allowing for any submissions to be made by any person.
Yes
Harming the environment Do not risk harming the environment by wilfully or negligently:
• disposing of waste unlawfully.
• causing any substance to leak, spill or otherwise escape (whether or
not from a container); or
• emitting an ozone depleting substance
Yes
Control equipment Properly and efficiently maintain and operate any installed pollution
control equipment (including monitoring devices).
Yes
Notification of pollution incidents Notify the EPA immediately of pollution incidents where material harm
to the environment is caused or threatened.
Yes
Water access and use. Do not take water from a water source (a lake, river or estuary or place
where water occurs naturally on or below the surface of the ground, and
includes coastal waters) without an access licence. Do not use of water
on land (unless supplied by a water utility, irrigation corporation etc. or
in accordance with basic landholder rights) without a water use
approval.
No
This table should be reviewed regularly to reflect current legislation and the legislative requirements specific to the project
Relevent Legislation - Compliance Tracking Matrix
Environmental Planning and
Assessment Act, 1979
General
Water Management Act 2000
Pollution
Protection of the Environment
Operations Act 1997
Water
Water management works Do not construct/use a water supply work, drainage work or flood work
without the appropriate approval.
No
Waterfront land Do not deposit material, excavate, or remove material within a
watercourse bank, shore or bed, or on land 40 metres inland, or
interfere
with the likely flow of water to such a body, without a controlled
activity approval.
No
Surface water Obtain a licence or permit for construction or use of ‘work’ for purposes
including the taking and using of water
Yes
Groundwater Obtain a licence where interference with groundwater is likely to occur.
Roads and Maritime being a department of NSW government and as
defined within the Water Act 1912 as the Crown is exempt from the
prevision of obtaining a licence.
N/A
Floodplains Obtain an approval for controlled works. These include works which
occur on a designated floodplain, which can prevent land from being
flooded or which can affect water flow to or from a river or lake.
N/A
Water pollution Do not cause water pollution (other than to a sewer), except in
accordance with the conditions of any EPA licence.
Yes
Plant maintenance and operation Do not operate plant if it emits noise caused by poor maintenance or
operation.
Yes
Materials management Do not cause noise by failing to properly and efficiently deal with
materials.
Yes
Protection of the Environment
Operations Act 1997
Land pollution Do not cause or permit land pollution other than under authority of a
licence or regulation. (However it is not a land pollution offence to
place virgin excavated natural material or lawful pesticides and
fertilisers on land, or by placing matter on land that has been notified
to the EPA as an unlicensed landfill and which is operated in accordance
with the regulations.)
Yes
Contaminated Land Management Act
1997
Reporting
contamination
Notify the EPA if:
• Contaminants exceed thresholds contained in guidelines or the
regulations where contamination has entered or will foreseeably enter
neighbouring land, the atmosphere, groundwater or surface water.
• Contaminants in soil are equal to or exceed guideline levels with
respect to the current or approved use of the land.
• Contamination meets other criteria that may be prescribed by the
regulations.
Water Management Act 2000
Water Act 1912
Noise
Protection of the Environment
Operations Act 1997
Contaminated material
Biodiversity
Noxious Weeds Act 1993
Weed control As a public authority occupier of land, control noxious weeds on the
land as required under the control category or categories specified in
relation to the weeds concerned.
Notify relevant control authority within 3 days of becoming aware that a
notifiable weed (W1 weed) is on land. (or ought reasonably to have
known).
Must not scatter or cause to scatter notifiable weed material.
Yes
Do not harm any animal that is of a threatened species population or
ecological community, or its habitat except in accordance with a
planning approval.
Yes
Do not harm critical habitat except as in accordance with a planning
approval.
Yes
Do not harm native fauna (other than listed unprotected fauna) except
in accordance with a planning approval or licence.
Yes
Biodiversity Conservation Act 2016 Biodiversity
Conservation
Do not cause a significant impact to listed threatened species,
populations or ecological communities, or their habitats.
Yes
Threatened Species Conservation Act
1995
(repealed)
Flora and fauna
conservation
Do not cause a significant impact to listed threatened species,
populations or ecological communities, or their habitats.
No
Native Vegetation Act 2003
Flora and native
vegetation
conservation
Only clear native vegetation in accordance with a planning approval or
property vegetation plan.
No
National Parks and Wildlife Act 1974 Flora and native vegetation
conservation
Do not pick protected native plants without a licence No
Dredging or
reclamation
A permit to authorise dredging or reclamation work must be obtained
from the Minister
No
Mangroves,
seagrasses and
marine vegetation
Do not harm any mangroves, seagrasses or other marine vegetation on
public water land protected by the regulations without a permit
No
Fish passage Do not block fish passage without a permit No
Do not undertake an action that will or is likely to have a significant
impact on a listed threatened species or threatened ecological
community
Yes
Do not undertake an action that will or is likely to have a significant
impact on the environment on Commonwealth land
Yes
Compliance Do not take any action to contravene any conditions of approval
attached to the project approval
Yes
Littering Do not litter in a public place or an open private place. Do not litter
from a vehicle.
Only deposit advertising material in receptacles provided for mail or
newspapers or under the door of the premises.
Do not deposit advertising material on or in vehicles.
Yes
Native fauna
National Parks and Wildlife
Act 1974
Fisheries Management Act 1994
Environment Protection Biodiversity
Conservation Act, 1999
(Commonwealth)
Flora and fauna
conservation
Waste
Protection of the Environment
Operations Act 1997
Do not undertake a scheduled waste activity unless in accordance with
an
environmental protection licence.
A licence must be obtained when construction and demolition wastes
are applied to land under certain circumstances. This includes the
reincorporation of crushed road base material back into roads and the
placing of excess fill material onto properties. A licence is not required
if the material:
• Is VENM.
• Does not exceed 200 tonnes in the Sydney, Newcastle and Wollongong
areas, or 20,000 tonnes outside these areas.
• Is covered by a “general exemption”. Current exempted materials are
ENM, recycled aggregates and raw mulch. These exemptions are
conditional and require some chemical testing of materials before they
are placed onto land.
A licence must be obtained if more than 2,500 tonnes (or cubic metres)
is stored on a stockpile site at any one time, or more than 30,000 tonnes
of waste is received per year from off site.
Yes
Only transport waste to a facility that can lawfully accept the waste. Yes
Do not dispose of waste in a manner that harms or is likely to harm the
environment.
Yes
Comply with general requirements for the transport of waste. For
example, any vehicle used by the person to transport waste must be
kept in a clean condition and be maintained so as to prevent spillage of
waste. For some wastes, only licensed transporters can be used.
Yes
Comply with record keeping requirements in relation to the transport of
certain types of waste.
Yes
National heritage Do not take an action that will or is likely to have a significant impact on
the National Heritage values of a National Heritage place
Yes
National heritage Do not undertake an action that will or is likely to have a significant
impact on the environment on Commonwealth land
Yes
Compliance Do not take any action to contravene any conditions of approval
attached to the project approval
Yes
Do not undertake an activity that will affect a place, building, work,
relic, moveable object or precinct which is subject to an Interim
Heritage Order or is listed on the State Heritage Register without
approval from the Heritage Council.
No
Do not disturb or excavate land with knowledge or reasonable cause to
suspect that the disturbance or excavation will or is likely to result in a
relic being discovered, exposed, moved, damaged or destroyed; or
Do not disturb or excavate land on where a relic has been discovered or
exposed.
No
Waste and
transportation
Protection of the Environment
Operations Act 1997
Heritage
Protection of the Environment
Operations (Waste) Regulation 2005
Waste and transportation
Environment Protection
Biodiversity Conservation Act,
1999 (Commonwealth)
Heritage Act 1977
Heritage
Notify the heritage Council on discovery of a relic Yes
Do not harm or desecrate an Aboriginal object or Aboriginal place
without consent.
No
Notify the NPWS within reasonable time of becoming aware of the
location or discovery of certain Aboriginal objects.
Yes
National Parks and Wildlife
Regulation 2009
Aboriginal
consultation
Consult with Aboriginal parties on the methodology and draft cultural
heritage assessment report
Yes
Report any discovery of Aboriginal remains to the Federal Minister for
the Environment and Heritage.
Yes
Comply with the provisions of any declaration in relation to a significant
Aboriginal area or object
Yes
Environmentally Hazardous
Chemicals Act, 1985
Hazards and
risks
Obtain a licence to undertake prescribed activities involving
environmentally hazardous chemicals or declared chemical wastes.
Yes
Dangerous Goods (Road and
Rail Transport) Act 2008
Hazards and
risks
Ensure that dangerous goods are transported in a safe manner. Yes
Pesticides Act 1999
Hazards and
risks
Use pesticides in an environmentally sensitive manner.
Do not use an unregistered pesticide without a permit.
Read the label or permit for the pesticide.
Use registered pesticides in accordance with instructions on the label.
Do not use any restricted pesticide unless authorised by a certificate of
competency or a pesticide control order under the Act.
Compliance with pesticide codes of practice is required.
Yes
National Greenhouse and Energy
Reporting Act, 2007 and Regulations
2008
Greenhouse gas
emissions
Accounting and reporting of greenhouse gases produced and energy
consumed during construction. Applicability dependent on thresholds.
Yes (applicability dependant on
thresholds)
Heritage Act 1977
Heritage
Greenhouse gas emissions
National Parks and Wildlife
Act 1974
Aboriginal and Torres Strait
Islander Heritage Protection
Act 1984 (Commonwealth)
Aboriginal places
and objects
Protection of
areas and objects
Hazards and risks
Reference Sub Ref. Comment/Obligation Responsibility Phase Compliance Status Comment/Evidence
A1
The CSSI must be carried out in accordance with the terms of this approval and generally in
accordance with the description of the CSSI in the EIS as amended by the SPIR.
A2
The CSSI must be carried out generally in accordance with all procedures, commitments,
preventative actions, performance criteria and mitigation measures set out in the EIS as
amended by the SPIR unless otherwise specified in, or required under, this approval.
A3
In the event of an inconsistency between the documents listed in Condition A1 and any
other
document required under this approval, the terms of this approval prevail to the extent of
the
inconsistency.
The Proponent must comply with all requirements of the Secretary in relation to:
a the environmental performance of the CSSI;
b any document under this approval or correspondence to the Secretary;
c any notification given to the Secretary under the terms of this approval;
d any audit of the Construction or Operation of the CSSI;
e compliance with the terms of this approval (including anything required to be done under
this approval); and
f the carrying out of any additional monitoring or mitigation measures.
A5In the event that there are differing interpretations of the terms of this approval, including
in relation to a condition of this approval, the Secretary’s interpretation is final.
Where the terms of this approval require a document to be prepared or a review to be
undertaken in consultation with identified parties, evidence of the consultation undertaken
must be submitted to the Secretary with the document. The evidence must include:
a documentation of the engagement with the party(ies) identified in the condition of approval
that has occurred prior to submitting the document for approval;
b log of the points of engagement or attempted engagement with the identified party(ies)
and a summary of the issues raised by them;
c documentation of the follow-up with the identified party(ies) where feedback has not been
provided to confirm that they have none or have failed to provide feedback after repeated
requests;
d outline of the issues raised by the identified party(ies) and how they have been addressed;
and
e a description of the outstanding issues raised by the identified party(ies) and the reasons
why they have not been addressed.
A7
Without limitation, all strategies, plans, programs, reviews, audits, report
recommendations, protocols and the like required by the conditions of this approval must
be implemented by the Proponent in accordance with all requirements issued by the
Secretary from time to time in
respect of them.
Conditions of Approval - Compliance Tracking Matrix PART A - ADMINISTATIVE CONDITIONS
A4
A6
General
A8
Where the conditions of this approval require consultation with identified parties, details of
the consultation undertaken, matters raised by the parties, and how the matters were
considered must accompany the strategies, plans, programs, reviews, audits, protocols and
the like submitted to the Secretary.
A9This approval lapses five (5) years after the date on which it is granted, unless works for the
purpose of the CSSI are physically commenced on or before that date.
A10
The Proponent is responsible for any breaches of the conditions of this approval resulting
from the actions of all persons that it invites onto any site, including contractors, sub-
contractors and visitors.
A11
The CSSI may be delivered and operated in stages. Where staged delivery or Operation is
proposed, a Staging Report (for either or both delivery and Operation as the case requires)
must be prepared and submitted to the Secretary for information. The Staging Report must
be submitted to the Secretary no later than one month prior to the commencement of
Construction of the first of the proposed stages of Construction (or if only staged Operation
is proposed, one month prior to the commencement of Operation of the first of the
proposed stages of Operation), or within another timeframe agreed with the Secretary.
The Staging Report must:
a if staged delivery is proposed, set out how the delivery of the whole of the CSSI will be
staged, including general details of work and other activities to be carried out in each stage
and the general timing of when Construction of each stage will commence;
b if staged operation is proposed, set out how the operation of the whole of the CSSI will be
staged, including general details of work and other activities to be carried out in each stage
and the general timing of when operation of each stage will commence;
c specify the relevant conditions of approval that apply to each stage and how compliance
with those conditions will be achieved across and between each of the stages of the CSSI;
and
d set out mechanisms for managing any cumulative impacts arising from the proposed
staging.
A13The CSSI must be staged in accordance with the Staging Report, as submitted to the
Secretary.
A14
Where staging is proposed, the terms of this approval that apply or are relevant to the
works or activities to be carried out in a specific stage must be complied with at the
relevant time for that stage.
Ancillary facilities that are not identified by description and location in the documents
listed in Condition A1 must meet the following criteria, unless otherwise approved by the
Secretary:
a the facility is development of a type that would, if it were not for the purpose of the CSSI,
otherwise be exempt or complying development; or
Pre-construction
the facility is located as follows:
i. at least 50 metres from any waterway unless an erosion and sediment control plan is
prepared and implemented so as not to adversely affect water quality in the waterway in
accordance with Managing Urban Stormwater series;
Pre-construction
ii. within or adjacent to land upon which the CSSI is being carried out; Pre-construction
iii. with ready access to a road network; Pre-construction
Staging
A12
Ancillary facilities
A15
b
iv. to prevent heavy vehicles travelling on local streets or through residential areas in order
to access the facility, except as identified in the documents listed in Condition A1;
Pre-construction
v. so as to be in accordance with the Interim Construction Noise Guideline (DECC 2009) or
as otherwise agreed in writing with affected landowners and occupiers;
Pre-construction
vi. so as not to require vegetation clearing beyond the extent of clearing approved under
other terms of this approval except as approved by the ER as minor clearing;
Pre-construction
vii. so as not to have any impact on heritage items (including areas of archaeological
sensitivity) beyond the impacts identified, assessed and approved under other terms of
this approval;
Pre-construction
viii. so as not to unreasonably interfere with lawful uses of adjacent properties that are
being carried out at the date upon which construction or establishment of the facility is to
commence;
Pre-construction
ix. to enable operation of the ancillary facility during flood events and to avoid or minimise,
to the greatest extent practicable, adverse flood impacts on the surrounding environment
and other properties and infrastructure; and
Pre-construction
x. so as to have sufficient area for the storage of raw materials to minimise, to the greatest
extent practicable, the number of deliveries required outside standard construction hours.
Pre-construction
Before establishment of any ancillary facility (other than minor ancillary facilities described
in Condition A17), the Proponent must prepare an Ancillary Facilities Management Plan
which details the management of the ancillary facilities. The Ancillary Facilities
Management Plan must be prepared in consultation with the EPA and the relevant council(s)
and submitted to the Secretary for approval one month prior to installation of ancillary
facilities. The Ancillary Facilities Management Plan must detail the management of the
ancillary facilities and include:
a a description of activities to be undertaken during Construction (including scheduling of
construction);
Pre-construction
b a program for ongoing analysis of the key environmental risks arising from the activities
described in subsection (a) of this condition, including an initial risk assessment undertaken
prior to the commencement of Construction of the CSSI; and
Pre-construction
c details of how the activities described in subsection (a) of this condition will be carried out
to:
i. meet the performance outcomes stated in the documents listed in Condition A1; and
ii. manage the risks identified in the risk analysis undertaken in subsection (b) of this
condition.
Pre-construction
Minor ancillary facilities comprising lunch sheds, office sheds, and portable toilet facilities,
that are not identified in the documents listed in Condition A1 and which do not satisfy the
criteria set out in Condition A15 of this approval must satisfy the following criteria:
a have no greater environmental and amenity impacts than those that can be managed
through the implementation of environmental measures detailed in the CEMP required
under
Pre-construction
A15
b
A16
A17
b have been assessed by the ER to have:
i. minimal amenity impacts to surrounding residences and businesses, after consideration of
matters such as compliance with the ICNG, traffic and access impacts, dust and odour
impacts, and visual (including light spill) impacts;
ii. minimal environmental impact with respect to waste management and flooding; and
iii. no impacts on biodiversity, soil and water, and heritage items beyond those already
approved under other terms of this approval.
Pre-construction
A18
Boundary fencing must be erected around all ancillary facilities that are adjacent to
sensitive
receivers for the duration of Construction unless otherwise agreed with the affected
receivers(s).
Pre-construction
A19Boundary fencing required under Condition A18 of this approval must minimise visual, noise
and air quality impacts on adjacent sensitive receivers.
Pre-construction
A20Works must not commence until an ER has been approved by the Secretary and engaged by
the Proponent.
Pre-construction
A21The Secretary’s approval of an ER must be sought no later than one (1) month before the
commencement of Works, or within another timeframe agreed with the Secretary.
Pre-construction
A22
The proposed ER must be a suitably qualified and experienced person who was not involved
in
the preparation of the EIS or SPIR, and is independent from the design and construction
personnel for the CSSI.
Pre-construction
A23
The Proponent may engage more than one ER for the CSSI, in which case the functions to be
exercised by an ER under the terms of this approval may be carried out by any ER that is
approved by the Secretary for the purposes of the CSSI.
Pre-construction
For the duration of the Works until the completion of Construction, the approved ER must:
a receive and respond to communication from the Secretary in relation to the environmental
performance of the CSSI;
Construction
b consider and inform the Secretary on matters specified in the terms of this approval; Construction
c consider and recommend to the Proponent any improvements that may be made to work
practices to avoid or minimise adverse impact to the environment and to the community;
Construction
d review documents identified in Conditions C1, C4 and C9 and any other documents that
are identified by the Secretary, to ensure they are consistent with requirements in or under
this approval and if so:
i. make a written statement to this effect before submission of such documents to the
Secretary (if those documents are required to be approved by the Secretary); or
ii. make a written statement to this effect before the implementation of such documents
(if those documents are required to be submitted to the Secretary / Department for
information or are not required to be submitted to the Secretary/Department);
Construction
e regularly monitor the implementation of the documents listed in Conditions C1, C4 and C9
to ensure implementation is being carried out in accordance with the document and the
terms of this approval;
Construction
f as may be requested by the Secretary, help plan, attend or undertake audits of the
development commissioned by the Department including scoping audits, programming
audits, briefings and site visits, but not independent environmental audits required under
Condition A35 of this approval;
Construction
A17
Environment Representative
A24
g as may be requested by the Secretary, assist the Department in the resolution of community
complaints;
Construction
h review the assessment of the impacts of minor ancillary facilities comprising lunch sheds,
office sheds and portable toilet facilities as required by Condition A17 of this approval;
Construction
i consider any minor amendments to be made to the CEMP, CEMP sub-plans and monitoring
programs that comprise updating or are of an administrative nature, and area consistent
with the terms of this approval and the CEMP, CEMP sub-plans and monitoring programs
approved by the Secretary and, if satisfied such amendment is necessary, approve the
amendment. This does not include any modifications to the terms of this approval; and
Construction
j prepare and submit to the Secretary and other relevant regulatory agencies, for
information,
an Environmental Representative Monthly Report providing the information set out in the
Environmental Representative Protocol under the heading “Environmental Representative
Monthly Reports.” The Environmental Representative Monthly Report must be submitted
within seven (7) calendar days following the end of each month for the duration of the ER’s
engagement for the CSSI, or as otherwise agreed with the Secretary.
Construction
The Proponent must provide the ER with all documentation requested by the ER in order for
the ER to perform their functions specified in Condition A24 (including preparation of the ER
monthly report), as well as:
a the complaints register (to be provided on a daily basis); and
b a copy of any assessment carried out by the Proponent of whether proposed work is
consistent with the approval (which must be provided to the ER before the commencement
of the subject work).
The Secretary may at any time commission an audit of an ER’s exercise of its functions
under
Condition A24. The Proponent must:
a facilitate and assist the Secretary in any such audit; and
b make it a term of their engagement of an ER that the ER facilitate and assist the Secretary
in any such audit.
A27
A Compliance Tracking Program to monitor compliance with the terms of this approval must
be prepared, taking into consideration any staging of the CSSI that is proposed in a Staging
Report submitted in accordance with Condition A11 and Condition A12 of this approval.
Pre-construction
A28
The Compliance Tracking Program must be endorsed by the ER and then submitted to the
Secretary for information prior to the commencement of Construction or within another
timeframe agreed with the Secretary.
Pre-construction
A29
The Compliance Tracking Program in the form required under Condition A27 of this approval
must be implemented for the duration of Construction and for a minimum of one (1) year
following commencement of Operation, or for a longer period as determined by the
Secretary based on the outcomes of independent environmental audits, Environmental
Representative Reports and regular compliance reviews submitted through Compliance
Reports. If staged operation is proposed, or operation is commenced of part of the CSSI, the
Compliance Tracking Program must be implemented for the relevant period for each stage
or part of the CSSI.
Constructiion
A24
A25
A26
Compliance tracking program
Construction compliance reporting
A Pre-Construction Compliance Report must be prepared and submitted to the Secretary for
information no later than one month before the commencement of Construction or within
another timeframe agreed with the Secretary. The Pre-Construction Compliance Report
must include:
a details of how the terms of this approval that must be addressed before the commencement
of Construction have been complied with; and
Pre-construction
b the proposed commencement date for Construction. Pre-construction
A31Construction must not commence until the Pre-Construction Compliance Report has been
submitted for information to the Secretary.
Construction Compliance Reports must be prepared and submitted to the Secretary for
information every six (6) months from the date of the commencement of Construction or
within another timeframe agreed with the Secretary, for the duration of Construction. The
Construction Compliance Reports must include (as applicable):
a a results summary and analysis of environmental monitoring; Construction
b the number of any complaints received, including a summary of main areas of complaint,
action taken, response given and proposed strategies for reducing the recurrence of such
complaints;
Construction
c details of any review of, and minor amendments made to, the CEMP as a result of
construction carried out during the reporting period;
Construction
d a register of any consistency assessments undertaken and their status; Construction
e results of any environmental audits and details of any actions taken in response to the
recommendations of an audit;
Construction
f a summary of all incidents notified in accordance with Condition A40 and Condition A43
of this approval; and
Construction
g any other matter relating to compliance with the terms of this approval or as requested by
the Secretary.
Construction
A Pre-Operation Compliance Report must be prepared and submitted to the Secretary for
information no later than one month before the commencement of operation or within
another timeframe agreed with the Secretary. The Pre-Operation Compliance Report must
include:
a details of how the terms of this approval that must be addressed before the commencement
of Operation have been complied with; and
Pre-construction
b the commencement date for Operation. Pre-construction
A34Operation must not commence until the Pre-Operation Compliance Report has been
submitted for information to the Secretary.
Pre-construction
A35
An Environmental Audit Program for independent environmental auditing against the terms
of this approval must be prepared in accordance with AS/NZS ISO 19011:2014 - Guidelines
for Auditing Management Systems and submitted to the Secretary for information no later
than one month before the commencement of works or within another timeframe agreed
with the Secretary.
Pre-construction
A36The Environmental Audit Program, as submitted to the Secretary, must be implemented for
the duration of Construction
Construction
All independent environmental audits of the CSSI must be conducted by a suitably qualified,
experienced and independent team of experts in auditing and be documented in an
Environmental Audit Report which:
A30
A32
Pre-operation compliance report
A33
Auditing
A37
a assesses the environmental performance of the CSSI, and its effects on the surrounding
environment;
Construction
b assesses whether the project is complying with the terms of this approval; Construction
c reviews the adequacy of any document required under this approval; and Construction
d recommends measures or actions to improve the environmental performance of the CSSI,
and improvements to any document required under this approval.
Construction
A38
The Environmental Audit must be carried out within 12 months of works commencing and
annually thereafter during the delivery of the CSSI, and within 12 months of the
commencement of Operations and then as required by the Secretary.
Construction
A39
The Proponent must submit a copy of the Environmental Audit Report to the Secretary with
a response to any recommendations contained in the audit report within six (6) weeks of
completingthe audit, or within another timeframe agreed with the Secretary.
Post-
construction
A40The Secretary must be notified as soon as possible and in any event within 24 hours of any
Incident associated with the delivery of the CSSI.
Pre-construction,
Construction
A41
Notification of an incident under Condition A40 of this approval must include the time and
date
of the Incident, details of the Incident and must identify any non-compliance with this
approval.
Pre-construction,
Construction
A42
Any requirements of the Secretary or relevant government authority (as determined by the
Secretary) to address the cause or impact of an Incident reported in accordance with
Condition A40 of this approval, must be met within the timeframe determined by the
Secretary
or relevant government authority.
Pre-construction,
Construction
A43
If statutory notification is given to the EPA as required under the POEO Act in relation to
the
CSSI, such notification must also be provided to the Secretary within 24 hours after the
notification was given to the EPA.
Pre-construction,
Construction
A37
Incident notification
Reference Sub Ref. Comment/Obligation Responsibility Phase Compliance Status Comment/Evidence
B1
A Community Communication Strategy must be prepared to facilitate
communication between the Proponent, and the community (including relevant
Council(s), adjoining affected landowners and businesses, and others directly
impacted by the CSSI), during the design and Construction of the CSSI and for a
minimum of 12 months following the completion of the CSSI.
All phases
The Community Communication Strategy must:
a identify people or organisations to be consulted during the delivery of the Pre-construction
b set out procedures and mechanisms for the regular distribution of accessible
information about or relevant to the CSSI;
Pre-construction
c identify opportunities to provide accessible information regarding regularly
updated site construction activities, schedules and milestones at each
construction site
Pre-construction
d identify opportunities for the community to visit construction sites (taking into
consideration workplace, health and safety requirements);
Pre-construction
e involve construction personnel from each construction site in engaging with the
local community;
Pre-construction
f provide for the formation of issue or location-based -based community forums
that focus on key environmental management issues of concern to the relevant
community(ies) for the CSSI; and
Pre-construction
g set out procedures and mechanisms:
i. through which the community can discuss or provide feedback to the
Proponent;
ii. through which the Proponent will respond to enquiries or feedback from the
community; and
iii. to resolve any issues and mediate any disputes that may arise in relation to
Pre-construction
B3
The Community Communication Strategy must be submitted to the Secretary for
approval no later than one (1) month before commencement of any works, or
within another timeframe agreed with the Secretary.
Pre-construction
B4
Work for the purposes of the CSSI must not commence until the Community
Communication Strategy has been approved by the Secretary, or within another
timeframe agreed with the Secretary.
Pre-construction
B5
The Community Communication Strategy, as approved by the Secretary, must be
implemented for the duration of the works and for 12 months following the
completion of Construction.
Construction,
Post-construction
Conditions of Approval - Compliance Tracking Matrix PART B - COMMUNITY INFORMATION AND REPORTING
Community information, consultation and involvement
B2
Complaints Management System
B6
A Complaints Management System must be prepared and submitted to the
Secretary for information prior to the commencement of any works in respect of
the CSSI and be implemented and must be maintained for the duration of works
and for a minimum for 12 months following completion of Construction of the
CSSI.
All phases
The Complaints Management System must include a Complaints Register to be
maintained recording information on all complaints received about the CSSI
during the carrying out of any works associated with the CSSI and for a minimum
of 12 months following the completion of Construction.
The Complaints Register must record the:
a number of complaints received; All phases
b number of people affected in relation to a complaint; and All phases
c nature of the complaint and means by which the complaint was addressed and
whether resolution was reached, with or without mediation.
All phases
B8The Complaints Register must be provided to the Secretary upon request, within
the timeframe stated in the request.
All phases
The following must be available within one (1) month from the date of this
approval, or within another timeframe agreed with the Secretary, and for 12
months following the completion of Construction:
a a 24 hour telephone number for the registration of complaints and enquiries
about the CSSI;
All phases
b a postal address to which written complaints and enquires may be sent; All phases
c an email address to which electronic complaints and enquiries may be
transmitted; and
All phases
d a mediation system for complaints unable to be resolved. All phases
B10
The telephone number, postal address and email address required under
Condition B9 of this approval must be published in a newspaper circulating in the
local area and on site hoarding at each Construction site before commencement
of Construction and published in the same way again prior to the commencement
of operation. This information must also be provided on the website required
under Condition B11 of this approval.
Pre-construction,
Post-construction
A website providing information in relation to the CSSI must be established
before
commencement of works and maintained during the delivery of the CSSI, and for
a minimum of 12 months following the completion of Construction or within
another timeframe as agreed with the Secretary. The following up-to-date
information (excluding confidential, private and commercial information) must
be published and maintained on the website or dedicated pages:
a information on the current implementation status of the CSSI; All phases
b a copy of the documents listed in Condition A1 of this approval, and any
documentation relating to any modifications made to the CSSI or the terms of
this approval;
All phases
B11
Provision of electronic information
B7
B9
c a copy of this approval in its original form, a current consolidated copy of this
approval (that is, including any approved modifications to its terms), and copies
of any approval granted by the Minister to a modification of the terms of this
approval;
All phases
d a copy of each statutory approval, licence or permit required and obtained in
relation to the CSSI; and
All phases
e a current copy of each document required under the terms of this approval and
any endorsements, approvals or requirements from the ER and Secretary, all of
which must be published prior to the commencement of any works to which they
relate or before their implementation as the case may be.
All phases
B11
Reference Sub Ref. Comment/Obligation Responsibility Phase Compliance Status Comment/Evidence
C1
A Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) must be prepared in accordance
with the Department of Infrastructure, Planning and Natural Resources Guideline for the
Preparation of Environmental Management Plans (DIPNR; 2004) to detail how the performance
outcomes, commitments and mitigation measures specified in the documents listed in
Condition A1 will be implemented and achieved during all stages of Construction.
Pre-construction
The CEMP must provide
a a description of activities to be undertaken during Construction (including the scheduling of
construction);
Pre-construction
b details of environmental policies, guidelines and principles to be followed in the Construction
of the CSSI;
Pre-construction
c a schedule for compliance auditing; Pre-construction
d a program for ongoing analysis of the key environmental risks arising from the activities
described in subsection (a) of this condition, including an initial risk assessment undertaken
before the commencement of Construction of the CSSI;
Pre-construction
e details of how the activities described in subsection (a) of this condition will be carried out
to:
i. meet the performance outcomes stated in the the documents listed in Condition A1;
and
ii. manage the risks identified in the risk analysis undertaken in subsection (d) of this
condition;
Pre-construction
f an inspection program detailing the activities to be inspected and frequency of inspections; Pre-construction
g a protocol for managing and reporting any:
i. Incidents; and
ii. non-compliances with this approval and with statutory requirements;
Pre-construction
h procedures for rectifying any non-compliance with this approval identified during compliance
auditing, incident management or at any time during Construction;
Pre-construction
i a list of all the CEMP Sub-plans required in respect of Construction, as set out in
Condition C4. Where staged Construction of the CSSI is proposed, the CEMP must also
identify which CEMP Sub-plan applies to each of the proposed stages of Construction;
Pre-construction
j a description of the roles and environmental responsibilities for relevant employees and their
relationship with the ER;
Pre-construction
k for training and induction for employees, including contractors and sub-contractors, in
relation to environmental and compliance obligations under the terms of this approval; and
Pre-construction
l for periodic review and update of the CEMP and all associated plans and programs. Pre-construction
Conditions of Approval - Compliance Tracking Matrix PART C - CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT
Construction environmental management plan
C2
C3
The CEMP must be endorsed by the ER and then submitted to the Secretary for approval no
later than one (1) month before the commencement of Construction or within another
timeframe
agreed with the Secretary.
Pre-construction
The following CEMP Sub-plans must be prepared in consultation with the relevant government
agencies identified for each CEMP Sub-plan and be consistent with the CEMP referred to in
Condition C1:
(** Required CEMP Sub-plan > Relevant government agencies to be consulted for each
CEMP sub-plan)
a Traffic and transport > Relevant Councils Pre-construction
b Noise and vibration > Relevant Councils Pre-construction
c Biodiversity > OEH and DPI Fisheries Pre-construction
d Water, soil and contamination > DoI Water, DPI Fisheries and relevant Councils Pre-construction
e Heritage > OEH, relevant Councils, RAPs Pre-construction
The CEMP Sub-plans must state how:
a the environmental performance outcomes identified in the documents listed in
Condition A1, as modified by these conditions, will be achieved;
Pre-construction
b the mitigation measures identified in the documents listed in Condition A1 as modified by
these conditions will be implemented;
Pre-construction
c the relevant terms of this approval will be complied with; Pre-construction
d the identification of the relevant environmental specific training and induction processes for
construction personnel; and
Pre-construction
e issues requiring management during Construction, as identified through ongoing
environmental risk analysis, will be managed.
Pre-construction
C6
The CEMP Sub-plans must be developed in consultation with relevant government agencies
identified in Table 3 of Condition C4 Where an agency(ies) request(s) is not included, the
Proponent must provide the Secretary justification as to why. Details of all information
requested
by an agency to be included in a CEMP Sub-plan as a result of consultation, including copies of
all correspondence from those agencies, must be provided with the relevant CEMP Sub-Plan.
Pre-construction
C7
Any of the CEMP Sub-plans may be submitted to the Secretary along with, or subsequent to,
the submission of the CEMP but in any event, no later than one (1) month before
commencement
of Construction.
Pre-construction
C8
Subject to the provisions in this condition relating to staging Construction must not commence
until the CEMP and all CEMP Sub-plans have been approved by the Secretary. The CEMP and
CEMP Sub-plans, as approved by the Secretary, including any minor amendments approved by
the ER must be implemented for the duration of Construction. Unless otherwise agreed by the
Secretary where the CSSI is being staged, Construction of a stage is not to commence unless
the CEMP and the CEMP Sub-plans referred to above cover those stages or the Secretary has
approved a specific CEMP and sub-plans for that stage.
Pre-construction
C5
Construction monitoring programs
C4
The following Construction Monitoring Programs must be prepared in consultation with the
relevant government agencies identified for each Construction Monitoring Program to
compare actual performance of construction of the CSSI against performance predicted
performance.
(** Required Construction Monitoring Programs > Relevant government agencies to be
consulted for each Construction Monitoring Program)
a Air quality > … Pre-construction
b Noise and vibration > … Pre-construction
c Water, soil and contamination > DPI, DoI and relevant Councils Pre-construction
Each Construction Monitoring Program must provide:
a details of baseline data available;
b details of baseline data to be obtained and when;
c details of all monitoring of the project to be undertaken;
d the parameters of the project to be monitored;
e the frequency of monitoring to be undertaken;
f the location of monitoring;
g the reporting of monitoring results;
h procedures to identify and implement additional mitigation measures where results of
monitoring are unsatisfactory; and
i any consultation to be undertaken in relation to the monitoring programs.
C11
The Construction Monitoring Programs must be developed in consultation with relevant
government agencies as identified in Condition C9 of this approval and must include, to the
written satisfaction of the Secretary, information requested by an agency to be included in a
Construction Monitoring Programs during such consultation. Details of all information
requested by an agency including copies of all correspondence from those agencies, must be
provided with the relevant Construction Monitoring Program.
C12
The Construction Monitoring Programs must be endorsed by the ER and then submitted to
the Secretary for approval at least one (1) month before commencement of Construction or
within
another timeframe agreed with the Secretary.
Pre-construction
C13
Construction must not commence until the Secretary has approved all of the required
Construction Monitoring Programs, and all relevant baseline data for the specific construction
activity has been collected.
Pre-construction
C14
The Construction Monitoring Programs, as approved by the Secretary including any minor
amendments approved by the ER, must be implemented for the duration of Construction and
for
any longer period set out in the monitoring program or specified by the Secretary, whichever
is
Construction,
Post-construction
C15
The results of the Construction Monitoring Programs must be submitted to the Secretary, and
relevant regulatory agencies, for information in the form of a Construction Monitoring Report
at the frequency identified in the relevant Construction Monitoring Program.
Post-construction
C16Where a relevant CEMP Sub-plan exists, the relevant Construction Monitoring Program may
be incorporated into that CEMP Sub-plan.
Pre-construction
C9
C10
Reference Sub Ref. Comment/Obligation Responsibility Phase Compliance Status Comment/Evidence
D1
An Operational Management Plan (OEMP) must be prepared in accordance with
the Department’s Guideline for the Preparation of Environmental Management
Plans to detail how the performance outcomes, commitments and mitigation
measures made and identified in the documents listed in Condition A1 will be
implemented and achieved during Operation. This condition (Condition D1)
does not apply if Condition D2 of this approval applies.
An OEMP is not required for the CSSI if the Proponent has an Environmental
Management System (EMS) or equivalent as agreed with the Secretary, and can
demonstrate, to the written satisfaction of the Secretary, that through the
EMS:
a the performance outcomes, commitments and mitigation measures, made and
identified in the documents listed in Condition A1, and these conditions of
approval can be achieved;
b issues identified through ongoing risk analysis can be managed; and
c procedures are in place for rectifying any non-compliance with this approval
identified during compliance auditing, incident management or any other time
during operation.
D3
The OEMP or EMS or equivalent as agreed with the Secretary, must be
submitted to the Secretary for information no later than one (1) month before
the commencement of operation unless another timeframe is agreed with the
Secretary.
Where an OEMP is required, the Proponent must include the following OEMP
Sub-plans in the OEMP:
(** Required OEMP Sub-plan > Relevant government agencies to be
consulted for each OEMP sub-plan)
a Flooding, water quality and drainage > Directly affected landowners, OEH, DoI
Water, SES and relevant Councils
D5Each of the OEMP Sub-plans must include the information set out in Condition
D2 of this approval.
D6
The OEMP Sub-plans must be developed in consultation with relevant
government agencies as identified in Condition D4. Where an agency(ies)
request(s) is not included in an OEMP subplan, the Proponent must provide to
the Secretary justification as to why. Details of all information requested by
an agency to be included in an OEMP Sub-plan as a result of consultation,
including copies of all correspondence from those agencies, must be provided
with the relevant OEMP Sub-Plan.
Pre-
construction
Operational environmental management
Conditions of Approval - Compliance Tracking Matrix PART D - OPERATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT
D2
D4
D7 The OEMP Sub-plans must be submitted to the Secretary as part of the OEMP.
D8
The OEMP or EMS or equivalent as agreed with the Secretary, as submitted to
the Secretary and amended from time to time, must be implemented for the
duration of operation and the OEMP or EMS must be made publicly available
prior to the commencement of operation.
Construction
Within 12 months of the commencement of Operation of the CSSI, or as
otherwise agreed by the Secretary, the Proponent must undertake monitoring
of operational noise to compare actual noise performance of the CSSI against
the noise performance predicted in the review of noise mitigation measures
required by Condition E36. The Proponent must prepare an Operational Noise
Compliance Report to document this monitoring. The Report must include, but
not necessarily be limited to:
The Operational Noise
Report must be
submitted to the
Secretary and the EPA
within 60 days of
completing the
perational noise
monitoring or within
another timeframe
agreed by the
Secretary, and made
publicly available.
a noise monitoring to assess compliance with the operational noise levels
predicted in the review of operational noise mitigation measures required
under Condition E36
Pre-
construction
b a review of the operational noise levels in terms of criteria and noise goals
established in the NSW Road Noise Policy 2011;
Pre-
construction
c methodology, location and frequency of noise monitoring undertaken,
including monitoring sites at which CSSI noise levels are ascertained, with
specific reference to locations indicative of impacts on sensitive receivers;
Pre-
construction
d details of any complaints and enquiries received in relation to operational
noise generated by the CSSI between the date of commencement of operation
and the date the report was prepared;
Pre-
construction
e any required recalibrations of the noise model taking into consideration
factors such as noise monitoring and actual traffic numbers and proportions;
Pre-
construction
f an assessment of the performance and effectiveness of applied noise
mitigation measures together with a review and if necessary, reassessment of
feasible and reasonable mitigation measures; and
Pre-
construction
g identification of additional feasible and reasonable measures to those
identified in the review of noise mitigation measures required by Condition
E36, that would be implemented with the objective of meeting the criteria
outlined in the NSW Road Noise Policy 2011, when these measures would be
implemented and how their effectiveness would be measured and reported to
the Secretary and the EPA.
Pre-
construction
D9
Operational noise monitoring program
Reference Sub Ref. Comment/Obligation Responsibility Phase Compliance Status Comment/Evidence
E1
In addition to the performance outcomes, commitments and mitigation
measures specified in the documents listed in Condition A1, all reasonably
practicable measures must be implemented to minimise the emission of dust
and other air pollutants during the Construction and operation of the CSSI.
Construction
E2
The Proponent must develop a Biodiversity Offset Strategy (BOS) to outline how
the ecological values impacted by the CSSI will be offset in perpetuity. The BOS
must be developed from the draft BOS detailed in the documents listed in
Condition A1 and include the threatened ecological communities identified in
The Northern Road, Submissions and Preferred Infrastructure, Biodiversity
Addendum technical memo (Jacobs, 26 October 2017). The BOS must be
submitted for the pproval of the Secretary within 12 months of the
commencement of Construction or within another timeframe agreed with the
Secretary.
Pre-construction
Within 12 months of the approval of the BOS or within another timeframe
agreed with the Secretary, the Proponent must develop and submit to the
Secretary for approval, a Biodiversity Offset Package, consistent with the BOS
approved under condition E2. The Package must be prepared in consultation
with OEH and confirm how the impacts of the CSSI will be offset. The Package
must be consistent with the biodiversity offset strategy requirements of the
NSW Biodiversity Offsets Policy for Major Projects (OEH, 2014), unless
otherwise agreed by OEH. The Package must include, but not necessarily be
limited to:
a identification of the number of biodiversity credits required to offset the
impacts of the CSSI;
Pre-construction
b details on the biodiversity credits identified to offset the impacts of the CSSI
and evidence that they can be attained and secured in accordance with the
NSW Biodiversity Offsets Policy for Major Projects; and
Pre-construction
c for offsets not secured through the retirement of biodiversity credits, details
on the supplementary measures that would be implemented to offset the
residual impacts, in accordance with Appendix B of the NSW Biodiversity
Offsets Policy for Major Projects and the Framework for Biodiversity
Assessment (OEH, 2014).
Pre-construction
d should supplementary biodiversity offset measures be proposed, the
Biodiversity Offset Package must also provide details on the management and
monitoring requirements for compensatory habitat works and other biodiversity
offset supplementary measures proposed to ensure that outcomes of the
package are achieved.
Pre-construction
Conditions of Approval - Compliance Tracking Matrix PART E - KEY ISSUE CONDITIONS
Air Quality
Biodiversity
E3
E4
All required offsets must be secured, in consultation with the OEH, within 12
months of the approval of the Biodiversity Offset Package or within another
timeframe agreed with the Secretary. The Proponent must submit to the
Secretary a copy of the Credit Retirement Report issued by the OEH once the
offsets are secured, within one month of receiving the report.
Pre-construction
E5
During vegetation clearing, timber and root balls must be retained where
practicable for reuse in habitat enhancement and rehabilitation work. The
retained timber and root balls may be used on or off the CSSI site. Prior to the
commencement of vegetation clearing, the Proponent must consult with
community groups, the Mulgoa Valley Landcare Group and relevant government
agencies to determine if retained timber and root balls could be used for
environmental rehabilitation projects, before pursuing other disposal options.
Construction
E6
Measures identified in the documents listed in Condition A1 to maintain or
improve flood characteristics must be incorporated into the detailed design of
the CSSI following consultation with adversely affected landowners and
businesses, DoI Water, DPI Fisheries, SES and relevant Councils. These
measures must be reviewed and endorsed by a suitably qualified person.
E7
Flood information including flood reports, models and geographic information
system outputs, and work as executed information from a registered surveyor
certifying finished ground levels and the dimensions and finished levels of all
structures within the flood prone land, must be provided to the relevant
Council and the SES. The relevant Council and the SES must be notified in
writing that the information is available no later than one month following the
completion of Construction. Information requested by the relevant Council or
the SES must be provided no later than six months following the completion of
Construction or within another timeframe agreed with the relevant Council and
Post-
construction
For property/ies where modelling in the documents listed in Condition A1
predicts that the CSSI will potentially reduce the available stormwater runoff
yield to a farm dam, the Proponent must, in consultation with the affected
landowner:
a calculate the nature and extent of impacts on water supply; Pre-construction
b determine what measures may be implemented to prevent, mitigate or offset a
loss in water supply; and
Pre-construction
c implement the measures agreed with the potentially affected landowner at no
cost to the landowner.
Pre-construction
E9
Impacts to heritage, unless approved, must be avoided and minimised. Where
impacts are unavoidable, works must be undertaken in accordance with the
Construction Heritage Management Sub-plan required by Condition C4(e).
All phases
E10
This approval does not allow the Proponent to harm, modify, or otherwise
impact human remains uncovered during Construction and operation of the
CSSI.
Construction
The Proponent must implement the mitigation measures described in:
a Table 6-1 of the SPIR; All phases
E11
Heritage
Flooding and hydrology
The agreed measures must be
implemented before and during
Construction of any works that may
potentially affect the flow of water
into the farm dams. ln the event that
the Proponent and the relevant
property owner cannot agree on the
measures to mitigate the impact, the
Proponent shall engage a suitably
qualified and experienced independent
E8
b Appendix D of the SPIR – Item 9, Miss Lawson’s Guesthouse Archaeological Site,
Research Design and Excavation Methods dated 9 October 2017, prepared by
EMM; and
All phases
c Appendix D of the SPIR – Item 10, Lawson’s Thistle Inn and Store Archaeological
Site, Archaeological Assessment Research Design dated 16 October 2017,
prepared by EMM,
All phases
* except as required by this approval
E12
A detailed Historical Archaeological Salvage Strategy must be prepared before
any Historical archaeological salvage is undertaken within the CSSI boundary, if
not already included within the EIS or SPIR. Any Salvage Strategy not included
in the EIS or SPIR, must be prepared in consultation with the Heritage Council
of NSW and submitted to the Secretary for information at least one month prior
to the commencement of excavation and salvage works.
Pre-construction
E13
Following completion of all salvage works associated with heritage items, a
Historical Archaeological Excavation Report must be prepared in accordance
with any guidelines and standards required by the Heritage Council of NSW. The
Report must provide details of any archival recording, further historical
research undertaken, and archaeological excavations (which incorporates
artefact analysis, includes archaeological site records and identification of a
final repository for finds) carried out for the CSSI.
E14
The Historical Archaeological Excavation Report must be submitted to the
Secretary, the Heritage Council of NSW, the relevant Council Local Studies
Library, for information no later than 12 months after the completion of the
work referred to in Conditions E9 to E13 or within another timeframe agreed by
the Secretary.
Post-
construction
E15
Prior to conducting acoustic treatment at any heritage item, the advice of a
suitably qualified and experienced built heritage expert must be obtained and
implemented, to ensure any such work does not have an adverse impact on the
heritage significance of the item.
E16
An Unexpected Heritage Finds Procedure must be prepared to manage
unexpected NonIndigenous heritage finds in accordance with any guidelines and
standards prepared by the Heritage Council of NSW. The Procedure must be
prepared by a suitably qualified and experienced heritage specialist in
consultation the Heritage Council of NSW and submitted to the Secretary for
information no later than one month prior to the commencement of
Construction or within another timeframe agreed by the Secretary.
Pre-construction
E17The Unexpected Heritage Finds Procedure, as submitted to the Secretary, must
be implemented for the duration of works.
Construction
E18
A detailed Aboriginal Cultural Salvage Strategy must be prepared before any
Aboriginal cultural salvage is undertaken within the CSSI boundary, if not
already included within the EIS. Any Salvage Strategy not included in the EIS or
SPIR, must be prepared in consultation with OEH and RAPs (as relevant) and
submitted to the Secretary for information at least one month prior to the
commencement of excavation and salvage works.
Pre-construction
Non-Indigenous Heritage
E11
Aboriginal Cultural Heritage
E19
Following completion of all salvage works associated with Aboriginal heritage
items, an Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Report must be prepared in accordance
with any guidelines and standards required by the OEH or RAPs (as relevant).
The Report must provide details of any cultural heritage investigations either
undertaken or to be carried out including analysis of artefacts from excavations
and identification of a final repository for finds carried out for the CSSI.
E20
The Aboriginal Cultural Heritage Report must be submitted to the RAPs for
endorsement, and Secretary for information no later than 12 months after the
completion of the work referred to in Conditions E9 to E11 and E18 to E19 or
within another timeframe agreed by the Secretary.
E21
An Unexpected Human Remains Procedure must be prepared to manage
unexpected human remains finds in accordance with NSW statutory
requirements, any guidelines and standards prepared by the OEH. The
Procedure must outline the process for consulting with the RAPs in the event
that previously unidentified Aboriginal heritage is discovered.
The Procedure must be prepared by a suitably qualified and experienced
heritage specialist in consultation with OEH and submitted to the Secretary for
information no later than one month prior to the commencement of
Construction or within another timeframe agreed by the Secretary.
Pre-construction
E22
The Unexpected Human Remains Procedure, as submitted to the Secretary,
must be implemented for the duration of works.
Construction Note: Human remains that are found
unexpectedly during works are under
the jurisdiction of the
NSW State Coroner and must be
reported to the NSW Police
Works must only be undertaken during the following standard construction
hours:
Construction
a 7:00 am to 6:00 pm Mondays to Fridays, inclusive;
b 8:00 am to 1:00 pm Saturdays; and
c at no time on Sundays or public holidays.
Except as permitted by an EPL, highly noise intensive works that result in an
exceedance of the applicable noise management level at the same receiver
must only be undertaken:
Construction
a between the hours of 8:00 am to 6:00 pm Monday to Friday;
b between the hours of 8:00 am to 1:00 pm Saturday; and
c in continuous blocks not exceeding three hours each with a minimum respite
from those activities and works of not less than one hour between each block.
E25
The Proponent must identify and consult with receivers identified as being
subject to levels that exceed the Highly Noise Affected criteria with the
objective of determining appropriate hours of respite unless an agreement is
reached with those receivers.
Notwithstanding Condition E23 works associated with the CSSI may be
undertaken outside the specified hours in the following circumstances:
a for the delivery of materials required by the NSW Police Force or other
authority for safety reasons; or
Noise and vibration
Hours of work
Variation to hours of work
E23
For the purposes of this condition,
'continuous' includes any period during
which there is less than a one hour
respite between ceasing and
recommencing any of the work the
subject of this condition.
E24
E26
b where it is required in an emergency to avoid injury or the loss of life, to avoid
damage or loss of property or to prevent environmental harm; or
c where it causes LAeq(15 minute) noise levels:
i. no more than 5 dB(A) above the rating background level at any residence in
accordance with the Interim Construction Noise Guideline (DECC, 2009), and
ii. no more than the noise management levels specified in Table 3 of the
Interim
Construction Noise Guideline (DECC, 2009) at other sensitive land uses, and
iii. continuous or impulsive vibration values, measured at the most affected
residence are no more than those for human exposure to vibration, specified in
Table 2.2 of Assessing Vibration: a technical guideline (DEC, 2006), and
iv. intermittent vibration values measured at the most affected residence are
no more than those for human exposure to vibration, specified in Table 2.4 of
Assessing Vibration: a technical guideline (DEC, 2006); or
d no more than 15 dB(A) above the night time rating background level at any
residence during
the night time period, when measured using the LAeq (1 minute) noise
descriptor; or
e where different hours are permitted or required under an EPL in force in
respect of the works,
in which case those hours must be complied with.
E27
On becoming aware of the need for emergency works in accordance with
Condition E26 the Proponent must notify the ER and the EPA (if an EPL applies)
of the need for those works. The Proponent must also use its best endeavours
to notify all affected sensitive receivers of the likely impact and duration of
those works.
E28
Construction vehicles arriving at the project site and construction compounds
outside the standard construction hours described in Condition E23 must not
queue with idling engines.
Construction
E29
The Proponent must consult with potentially affected community, religious,
educational institutions and noise and vibration-sensitive businesses to identify
periods during which they would be adversely affected by noise generating
works, and must not schedule those works during those periods unless the
Proponent and the potentially affected institution or business have made other
arrangements (at no cost to the affected receiver), or the Secretary has
otherwise approved the works.
Construction
E30
The Proponent must ensure that all works for the delivery of the CSSI are
coordinated with utility works, including those works undertaken by third
parties, to minimise cumulative impacts of noise and vibration and to maximise
respite for affected sensitive receivers.
Construction
E26
Queuing and idling construction vehicles
Respite
Cumulative construction noise impacts
Ancillary facility acoustic barriers
E31
Temporary acoustic barriers (2.4 metres high) are to be installed as soon as site
establishment works at the ancillary facility are completed and before
undertaking any works which are required to be conducted at the facility. The
schedule for installing and removing the acoustic barriers, and justification for
not installing acoustic barriers in certain locations, must be described in the
Ancillary Facilities Management Plan for the project prepared in accordance
with Condition A16. Acoustic barriers must be inspected and maintained to
remain effective throughout the use of the construction compound.
Pre-construction,
Construction
The CSSI must be constructed with the aim of achieving the following
construction vibration goals:
a for structural damage to heritage structures, the vibration limits set out in the
German Standard DIN 4150-3: Structural Vibration – Part 3 Effects of vibration
on structures;
b for damage to other buildings and/or structures, the vibration limits set out in
the British Standard BS 7385-1:1990 – Evaluation and measurement of vibration
in buildings—Guide for measurement of vibration and evaluation of their effects
on buildings (and referenced in Australian Standard 2187.2 – 2006 Explosives –
Storage and use – Use of explosives); and
c for human exposure, the acceptable vibration values set out in Assessing
Vibration: A Technical Guideline (Department of Environment and
Conservation, 2006).
E33
The Proponent must ensure that vibration from construction activities does not
exceed the vibration limits set out in the British Standard BS 7385-2:1993
Evaluation and measurement for vibration in buildings. Guide to damage levels
from groundborne vibration.
Construction
E34
The Proponent must conduct vibration testing before and during vibration
generating activities that have the potential to impact on heritage items to
identify minimum working distances to prevent cosmetic damage. ln the event
that the vibration testing and monitoring shows that the preferred values for
vibration are likely to be exceeded, the Proponent must review the
construction methodology and, if necessary, implement additional mitigation
Pre-construction,
Construction
E35
The Proponent must seek the advice of a heritage specialist on methods and
locations for installing equipment used for vibration, movement and noise
monitoring of heritage-listed structures.
Pre-construction
A review of the proposed operational noise mitigation measures for the CSSI
must be undertaken by the Proponent. The review must be submitted to the
Secretary for approval prior to commencing Construction which would affect
the identified receivers, or within another timeframe agreed by the Secretary.
The review must:
a confirm the operational noise predictions of the CSSI based on detailed design.
The operational noise assessment shall be based on an appropriately calibrated
noise model (which has incorporated additional noise monitoring, where
necessary for calibration purposes);
Pre-construction
Operational noise mitigation report
E32
E36
Construction vibration
b review the suitability of the operational noise mitigation measures identified in
the documents listed in Condition A1. The review must take into account the
detailed design of the CSSI and where necessary, refine the proposed measures
with the objective of meeting the criteria outlined in the NSW Road Noise
Policy (DECCW 2011), based on the operational noise performance of the CSSI
predicted under (a) above; and
Pre-construction
c where necessary, investigate additional or alternative noise mitigation
measures to achieve the criteria outlined in the NSW Road Noise Policy
(DECCW, 2011).
Pre-construction
E37
Operational noise mitigation measures as identified in Condition E36 (such as at-
property architectural treatments), that will not be damaged or compromised
by construction works, must be implemented within six (6) months of the
commencement of Construction which would affect the identified receivers or
within another timeframe agreed with the Secretary. These measures, and a
schedule that outlines the timing for their delivery, must be detailed in the
Noise and Vibration CEMP Sub-plan for the CSSI required by Condition C4(b).
Where early implementation of noise mitigation measures is not proposed, the
Proponent must submit to the Secretary a report providing justification as to
why, along with details of temporary measures that would be implemented to
reduce construction noise impacts, until such time that the operational noise
mitigation measures identified in Condition E36 are implemented. The report
must be provided to the Secretary for approval prior to the commencement of
Construction which would affect the identified receivers.
Construction
E38All operational noise mitigation measures identified in Condition E36 must be
implemented prior to Operation.
E39
The CSSI must be constructed in a manner that minimises intrusion and
disruption to agricultural operations/activities in surrounding properties (e.g.
stock access, access to farm dams, etc.), unless otherwise agreed by the
landowner.
Construction
E40
Where the viability of existing agricultural operations are identified to be
impacted by the land requirements of the CSSI, the Proponent must, at the
request of the landowner(s), employ a suitably qualified and experienced
independent agricultural expert, to assist in identifying management measures
to address the identified impacts. Where the Proponent has commenced the
requirements of this condition prior to the date of this Approval, the Proponent
may rely on these activities to fulfil the requirement.
E41
Unencumbered access to private property must be maintained during
Construction unless otherwise agreed with the landowner in advance. A
landowner’s access that is physically affected by the CSSI must be reinstated to
at least an equivalent standard, in consultation with the landowner.
E36
Property and land use
Agricultural and other land
Building condition survey
E42
Prior to commencement of any works, a suitably qualified person must
undertake building and structure condition surveys of all buildings and
structures identified in the documents listed in Condition A1 as being at risk of
damage. The results of the surveys must be documented in a Building Condition
Survey Report for each building and structure surveyed. Copies of Building
Condition Survey Reports must be provided to the landowners of the buildings
and structures surveyed and, if agreed by the landowner, the relevant Council
within three weeks of completing the surveys, and no later than one month
prior to the commencement of works.
Pre-construction
E43
After completion of the works, condition surveys of all buildings and structures
for which pre-Construction condition surveys were undertaken in accordance
with Condition E42 of this approval must be undertaken by a suitably qualified
person. The results of the surveys must be documented in a Building Condition
Survey Report for each building surveyed. Copies of Building Condition Survey
Reports must be provided to the landowners of the buildings surveyed and, if
agreed by the landowner, the relevant Council within three weeks of
completing the surveys, and no later than three (3) months following the
completion of works.
Post-
construction
E44
Any damage caused to property as a result of the CSSI must be rectified or the
landowner compensated, within a reasonable timeframe, with the costs borne
by the Proponent.
All phases Note: This condition is not intended to
limit any claims that the landowner
may have against the Proponent.
E45
Erosion and sediment controls must be installed and appropriately maintained
to minimise any water pollution. When implementing such controls, any
relevant guidance in the Managing Urban Stormwater series must be
considered.
E46
A Site Contamination Report, documenting the outcomes of Stage 1 and Stage 2
contamination assessments of land upon which the CSSI is to be carried out,
that is suspected, or known to be, contaminated must be prepared by a suitably
qualified and experienced person in accordance with guidelines made or
approved under the Contaminated Land Management Act 1997 (NSW).
If a Site Contamination Report prepared under Condition E46 concludes that
specified land is contaminated such that it is and will remain unsuitable for the
CSSI, even after completion of all physical works required to construct the
CSSI, then:
a a Remediation Action Plan must be prepared in relation to the specified land,
by a suitably qualified and experienced person and in accordance with all
guidelines made or approved under the Contaminated Land Management Act
(NSW);
b the Remediation Action Plan must be approved in writing by a NSW EPA
Accredited Site Auditor, and that approval must state that the specified land
can be made suitable for the purpose approved by this approval, if the works
described in the Remediation Action Plan are carried out; and
c the specified land must be remediated in accordance with the Remediation
Action Plan, as approved by the Site Auditor.
Soils
Contaminated sites
E47
E48
A copy of the Site Audit Statement and the associated Site Audit Report must
be submitted to the Secretary and the relevant Council for information no later
than one (1) month before the commencement of Operation.
E49
An Unexpected Contaminated Land and Asbestos Finds Procedure must be
prepared and must be followed should unexpected contaminated land or
asbestos be excavated or otherwise discovered during Construction.
Pre-construction
E50The Unexpected Contaminated Land and Asbestos Finds Procedure must be
implemented throughout Construction.
Construction
E51
A Sustainability Strategy for the Construction of the CSSI must be prepared in
accordance with the Infrastructure Sustainability Council of Australia
infrastructure rating tool or other justified sustainability rating mechanism to
achieve an equivalent ‘As Built’ rating of Excellent.
The Sustainability Strategy must be submitted to the Secretary for information
prior to the commencement of Construction, or within another timeframe
agreed with the Secretary, and must be implemented throughout the
Construction of the CSSI. The Sustainability Strategy must include:
a details of the sustainability objectives and targets for the design and
Construction of the CSSI;
Pre-construction
b details of the sustainability initiatives which will be investigated and / or
implemented; and
Pre-construction
c a description of how the strategy will be implemented for the CSSI. Pre-construction
E53
The CSSI must be designed and operated to meet relevant road design
standards, and ensure it does not adversely impact network connectivity, or
the safety and efficiency of the road network in the vicinity of the CSSI.
Pre-construction
E54
Vehicles used in the delivery of the project must not use local roads unless no
suitable alternatives are available. Where the use of local roads is proposed,
these must be identified in a Traffic and Transport CEMP Sub-plan.
Construction
E55
A Road Dilapidation Report must be prepared by a suitably qualified person for
local roads (and associated infrastructure) proposed to be used by construction
vehicles for works associated with the CSSI before the commencement of use
by such vehicles. Copies of the Road Dilapidation Report must be provided to
the relevant Council within three (3) weeks of completing the surveys and no
later than one (1) month before the use of local roads by project vehicles.
Pre-construction
E56
If damage to roads occurs as a result of the Construction of CSSI, the Proponent
must rectify the damage so as to restore the road to at least the condition it
was in pre-works, unless otherwise agreed by the relevant Councils.
Construction
E57
During delivery of the CSSI, measures must be implemented to maintain
pedestrian and vehicular access to, and parking in the vicinity of, businesses
and affected properties. Alternative pedestrian access, vehicular access, and
parking arrangements, and signage to direct customers to these businesses and
affected properties, must be developed in consultation with affected
businesses. Such arrangements must be outlined in the Traffic and Transport
CEMP Sub-plan and implemented prior to the disruption occurring.
Pre-construction,
Construction
E58Signage and directions to businesses must be provided before, and for the
duration of, any disruption during the Construction of the CSSI.
Pre-construction,
Construction
Traffic and transport
E52
Sustainability
E59
Operational signage must be provided along the project alignment to inform
motorists of services and council and community assets within the vicinity of
the CSSI including Luddenham village, community facilities and tourist areas in
accordance with the Guide: Signposting (RTA July 2007) and Tourist Signposting
Guide (RMS and Destination NSW 2012).
Pre-construction,
Construction
E60
The CSSI must be designed to retain as many trees as possible. The planting,
retention and replacement of trees is to be carried out in accordance with the
EIS. Trees removed during construction that are not within an endangered
ecological community are to be replaced at a rate of two trees for every tree
removed. Tree planting must occur within the CSSI boundary unless otherwise
envisaged in the EIS, in consultation with the relevant Council, or otherwise
agreed by the Secretary.
Construction
E61
Tree species selection is to be consistent with the plans and planting palette in
the EIS. Pot sizes of selected tree species are to be consistent with part 3.2.1
(Rural road reserves) in the RMS Landscape Guideline (April 2008), subject to
the long-term viability of the plant.
E62
An Urban Design and Landscape Plan must be prepared based on the detailed
design, and in accordance with the commitments made in the documents listed
in Condition A1.
E63
The Urban Design and Landscape Plan must incorporate monitoring and
maintenance procedures for the built elements, rehabilitated and replacement
vegetation and landscaping (including visual screening and weed control) and
performance indicators, responsibilities, timing and duration and contingencies
where rehabilitation of vegetation and landscaping measures fail.
E64
The Urban Design and Landscape Plan must be finalised following consultation
with the relevant Councils and the community. The Urban Design and
Landscape Plan shall incorporate evidence of consultation on the proposed
urban design and landscape measures and the monitoring and maintenance
E65
The Urban Design and Landscape Plan must be made publicly available and
submitted to the Secretary for information prior to the commencement of
works for which the Urban Design and Landscape Plan requires community
consultation under the Plan, or within another timeframe agreed by the
Secretary.
Pre-construction Note: Works that are subject to
community consultation include those
design and landscaping details that are
not required to eet the other
requirements of this approval and/or
specific technical criteria. For
example, it does not include structures
or landscaping works associated with
E66
Utilities, services and other infrastructure potentially adversely affected by the
delivery of the CSSI must be identified before works affecting them commence,
to determine the requirements for access to, diversion protection, and/or
support of such services. The relevant owner and/or provider of services must
be consulted to make suitable arrangements for access to diversion,
protection, and/or support of the affected infrastructure as required. The
Proponent must ensure that disruption to any service is minimised and be
responsible for advising local residents and businesses affected before any
planned disruption of service occurs.
Urban design and visual amenity
Utilities and services
Waste generated in the delivery of the CSSI must be dealt with in accordance
with the following priorities:
a waste generation is to be avoided and where avoidance is not reasonably
practicable, waste generation is to be reduced;
b where avoiding or reducing waste is not possible, waste is to be re-used,
recycled, or recovered; and
c where re-using, recycling or recovering waste is not possible, waste is to be
treated or disposed of at a waste management facility or premises lawfully
permitted to accept the materials.
E68
Waste generated outside the site must not be received at the site for storage,
treatment, processing, reprocessing, or disposal on the site, except as
expressly permitted by a licence or waste exemption under the POEO Act, if
such a licence is required in relation to that waste.
E69
All waste materials removed from the CSSI site must only be directed to a
waste management facility or premise lawfully permitted to accept the
materials or in accordance with a Resource Recovery Exemption or Order issued
under the Protection of the Environment Operations (Waste) Regulation 2014,
or to any other place that can lawfully accept such waste.
E70
All waste must be classified in accordance with the EPA’s Waste Classification
Guidelines, with appropriate records and disposal dockets retained for audit
purposes.
E71
Where available and practicable, and of appropriate chemical and biological
quality, stormwater, recycled water or other water sources shall be used in
preference to potable water for the delivery of the CSSI, including dust control.
E72
Drainage feature crossings (permanent and temporary watercourse crossings
and stream diversions) and drainage swales and depressions must be designed
and constructed in accordance with relevant guidelines and designed by a
suitably qualified and experienced person in consultation with DPI Fisheries.
Waste
E67
Water
Heading Section (G36) Statement Compliance
in CEMP
Section Notes Review
required?
Review due
date
Review
due date
Review
due date
Review
due date
Review
due date
Review
due date
Review
due date
Compliant
(Yes/No)
Notes
General Scope 1.1 When carrying out the Work Under the Contract, apply:
(a) your corporate Contractor’s Environmental Management System (CEMS) (refer to Clause 2);
(b) your project specific Contractor’s Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) (refer to Clause
3) in accordance with State Tender Baseline Condition of Approval (C1-C8) and Federal Tender
Baseline Condition of Approval (29-38);
which must be developed in accordance with this Specification, and guided by AS/NZS ISO
14001
Annexure A. General Requirements 2 Develop, implement and maintain for the duration of the Contract, a Contractor’s
Environmental
Management System (CEMS) that meets the requirements of ISO 14001 and the NSW
Government
Environmental Management System Guidelines and the Department of Planning and
Environment
Draft Post Approvals Environmental Management Plan Guidelines.
Contractors CEMP -
Preperation and
Submission of CEMP
3.1 The Principal will prepare an Over Arching Construction Environmental Management Plan
(OACEMP) in accordance with (SSI-7127) Condition of Approval C1 and C2 and Federal
Conditions of Approval (CoA) 29-38. The OACEMP will also be prepared in accordance with NSW
Department of Infrastructure, Planning and Natural Resources (DIPNR) publication “Guideline
for the Preparation of Environmental Management Plans” and Department of Planning and
Environment “Environmental Management Plan” (Draft 2017).
Contractors CEMP -
Preperation and
Submission of CEMP
3.1 Prepare a Contractor’s Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) for the Work Under the
Contract.
The CEMP must be prepared in accordance with the Principal’s approved OACEMP. Your CEMP
must be consistent with, and incorporate, all relevant elements of your CEMS.Contractors CEMP -
Preperation and
Submission of CEMP
3.1 Your CEMP must:
(a) include an Environmental Policy that contains a commitment to the principles of
Ecologically
Sustainable Development as detailed in the Protection of the Environment Administration Act
1991 (NSW);
(b) describe all relevant elements of, and include references to, the CEMS documentation and
how
these will apply to the Work Under the Contract;
(c) address all aspects and stages of the Work Under the Contract;
(d) address the requirements of all relevant environmental legislation and the Conditions of
Approval relevant to your work, including the Conditions of Approval;
(e) address the strategies, management plans and programs that have been prepared by the
Principal to address the Conditions of Approval;
Contractors CEMP -
Preperation and
Submission of CEMP
3.1 Include in your CEMP all relevant management measures set out in the approved OACEMP,
including Sub-plans to ensure:
(i) consistency and standardisation of wording and environmental management practices;
(ii) consistency in the management of construction impacts;
(iii) consistency in the application of mitigation and management measures; and,
(iv) a streamlined approval process for the approval of the CEMP.
Contractors CEMP -
Preperation and
Submission of CEMP
3.1 The OACEMP and associated construction management Plans contain:
(a) standard and generic construction management systems and processes; and,
(b) management and mitigation measures that generally apply to The Northern Road Upgrade
between Mersey Road, Bringelly and Glenmore Parkway Glenmore Park.
Contractors CEMP -
Preperation and
Submission of CEMP
3.1 The OACEMP and associated Construction Management Plans are working documents for you
which must be:
(i) used as the base for the preparation of your CEMP;
(ii) amended to suit project and site specific conditions and details; and,
(iii) amended to address any comments by the Principal, Environmental Representative,
regulatory Authorities or the DP&E.
Contractors CEMP -
Preperation and
Submission of CEMP
3.1 You must highlight all changes that you make to the OACEMP in all versions of the CEMP that
you present to the Principal for information, review, comment or approval.
Submission of your CEMP and associated management Plans must comply with the following
procedure:
1. Review and comment by the Principal on the draft CEMP;
2. Resubmission of the amended draft CEMP to the Principal addressing the Principal’s
comments;
3. Review of the amended draft CEMP by the Principal to check that comments raised on the
draft CEMP have been satisfactorily addressed. If comments have not been satisfactorily
addressed by you, further updates must be carried out by you. This step can be repeated as
many times as necessary until all the comments have been satisfactorily addressed. You will
not be entitled to claim for additional costs or an extension of time for Completion to address
the comments on the amended draft CEMP;
Auditing
Northern Road Upgrade Stage 4 - Compliance Tracking Matrix
G36 - Environmental Protection
3.1Contractors CEMP -
Preperation and
Submission of CEMP
CEMP Preperation
4. Following closeout of the Principal’s comments, submit the final CEMP to the Principal;
CEMP and sub-plan submission and re-submissions must provide:
(a) 1 x MS Word version original document;
(b) 1 x MS Word version with tracked changes showing edits or markups since previous
submission;
(c) 1 x MS Word version updated clean version, no track changes;
(d) 1 x PDF final with all appendices; and
(e) a spreadsheet showing how RMS comments have been addressed and status – Open /
Contractors CEMP -
Preperation and
Submission of CEMP
3.1 You must respond to all issues and comments raised by the Principal, in the above described
spreadsheet at every stage of review. To aid in the approval process for the CEMP and all
supplementary Plans, provide the tabulated responses for each issue or comment to the
Principal when submitting the revised CEMP.
Contractors CEMP -
Preperation and
Submission of CEMP
3.1 The time period you must allow for the review of a complete submission for the stage of works
covered by your CEMP by the Principal is twenty (20) working days per submission or re-
submission.
Contractors CEMP -
Preperation and
Submission of CEMP
3.1 The time period you must allow for review by the Principal of a complete submission for the
stage of works covered by your amended CEMP to ensure that all comments received on the
previous draft CEMP have been satisfactorily addressed by you is five (5) working days per
submission or re-submission.
Contractors CEMP -
Preperation and
Submission of CEMP
3.1 The CEMP must also include the following elements:
Incorporation of environmental hazard and risk management planning, which may include
items
such as:
(i) Details of the environmental hazards and risks associated with construction activities;
(ii) Environmental risk management measures;
(iii) Procedures to comply with all relevant legislative and industry standard requirements;
HOLD POINT Process Held: Commencement of Work not previously addressed by CEMS and CEMP documents
and authorised by earlier Hold Point release.
Submission Details: At least four (4) weeksprior to the proposed commencement of the stage of
Work Under the Contract nominated in the submission by you in accordance with the above
submission procedure, submit the CEMP and associated Sub-Plans and/or EWMS, as well as the
CEMS documents listed in Clause 3.1.
Planning - Environmental
Risk Assessment Workshop
3.2.1 Nominated in Annexure G36/A and prior to commencement of any work on Site, carry out an
environmental risk assessment workshop to identify all the environmental constraints
associated with the Work Under the Contract and address the environmental risks associated
with the constraints and activities you propose to undertake.
Planning - Environmental
Risk Assessment Workshop
3.2.1 Use the environmental risk assessment workshop to develop risk mitigation and management
strategies to eliminate or reduce the risk exposure. These risk mitigation strategies must be
consistent with the environmental safeguards and management measures listed in the
Environment Assessment documents listed in Annexure G36/A3 and with the RMS Biodiversity
Guidelines. Incorporate these risk mitigation strategies into your CEMP.
Planning - Environmental
Risk Assessment Workshop
3.2.1 Use the workshop to raise general awareness of good environmental management practices
among your staff and subcontractors working on the Site and to develop ideas and actions to
improve environmental practices and to develop an audit and inspection program for the
works. Planning - Environmental
Risk Assessment Workshop
3.2.1 Participants must include your site management staff, your Environmental Site Representative
(refer Clause 3.3), representatives from all relevant regulatory agencies, the Environmental
Representative and any other personnel including subcontractors who will be performing the
Work Under the Contract. Agree the list of attendees with the Principal. Provide the Principal
and all invitees at least fifteen (15) working days prior to the workshop with an agenda and
any supporting information to allow for representatives of the Principal to also attend the
Planning - Environmental
Risk Assessment Workshop
3.2.1 Submit a final workshop report to the Principal within five (5) working days from the date of
the workshop.
Planning - Environmental
Risk Assessment Workshop
3.2.1 Review the environmental risk assessment regularly to ensure it remains relevant for the
duration of the Work Under the Contract.
Planning - Regulatory
Requirements and
Compliance
3.2.2 The CEMP must identify your obligations under environmental legislation that are relevant to
the
Work Under the Contract, including those listed in Annexure G36/M.
Planning - Regulatory
Requirements and
Compliance
3.2.2 Planning approvals under the Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979 (NSW) and the
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 (Commonwealth) will be
obtained
Planning - Regulatory
Requirements and
Compliance
3.2.2 The following approvals, licences and permits will be obtained by the Principal:
(a) Environmental Protection Licence (EPL) under Section 48 of the Protection of the
Environment Operations Act 1997.
Planning - Regulatory
Requirements and
Compliance
3.2.2 Ascertain from the appropriate authorities what other approvals, licences and permits are
required for the Work Under the Contract.
Planning - Regulatory
Requirements and
Compliance
3.2.2 You are required to hold an Environment Protection Licence (EPL) for the Work Under the
Contract. The Principal has been issued with an EPL prior to award of the Contract. You must
not commence work on site until the EPL has been transferred to your name. The Hold Point
in Clause 14.2 of Specification RMS G2 applies.
Planning - Regulatory
Requirements and
Compliance
3.2.2 Obtain each necessary approval, licence and permit not obtained by the Principal prior to the
commencement of any work which relates to that approval, licence, notification or permit.
Include copies of such approvals, licences and permits in the CEMP.
3.1Contractors CEMP -
Preperation and
Submission of CEMP
Planning - Regulatory
Requirements and
Compliance
3.2.2 Include in your CEMS a compliance tracking program and keep the program up to date. Prior to
commencement of the Compliance Tracking program, submit draft template to the Principal
for endorsement.
HOLD POINT Process Held: Commencement of any activity requiring an approval, licence and/or permit
from an appropriate authority.
Submission Details: At least five (5) working days prior to the activity, provide to the Principal
evidence of receipt of the approval, licence and/or permit from the relevant
authority.
Planning - Environmental
Objectives and Targets
3.2.3 Include in the CEMP environmental objectives and targets for the Work Under the Contract
which
Planning - Environmental
Objectives and Targets
3.2.3 The environmental objectives and targets must be measurable where practicable, are realistic
and relevant to the Work Under the Contract, and include a commitment to continuous
improvement of your CEMS.
When establishing environmental objectives and targets, take into account the following:
(a) the environmental outcomes for the project as described in the Environment Assessment
documents listed in Annexure G36/A3;
(b) the results of the environmental risk assessment workshop;
(c) any applicable legal and other requirements;
(d) any technological, operational or other constraints or limitations.
In addition to those specified elsewhere in Specifications RMS G36, G38 and/or G40, prepare
EWMS and implement them as part of the Work Under the Contract for the following activities:
Aboriginal and non-Aboriginal heritage sites including Lawson’s Inn and Miss Lawson’s Guest
House archaeological sites;
protocols for the management of materials containing asbestos;
example:
- Construction and operation of sediment basins and/ or buffer swales and connecting drainage
for the associated catchment area;
- Construction of culverts, including associated staging, flow diversions, any dewatering, short
and long term stabilisation and removal of existing structures;
- Vegetation clearing and grubbing;
- Activities where construction water may be discharged into natural waterways;
- Construction and operation of concrete wash out areas;
receptors); and
and filling.
Planning - Environmental
Work Method Statement
3.2.4 The EWMS must include at least the following elements:
(a) Description of the work activity, including any plant and equipment to be used;
(b) Outline of the sequence of tasks for the activity, including interfaces with other
construction activities (for example: the interface between cut and fill areas, stabilisation of
exposed areas, excavation for installation or upgrade of culverts, creek diversion works and
dewatering requirements);
(c) Maps (including an aerial background) identifying Identification work areas and of any
environmental and/or socially sensitive areas, sites or places (such as threatened species or
heritage items), likely potential environmental impacts including exclusion zones;
(d) Identification of potential environmental risks/impacts due to the work activity;
(e) Mitigation and management measures to reduce the identified environmental risk,
including assigned responsibilities to site management personnel;
(f) Process for assessing the performance of the implemented mitigation and management
measures including progressive review;
(g) Identification of practical cost-effective measures to reduce environmental risks/impacts
(consistent with the outcomes from the Environmental Risk Assessment Workshops (refer
Clause 3.2.1));
(h) A process for resolving environmental issues or conflicts; and
(i) Any safeguards resulting from consultation with public authorities and other stakeholders,
where appropriate.
Planning - Environmental
Work Method Statement
3.2.4 Develop the EWMS in consultation with the relevant site management personnel to ensure that
all issues are addressed, methods and activities are practical and all personnel are aware of
their commitments and responsibilities. Review the EWMS periodically to ensure its
effectiveness and proper implementation and incorporate any improvements or changes
identified into subsequent revisions.
Planning - Environmental
Work Method Statement
3.2.4 In accordance with the approach outlined in the OACEMP, each Environmental Work Method
Statement must be forwarded to the appropriate regulatory Authority (for high risk activities),
the Environmental Representative and Principal for review at least 21 working days prior to
commencement of the Works and any Temporary Work referred to in the Environmental Work
Method Statement. Proposed changes to Environmental Work Method Statements must be
advised
to the appropriate regulatory Authority, the Environmental Representative and Principal
Planning - Environmental
Work Method Statement
3.2.4 Consult the Principal to determine which Environmental Work Method Statement(s) are high
risk
Planning - Environmental
Work Method Statement
3.2.4 Include in your CEMP a schedule of proposed EWMS for your activities.
Planning - Environmental
Work Method Statement
3.2.4 EWMS must be submitted to the Principal under a separate HOLD POINT to that for the CEMP.
3.2.3Planning - Environmental
Objectives and Targets
Planning - Environmental
Work Method Statement
3.2.4
Planning - Environmental
Work Method Statement
3.2.4 EWMS may be submitted progressively to suit the construction stages.
HOLD POINT Process Held: Commencement of work activities not previously addressed by EWMS documents
and authorised by earlier Hold Point release.
Submission Details: At least twenty one working days prior to the proposed commencement of
each applicable work activity, submit the EWMS documents, addressing the issues listed in
Clause 3.2.4 for the nominated work activity.
Planning-Resources,
Responsibilities and
Authority
3.3 The CEMP must indicate the names, responsibilities and authority of your site management
personnel who have primary responsibility for developing, implementing and maintaining the
CEMS and the CEMP for the Work Under the Contract, and rectifying any environmental
nonconformities identified by you or the Principal.
Planning-Resources,
Responsibilities and
Authority
3.3 Nominate in the CEMP a full-time Environmental Site Representative (ESR) as a member of
your on-sitemanagement team, who will be the authorised contact person for communications
with the Principal and the EPA on all environmental matters.
The ESR must have tertiary qualification in Environmental Science, Environmental Engineering
orequivalent, and a minimum of 5 years experience in environmental management on road
construction or other equivalent works.
Where your designated Environmental Management Representative will be based mainly off-
site, detail in the CEMP the relationship between the Environmental Management
Representative and the ESR.
Planning-Resources,
Responsibilities and
Authority
3.3 The ESR’s responsibilities and authority include the following:
(a) advising on environmental matters specified in this Specification and compliance with all
other relevant statutory approvals, licences, permits and authorisations;
(b) liaison with the Principal, the Environmental Representative and with all relevant
authorities on environmental matters;
(c) maintaining a register of all environmental management documents for the Contract;
(d) ensuring that the CEMP is established, implemented and maintained in compliance with
this Specification, including all Sub-Plans, procedures and supplementary EWMS, and upgrades
to these documents (as needed) to remain current with the progress of the Works;
(e) overall responsibility for the establishment, management, monitoring and maintenance of
erosion and sediment controls within the Site;
(f) carrying out regular daily inspections and auditing of the works at least every fortnight to
ensure that environmental safeguards are being followed;
(g) identifying where the implemented environmental measures are not meeting the targets
set, and identifying areas where improvement can be achieved;
(h) preparing monthly reports outlining the works that have been undertaken and the
achievements that have been met, as well as identifying those areas where improvements
were made and detailing environmental performance (see Clauses 3.11 and 3.12), including all
noncompliances with the requirements of the EPL and any other environmental reporting
requirements;
(i) facilitating environmental induction and toolbox talks for all site personnel;
(j) specific authority to stop work on any activity where the ESR deems it necessary to prevent
environmental nonconformities;
(k) notification to the relevant parties of any environmental incidents.
Planning-Resources,
Responsibilities and
Authority
3.3 The ESR must immediately advise you, the Principal and the Environmental Representative of
any environmental incidents relevant to the Project Approval resulting from the works that
are not dealt with expediently or adequately by you in accordance with your CEMP.
Planning-Resources,
Responsibilities and
Authority
3.3 The CEMP must include details of the role, qualifications and responsibilities of the ESR and
any critical site activities that require the presence of the ESR.
Planning - Soil
Conservationist
3.3.1 You must engage, and retain until Completion, a suitably experienced external Certified
Practicing Erosion and Sediment Control Professional (CPESC) as your Soil Conservationist.
Planning - Soil
Conservationist
3.3.1 All erosion, sediment and water pollution Plans, controls and measures must be reviewed by
your Soil Conservationist prior to installation. Your Soil Conservationist must assist in project
training in regards to project erosion and sediment control issues.
Planning - Soil
Conservationist
3.3.1 Your Soil Conservationist must liaise on a regular basis with any soil conservationist appointed
for the project by the Principal.
Planning - Soil
Conservationist
3.3.1 The CEMP must include details of the role, qualifications and responsibilities of the Soil
Conservationist and any critical site activities that require the presence of the Soil
Conservationist.
Planning - Community
Relations Manager
3.3.2 Provide a Community Relations Manager in accordance with RMS G1 Clause 10.11.
Planning - Sustainability
Manager
3.3.3 Provide a Sustainability Manager in accordance with RMS G1 Clause 10.15.
Planning - Selection and
Management of
Subcontractors
3.4 When complying with the purchasing requirements of RMS Q, include environmental
management
requirements in the planning, selection and management of subcontractors.
Planning - Selection and
Management of
Subcontractors
3.4 Include a requirement to comply with the CEMP in all contractual arrangements with your
subcontractors.
Planning - Selection and
Management of
Subcontractors
3.4 For subcontracted work, include in the CEMP the procedures that you will implement for
ensuring subcontractor compliance, including details of:
(a) the duties of each subcontractor for planning, implementing and monitoring environmental
protection measures and for keeping environmental records;
(b) the duties you will retain for environmental protection of subcontracted work;
(c) how environmental protection measures on subcontracted work interact with adjacent
work areas, as applicable;
(d) your surveillance program to monitor the effectiveness of each subcontractor’s
environmental protection measures together with the relevant project documentation.
Planning - Selection and
Management of
Subcontractors
3.4 You must monitor subcontractors to ensure compliance is achieved with the CEMP and
associated Plans.
Planning - Competence,
training and awareness
3.5
Planning -
Communications Training
3.5.1 Ensure that all your staff (including plant operators and truck drivers) and subcontractor
personnel
working on the Site behave in a courteous and professional manner when in dialogue with any
community member. All of your personnel must be:
(a) trained on how to respond to community queries;
(b) aware of and abide by the requirements for the release of information; and
(c) advised on the identity of the community within which they are working, by the
Contractor
Planning -
Communications Training
3.5.1 Community involvement obligations must be included in the site induction of all personnel
working
on the Site.
Planning -
Communications Training
3.5.1 Establish and maintain a register of communications training carried out, including dates,
names
Planning - Environmental
Training
3.5.2 Provide to all your staff (including plant operators and truck drivers) and subcontractor
personnel working on the Site with environmental training to achieve a level of competence
and awareness appropriate to their assigned activities before they commence their assigned
activities. Do not permit anyone who has not undergone the appropriate environmental
Planning - Environmental
Training
3.5.2 The CEMP must include a site-specific environmental induction and training plan that
describes the minimum level of training, experience and/or qualifications required for staff
and subcontractors working on the Site, the names of the persons to be trained, the proposed
frequency of training and the procedures for training.
Environmental induction training must cover all elements of the CEMP and must include, as a
minimum, the following:
(a) purpose and objectives of the CEMP;
(b) requirements of due diligence and duty of care;
(c) conditions of environmental licences, permits and approvals;
(d) potential environmental emergencies on Site and the emergency response procedures;
(e) reporting and notification requirements for pollution and other environmental incidents
including identification of contaminated land, and for damage and maintenance to
environmental controls;
(f) high-risk activities and associated environmental safeguards, e.g. earthworks, vegetation
clearing, night works, operation and maintenance of concrete washouts, and washing,
refuelling and maintenance of plant and equipment;
(g) working in or near environmentally sensitive areas;
(h) site specific issues including:
· Site flagging protocol as outlined in Specification RMS G40 Annexure G40/F;
· erosion and sediment controls, water quality controls and sediment basin management;
· management of contaminated material (including asbestos impacted material);
· groundwater and surface water;
· environmentally sensitive locations and no-go/exclusion zones;
· obligation to report and the process for reporting environmental issues on site including
damaged environmental controls;
· your obligations under the Noxious Weeds Act 1993 to prevent the spread of noxious weeds
during construction;
· your responsibilities under the National Parks and Wildlife Act 1974, including the need to
cease work immediately and report any object of potential Aboriginal heritage unearthed
during clearing, grubbing and earthworks operations (refer Clause 4.9);
· your responsibilities under the Heritage Act 1977 if an object of potential Non-Aboriginal
heritage is uncovered during construction (refer Clause 4.10);
· your responsibilities under the Contaminated Land Management Act 1997;
· noise, vibration and air quality management controls (refer Clauses 4.6, 4.7, and 4.4);
· your requirement to maintain surrounding property access for residences, business owners,
and their visitors, and to minimise disruptions to these properties for the duration of
construction;
· location of refuse bins, washing, refuelling and maintenance of vehicles, plant and
equipment;
· waste minimisation principles;
· boundaries for vegetation clearing, fauna and fauna habitat management, including
Planning - Environmental
Training
3.5.2 Establish and maintain a register of environmental training carried out, including dates,
names of
Planning - Environmental
Training
3.5.2 Undertake refresher environmental awareness training as required, but not less than 6
monthly
intervals, based on environmental risk assessment and turnover of project personnel. Include
3.5.2Planning - Environmental
Training
Planning - Environmental
Training
3.5.2 Hold toolbox talks which identify environmental issues and controls when works commence in
a new area of the Site or a new activity as well as when environmental issues arise on site.
The toolbox talk must include but not be limited to:
(a) A description of the activity and the area;
(b) Identification of the environmental issues and risks for the area (including fauna or flora);
and,
HOLD POINT Process Held: Induction and training of staff and contractors working on site.
Submission Details: Drafts of all environmental induction and environmental training materials
must be provided to the Principal at least two weeks before it is planned to be used.
Planning - Working Hours 3.6 In the context of this clause, normal working hours are from Monday to Friday between 7.00
am to 6.00 pm and Saturday between 8.00 am to 1.00 pm inclusive, but excluding public
Planning - Working Hours 3.6 The CEMP must include a procedure for notifying the Principal, all relevant Authorities and the
community, in advance of any proposal to work outside of these working hours. Such changes
in working hours must comply with all licences, permits, approvals, consents, notification,
statutory requirements, etc and have been appropriately justified and assessed.
Planning - Working Hours 3.6 Any approval by the Principal to work outside the normal working hours detailed above is
conditional on you liaising with the community (refer to Clause 3.7), and complying with the
requirements of Clause 4.6, relevant CoA and the EPL.
Planning - Working Hours 3.6 Work outside of normal working hours is permitted without prior approval by the Principal in
the following circumstances:
(a) delivery of materials outside of normal working hours, where delivery at such times is
required by the Police or other authorities for reasons of safety or otherwise; or
(b) work during an emergency, where such work is necessary to avoid the loss of lives,
property and/or prevent environmental harm.
Planning - Communication 3.7 You must, as a minimum, comply with the requirements of the NSW State Government and
RMS
guidelines, policies and the following reference documents (refer to Annexure G36/A3) in
relation
to its community relations obligations:
(i) Privacy and Personal Information Protection Act 1998; (NSW);
(ii) NSW (Government) Advertising Handbook, March 2017;
(iii) RMS Communications and Stakeholder Engagement Toolkit which contains communications
templates that are kept up to date with the latest RMS branding and style guides;
(iv) Roads and Maritime Services brand guidelines, August 2017 (or subsequent edition);
(v) Roads and Maritime Services Editorial Style Guide, March 2014 (or subsequent edition);
(vi) Transport for NSW Use of Social Media Policy, 18 November 2013; and Planning - Communication 3.7 Comply with the relevant Tender Baseline Conditions of Approval for internal and site
communication, external communication and government authority consultation, stakeholder
and community communication and communication with subcontractors in relation to
notification of environmental problems and environmental incidents.
Planning - Communication 3.7 You must not release any information, in any form, regarding the Works, the temporary work
or
Planning - Communication 3.7 You must refer all enquiries from Federal, State and/or local government representatives to
the
Planning - Communication 3.7 You must recognise and identify the Principal’s role in any promotional material or award
submissions that you develop in relation to your work, the Works or the temporary works. All
written material on the project that you produce, including award submissions, must be
approved by the Principal prior to publication or release.
Planning - Communication 3.7 If you propose to produce a professional video on or set in the project, then video objectives,
format and content must be as agreed with the Principal. All proposed video content requires
approval by the Principal prior to starting the video production.
Planning - Communication 3.7 Describe in the CEMP the processes for external and internal communication in relation to the
environmental aspects of the Work Under the Contract.
Planning - Communication 3.7 Make all staff and subcontractors working on the Site aware of these external and internal
communications procedures and are properly trained in their application.
Planning - Liaison with
EPA and/or Other
Relevant Agencies
3.7.1 The CEMP must identify at least two persons (together with their contact telephone numbers)
who will be available to be contacted by the EPA on a 24 hour basis and who have authority to
take immediate action to shut down any activity, or to effect any pollution control measure,
as directed by the Principal, an authorised officer of the EPA and/or other relevant agencies.
Planning - Liaison with
EPA and/or Other
Relevant Agencies
3.7.1 Immediately notify the Principal of any visit to the Site by the EPA and/ or other relevant
agencies. Prepare a report for each occasion when the Site is visited by the EPA and/ or other
relevant agencies, notifying the Principal of the purpose and outcome of the EPA and/ or other
relevant agencies visit, and of all actions taken by you in response to the EPA visit and/ or
other relevant agencies. Submit this report to the Principal within one (1) working day of the
EPA and/ or other relevant agencies site visit.
To facilitate consultation with environmental regulatory agencies and the community, an
Environmental Review Group (ERG) will be established by the Principal. The purpose of this
ERG will be to ensure prompt and effective consultation and resolution of environmental
issues raised by or affecting Government agencies, Council, the Principal, the community and
you. It is anticipated that the ERG will meet once a week or as otherwise agreed by the
regulatory agencies and the Principal.
At least 1 week prior to each ERG you must prepare and provide information to the Principal
for review prior to you disseminating this information to the wider ERG, including:
(a) current and upcoming issues;
(b) inspection and monitoring results;
(c) environmental nonconformance issues;
3.7.1.1Environmental Review
Group
(d) community concerns;
(e) new or revised work method statements;
(f) upcoming works, particularly in sensitive areas;
(g) any design issues relevant to environmental impacts and/or management;
(h) training requirements; and,
(i) other issues relevant to environmental impacts and/or management.
You must ensure your relevant personnel as requested by the Principal, including the Project
Manager, and Environmental Management Representative or ESR, attend each ERG
meeting.
Planning - Community
Liaison and/or
3.7.2 Develop and implement a Community Involvement Plan complying, as a minimum with the
Principal’s Community and Stakeholder Engagement Plan, RMS, May 2016.
The Community Involvement Plan must ensure that your community involvement meets the
desired outcomes detailed in the delivery section of the RMS Communications and Stakeholder
Engagement Toolkit.
Planning - Community
Liaison and/or
Notification'
3.7.2 You must meet the reasonable needs and desires of the community and provide:
(i) information on the project objectives, scope and timeframe and opportunities for input on
the construction of the project;
(ii) information on any of the construction investigations and activities that may affect them
including work required outside the nominated working hours and noisy work;
(iii) information regarding the issues raised in discussions with stakeholders and indirectly or
directly affected landowners;
(iv) information on the progress of the Work Under the Contract, significant milestones, design
changes, changed traffic conditions including temporary detours and temporary road closures,
and other matters that could either affect or concern the community; and
(v) your contact information including a 24 hours toll-free telephone number and postal
address.
The Community Involvement Plan must provide specific information in relation to community
3.7.2 The Community Involvement Plan must also include:
(i) a listing of the community stakeholders potentially affected by the Work Under the
Contract
and the potential impacts the Work Under the Contract may have on the identified
stakeholders, including the timing of those impacts. The list of community stakeholders must
include, as a minimum, relevant councils, State and Federal Members of Parliament,
emergency services, relevant public transport operators, relevant taxi services, freight and
transport unions, local chambers of commerce, local businesses, local residents, property
(ii) the level of involvement and engagement of community stakeholders for all of the Work
Under the Contract which may have impacts in the community, including the level of
information to be provided and consultation activities to be undertaken by you;
(iii) a map that indicates the locations of all properties that are potentially impacted on by
the Work Under the Contract, which must identify all potential impacts the Work Under the
Contract may have on the identified community stakeholders, including the timing of those
(iv) a risk assessment and proposed actions to mitigate or minimise the impact of the Work
Under the Contract on these stakeholders;
(v) the external (i.e. community stakeholders) and internal communication protocols and
procedures to manage and implement the Community Involvement Plan to Completion;
(vi) procedures for consulting and engaging with local businesses to ensure the concerns and
issues of local businesses are identified, addressed and reviewed regularly as part of the risk
assessment referred in section (iv) above, and your strategy for resolving these concerns and
issues and the controls to be implemented during the Work Under the Contract;
(vii) procedures for dealing with complaints and enquiries, including out of hours complaints
and enquiries, and response requirements;
(viii) procedures for early notification to the community, and the Principal of Work Under the
Contract that may impact on the identified community stakeholders;
(ix) procedures for publicising the details of the Work Under the Contract;
(x) procedures for training employees and subcontractors on the requirements of the
Community
(xi) a crisis communications sub-plan;
(xii) guiding principles for the overall approach to community and stakeholder involvement;
(xiii) identification of stakeholders to be consulted as part of the Community Involvement
Plan, including affected and adjoining landowners;
(xiv) progress of the Work Under the Contract and matters associated with environmental
management;
(xv) procedures and mechanisms through which stakeholders can discuss or provide feedback
to you and/ or the Principal in relation to the environmental management and delivery of the
(xvi) procedures and mechanisms through which you can respond to enquiries or feedback from
stakeholders in relation to the environmental management and delivery of the Work Under
the Contract;
(xvii) procedures and mechanisms to resolve complaints, issues and disputes that may arise
between
parties on the matters relating to environmental management and the delivery of the Work
Under the Contract. This may include the use of an appropriately qualified and experienced
independent mediator;
(xviii) business impact risk register to identify and manage the specific impacts associated
with
(xix) contact names and details;
(xx) identification of opportunities for the community to visit construction sites (taking into
consideration workplace, health and safety requirements);
3.7.1.1Environmental Review
Group
Planning - Community
Liaison and/or
Notification'
(xxi) involvement of construction personnel in engaging with the local community; and
(xxii) identification of opportunities to provide accessible information regarding regularly
updated site construction activities, schedules and milestones at each construction site
including use of construction hoardings to provide information regarding construction, specific
Planning - Community
Liaison and/or
Notification'
3.7.2 You are responsible for overall management and coordination of community information and
involvement.
The Principal reserves the right to amend any public document generated by you.
The Community Involvement Plan must ensure that:
(i) the local community is informed of decisions taken on the details of the Work Under the
Contract which will affect the community;
(ii) all relevant Authorities are informed of planned construction activities;
(iii) users of the affected road network are informed of planned traffic arrangements,
including
any temporary traffic switches or other activities resulting in likely delays. Users of the
affected road network include emergency services, the road transport industry, public
(iv) affected and concerned local residents and local businesses are informed of all
investigation
(v) unless otherwise advised by the Principal, you must arrange and facilitate all group and
public meetings and workshops relating to the Work Under the Contract;
(vi) the Principal is informed of all community issues, consulted on all decisions affecting the
local and wider (including driving) community, and invited to all sessions attended by
members of the community. You must not commit to a specific date for a presentation or site
tour to a community group without prior approval of the Principal;
(vii) the Principal must be contacted immediately in relation to planned or unplanned local
community protests that may arise during the Work Under the Contract;
(viii) any information is not released, in any form, regarding the Work Under the Contract to
any
(ix) all enquiries from Federal, State and/or local government representatives are referred to
the
(x) the Principal’s role is recognised and identified in any promotional material or award
submissions that it develops in relation to the Work Under the Contract. All written material,
including award submissions, on the Work Under the Contract must be approved by the
Principal prior to publication;
(xi) if you produce a professional video, the video objectives, format and content must be
approved by the Principal. All proposed video content requires approval by the Principal prior
to commencing the video production;
(xii) you provide a 24 hour toll free telephone service, for the period from eight weeks after
the
Date of the Contract until Completion, for the community to report incidents and register
complaints. You must also provide a continuously operated working hours telephone service
(xiii) during the period detailed in (xii) above, staff must receive and respond to telephone
calls
(xiv) the Community Relations Manager, and/or support staff, is available during construction
hours and after hours, if work is scheduled out of hours, from the Date of the Contract until
Completion.
Planning - Community
Liaison and/or
3.7.2 All communications activities are subject to the Principal’s approval according to the
timeframes
Planning - Community
Liaison and/or
Notification'
3.7.2 Key issues that must be addressed in the Community Involvement Plan include (but not
necessarily
be limited to):
(i) traffic management (including property access, pedestrian access);
(ii) environmental matters;
(iii) construction activities;
(iv) noise and vibration mitigation and management;
(v) ongoing consultation with local business owners, including owners of agricultural
businesses, located close to the Works about the timing, duration and likely impact of
construction activities on their business operations; and
(vi) relocation and/or removal of farm infrastructure, including farm dams, as required and in
consultation with affected land owners.
You must maintain, implement and monitor the Plan throughout duration of the Works. (a) The Principal will provide a copy of RMS’s community contacts database (Consultation
Manager TM), in electronic format. You must maintain and input into this database
from eight weeks after the Date of Contract through to Completion. (b) You must ensure that all affected and concerned local residents and businesses,
property owners adjacent to the Works Under the Contract, emergency services,
relevant public transport operators, relevant road transport operators, and other key
stakeholders are included in the database.
(c) All interactions with stakeholders and the community including registers at staffed or
public displays, letters, phone calls, emails or conversations in person must be recorded
in the contact database within 24 hours of the interaction taking place.
(d) You must provide registers at any staffed or public display locations and on the project
website to enable the community to be included on the community contacts database.
(e) You must provide stakeholder contact data to the Principal upon request in a
manageable format, such as MS Word or MS Excel. The data provided must analyse
and identify trends including but not limited to:
(i) the frequency and location of issues and complaints raised by the community and
stakeholders; and
(ii) the frequency, type and location of communication and community engagement activities.
3.7.2Planning - Community
Liaison and/or
Notification'
3.7.2.1Planning - Community
Contacts Database
Planning - Community
Liaison and/or
Notification'
(a) You must keep the community informed of the Work Under the Contract.
Information to be provided to the community must as a minimum include:
(i) information on the progress of the Work Under the Contract;
(ii) work required outside the nominated working hours;
(iii) noisy works;
(iv) traffic information including any traffic disruptions and restrictions including temporary
detours and the temporary road closures;
(v) a general description of the traffic information provided by TMC and the methods for
accessing this information.
(vi) the toll-free, 24 hour telephone number;
(vii) your postal address; and
(viii) your email address.
(b) Methods to keep the community informed must be appropriate for the level of information
to be provided and the timeframe for the delivery of this information.
Methods may include, but are not limited to:
(i) notifications and flyers;
(ii) door knocking;
(iii) advertisements in local and metropolitan newspapers and online;
(iv) radio advertisements;
(v) Australian Traffic Network alerts;
(vi) variable Message Sign (VMS) boards including your temporary VMS and
Transport Management Centre permanent VMS;
(vii) the project website;
(viii) visualisation tools (including artist’s impressions)
(ix) emails to persons and entities on community contacts database;
(x) social media developed in accordance with the Transport for NSW Social Media
Management Policy (January 2013) and approved by the Principal;
(xi) banners on approved overhead structures; and
(xii) via traffic alerts on livetraffic.com.
(c) You must notify and consult local residents and businesses about construction activities
that will affect access or otherwise significantly disrupt use of their residences and premises.
(d) Notice must be given at least 5 working days before commencing work affecting the
residences and premises and must advise the nature of the work, why it is necessary, indicate
the expected duration plus any changes to arrangements for traffic, property access or parking
arrangements. In addition to the project’s toll-free, 24 hour telephone service, contact details
for your staff responsible for particular activities may also be provided.
(e) Communication packages relating to key project milestones or major impact construction
work involving traffic-switches, 24 hour, high-impact work or other work involving significant
impact to the traffic network and nearby community must be submitted to the Principal at
least 20 working days before the commencement of work.
Unless specified by the Principal, these communication packages must include:
(i) a work/event specific communication implementation plan including a description of the
work/event, the key impacts and issues, key messages, key stakeholder and community
audiences and the communication activities and material that will be used to communicate
with these audiences; and
(ii) final drafts of all communication material prepared for the work/event including web-text
updates, flyers, advertising artwork and scripts, door-knockingscripts, stakeholder letters, VMS
scripts and signage.
(f) Unless stated otherwise, all material proposed to be used for community information must
be submitted to the RMS Representative as a final draft for approval a minimum of 10 working
days prior to the proposed print date in the case of printed media, and a minimum of 10
working days prior to the proposed distribution date for other types of media. Proposed
distribution dates and background information must be provided on covering information
accompanying each approval submission.
(g) You are responsible for the print and distribution of printed communication materials.
Planning - New or
Changed Construction
Activities
3.7.2.3 Notify local residents and businesses about any new or changed construction activities which
will affect access to their properties or otherwise disrupt the residents’ use of their premises,
at least 5 working days before commencing work affecting residents.
Planning - New or
Changed Construction
Activities
3.7.2.3 Such notification must state the nature of the work, why it is necessary, the expected
duration, details of any changes to the traffic arrangements or property access and the name
and contact telephone number of your representative who can respond to any resident
Planning - New or
Changed Construction
3.7.2.3 Address any concerns raised by residents in accordance with the complaints procedure as
required under Clause 3.7.3, or in accordance with any licence or approval held by you.
Planning - Extended
Working Hours
(Environment Protection
License Held by
3.7.2.4 Inform the Principal, and the residents of the proposed work outside normal working hours in
accordance with the Environment Protection Licence held by you.
Planning - Project
Website
3.7.2.5 The Principal will maintain and operate the existing project website to assist in disseminating
community information, receiving feedback and providing generic responses to common
enquiries. You must not maintain or operate any other website accessible to the public
relating to the Contract.
3.7.2.2Planning - Community
Information
Planning - Project
Website
3.7.2.5 Provide the Principal with material for the website including updated material as new
information becomes publicly available, and in any event at least monthly unless advised
otherwise by the Principal. All material for the website must comply with requirements of the
WC3 Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG) 2.0 Level AA. Documents must be optimised
for the web and supplied in both MS Word 2003.doc and PDF format. Utilise the following RMS
accessibility checklists, contained within Project Communication Templates, to ensure content
compliance:
(i) Accessibility checklist for content;
(ii) Accessibility checklist for MS Word documents; and
Planning - Project
Website
3.7.2.5 The Principal will upload all website material at its discretion. You must submit all proposed
website material to the Principal for approval at least 10 working days prior to your planned
date for the Principal to upload the material.
Planning - Project
Website
3.7.2.5 You must, as a minimum, provide the following to the Principal for the project website:
(i) notifications and community updates before they are distributed to the community and
stakeholders
(ii) background information on the Work Under the Contract;
(iii) a monthly photo gallery containing images of current and recent construction, community
and environmental management activities associated with the Work Under the Contract;
(iv) current and past display information, community updates, advertisements, and other
publications;
(v) PDFs of reports that are relevant to the Work Under the Contract, including documents on
environmental investigations;
(vi) information for the driving community, including road transport operators and public
transport operators and users, which includes predicted periods of delay and alternative
routes. This information must be updated weekly or more often when traffic conditions
change;
(vii) a document of frequently asked questions and responses as agreed with the Principal;
(viii) the project’s toll-free, 24 hour staffed telephone service number;
(ix) your email address;
(x) your postal address;
(xi) any other relevant items or information of interest; and
(xii) a means of allowing people to apply to be included on the community contacts database
Planning - Project 3.7.2.5 Continue to submit the required website material to the Principal until Completion.
(a) Consultation periods with community feedback must be outlined in the Community
Involvement Plan.
(b) As a minimum, a two week period must be allowed for community feedback when
community involvement is possible.
(c) Following consultation periods, you must prepare a Consultation Outcomes Report to:
(i) outline community feedback and issues raised;
(ii) respond to each of the issues raised during consultation;
(iii) provide information on any changes to the proposal resulting from
consultation; and
(iv) articulate the decision about the element of the project consulted on.
(d) Consultation Outcomes Reports must be available on the project website and must be
provided to community members and stakeholders who provided feedback,
accompanied by a personalised letter.
(e) A notification must be issued to the community advising of the availability of the
Consultation Outcomes Report.
(a) During construction, you must advertise significant issues that will affect the
community including detours, significant traffic disruptions, significant changes to
traffic arrangements and work outside of the working hours at least 7 days before the
commencement of that disruption, detour or change.
(b) You must prepare the content of all advertisements and submit this to the Principal.
(c) The principal will place all advertisements, including radio advertisements and online
advertisements.
(d) In consultation with the Principal, identify the appropriate media outlets for the
placement of advertisements including newspapers that are read and used by the
community and stakeholders identified in the Community Involvement Plan, including,
but not limited to: the local community, road transport industry, public transport
operators, the driving community, cyclists and pedestrians.
(e) Printed advertisements must conform to NSW (Government) Guidelines for
Advertising. Draft advertisements, including text and line drawings, and must be
provided to the Principal for approval a minimum of 20 working days prior to the
proposed printing copy deadline, unless otherwise agreed with the Principal.
(f) You must provide all electronic media advertisements, including draft radio scripts, to
the Principal for approval at least 20 working days prior to when the subject matter of
the advertisement is forecast to occur, unless otherwise agreed with the Principal.
(g) Advertising via social media must be developed in accordance the Transport for NSW
Social Media Management Policy (January 2013) and approved by the Principal and
the advertising content forwarded to the Principal at least 20 working days prior to
when the subject matter of the advertisement is forecast to occur, unless otherwise
agreed with the Principal.
(h) Where you become aware that any part of the Works Under the Contract that is the
subject of an advertisement is to be changed or varied so as to make the advertisement
substantially incorrect, you must immediately advise the Principal.
Planning - Community
Involvement
3.7.2.6
3.7.2.7Planning - Advertising
(a) During construction, you must prepare and distribute colour notifications providing
details of each event that will impact the local community and businesses. This would
include any changes (or potential changes) to local traffic, out of hours working, noise,
or other local issues as a consequence of the Work Under the Contract, in keeping with
a ‘no surprises’ approach to communications.
(b) The notifications must include maps, diagrams, illustrations and photos which enhance
the reader’s understanding of the event or work. You are responsible for any graphic
design required to produce customer-friendly maps, diagrams or artists impressions.
(c) The notifications must adhere to RMS templates, style and branding guidelines and
must be written in plain English. The notifications must accommodate the needs of
members of the community from non-English speaking backgrounds through the
inclusion of information on translation services.
(d) The notifications must be distributed to all local residents, local businesses and other
community stakeholders assessed as being potentially affected by the activities
described in the notice. The notification delivery must occur at least 5 working days
prior to the proposed activity described in the leaflets.
(e) The final draft of all proposed leaflets, and proposed leaflet distribution ranges, must
be submitted to the Principal for approval a minimum of 10 working days prior to the
proposed print date. Distribution dates and background information must be provided
on covering information accompanying each approval submission.
(f) You are responsible for the print and distribution of the notifications.
(a) You must provide information on forecasted changes to traffic conditions, as a
consequence of the Work Under the Contract to the Principal, to facilitate traffic alerts
for major traffic changes or disruptions.
(b) For Work Under the Contract involving major traffic changes or disruptions, you must
prepare and submit a communication package to the Principal at least 20 working days
before the commencement of the work. Unless specified by the Principal, the
communication package must include:
(i) a work specific communication implementation plan including a
description of the work, the key impacts and issues, key messages, key
stakeholder and community audiences and the communication activities,
communication materials and methods for distribution;
(ii) specific radio, print, electronic media organisations and other outlets identified for
distribution to be agreed with the Principal;
(iii) range of distribution for each type of media; and
(iv) final drafts of all communication materials prepared for the work/event
including notifications, door knocking scripts, advertising artwork and
scripts, stakeholder letters, traffic alerts, VMS scripts and signage.
(c) Advertising must be managed in accordance with Clause 3.7.2.7.
(d) Where you become aware that any part of the Work Under the Contract that is the
subject of the traffic alert is to be changed or varied so as to make the traffic alert
substantially incorrect, it must immediately advise the Principal.
(a) Register and track progress of all forms of representation from the community using
the contacts database as stipulated in Clause 3.7.2.1.
(b) Make customer feedback forms available at all staffed and public displays to enable
members of the community to provide comments.
(c) Representations received by the Principal and forwarded to you must be recorded and
monitored by you, together with any representations received directly by you.
(d) Acknowledge all representations within 5 working days of receipt.
(e) Respond to representations within 10 working days of receipt.
(f) Maintain a register of all representations, written, electronic and verbal, concerning
the Work Under the Contract. Provide a report on the status of responses to
representations in your monthly progress reports. The report must include the average
and maximum times taken to respond to representations.
Planning - Complaints
Management
3.7.3 Within one working day of receiving a complaint about any environmental issue, including any
pollution incidents, arising from the Work Under the Contract, submit a written report to the
Principal detailing the complaint and the action taken to remedy the problem. A final report
together with your proposed measures to prevent the recurrence of such incidents must be
submitted to the Principal within 5 working days.
Planning - Complaints
Management
3.7.3 Keep a register of all complaints, which must include the following details:
(a) date and time of complaint;
(b) method by which the complaint was made (telephone, letter, meeting, etc);
(c) name, address, contact telephone number of complainant (if no such details were
provided, a note to that effect);
(d) nature of complaint;
(e) action taken in response including follow up contact with the complainant.;
(f) any monitoring to confirm that the complaint has been satisfactorily resolved;
(g) if no action was taken, the reasons why no action was taken by you.
A complaint is defined as an
expression of dissatisfaction
made to the Principal or
you, related to the Work
Under the Contract,
services, or the complaints-
handling process itself,
where a response or
resolution is explicitly or
3.7.2.8Planning - Notification
Planning - Notification of
Traffic Conditions
3.7.2.9
3.7.2.9Planning - Responding to
Community
Representations
Planning - Complaints
Management
3.7.3 Provide for community enquiries and complaints handling and investigation 24 hours per day 7
days per week for the period from eight weeks after the Date of Contract until Completion,
ensuring the following are available:
(i) The toll-free, project specific phone number as stipulated in Clause 3.7.2 on which
complaints and enquiries may be registered;
(ii) a postal address to which complaints and enquiries may be sent; and
(iii) an email address to which electronic complaints and enquiries may be transmitted; and
The telephone number, postal address and email address must be published in newspaper(s)
circulating in the local area prior to the commencement of construction and prior to the
commencement of operation.
Planning - Complaints
Management
3.7.3 Ensure that the Community Relations Manager, or a person delegated by the Community
Relations Manager, is available 24 hour per day 7 days per week when work is being
undertaken to receive, manage and take appropriate action in relation to community
enquiries and complaints.
Ensure that the community is adequately informed about the project’s toll-free, 24 hour
Planning - Complaints
Management
3.7.3 Record all complaints in the database Consultation Manager TM and the record must include
the following:
(i) date, time and nature of complaint;
(ii) type of communication (telephone, letter, meeting, other);
(iii) name, address and contact number of complainant;
(iv) nature of the complaint;
(v action taken in response, including follow up contact with the complainant;
(vi) details of whether resolution was reached;
(vii) details of whether mediation was required or used; and
(viii) any monitoring to confirm that the complaint has been satisfactorily resolved.
Planning - Complaints
Management
3.7.3 Report on the receipt and responses to complaints in your monthly progress report.
Planning - Complaints
Management
3.7.3 Expeditiously address and seek the early resolution of all complaints and claims, directed
against you, or any persons engaged on the Work Under the Contract, by members of the
community in relation to the Work Under the Contract. You must make use of dispute
resolution mechanisms and procedures to enable the prompt resolution of any claims that are
Planning - Complaints
Management
3.7.3 Notwithstanding the requirement to expeditiously address and seek early resolution of all
complaints and claims, your Complaints Management System must receive, record, track and
respond to all complaints and enquiries within the specified timeframe.
Planning - Complaints
Management
3.7.3 All complaints received must be acknowledged within 24 hours. When a complaint or enquiry
cannot be resolved immediately, a follow-up verbal response on what action is proposed must
be
provided to the complainant/enquirer within 7 working days of a complaint or enquiry being
Planning - Complaints
Management
3.7.3 Your Complaints Management System must also include a process for the provision of a written
response to the complainant/enquirer within 10 working days, if the complaint or enquiry
cannot be resolved by the initial or follow-up verbal response.
(a) Contribute to public displays organised by the Principal as requested.
(b) The Community Relations Manager and your other relevant personnel must staff the public
displays as required by the Principal.
(c) Participate with the Principal in promotional displays associated with key local events and
activities, including local fairs, festivals and exhibitions, as required by the Principal. You
must not participate in any promotional displays, local events or activities without prior
approval of the Principal.
(d) Provide material for display purposes as required. The Principal will print all displays.
(a) Immediately notify the Principal of any approach by the media (including industry
magazines).
(b) You must not contact, respond to enquiries or release information about the Work
Under the Contract to the media, political representatives or their staff.
(c) Ensure that all of your personnel and all personnel engaged on the Work Under the
Contract are aware of, and abide by, these requirements. Evidence of compliance with
this requirement must be provided to the Principal in your monthly progress reports.
(a) On-going discussions must be held with the Principal regarding dates, commencing at
least 3 months prior to the anticipated occurrence of the event, for major milestones,
including traffic switches and the opening of the Works or any stage of the Works to
traffic.
(b) Give the Principal at least 8 weeks written notice of the date for commencement of
construction and at least 8 weeks written notice of the date of opening of the Works or
any stage of the Works to traffic, to enable the Principal to organise any associated
official media/community events.
(c) Plan for and provide resources for any events notified by the Principal associated with
the opening of the Works to traffic. The Principal will organise any events associated
with opening the Works to traffic. You must develop and provide collateral in support
of the event/s as required by the Principal.
(d) You must not announce the proposed opening of the Works and/or any stage of the
Works to traffic without the prior approval of the Principal. The announcement of
proposed opening of the Works or any stage of the Works will be carried out by the
Principal in conjunction with the Federal and/or NSW State governments.
(e) You must anticipate a high level of interest in the project opening and must facilitate
and assist with the coordination of an opening event for the community. The event is
likely to include a public walk-through of the Works.
3.7.4Planning - Displays
3.7.5.1Planning - Media Liaison
3.7.5.2Planning -
Media/Community Events
(f) Other opportunities for media events, including the achievement of other project
milestones and the opening of local roads to traffic must be discussed with the
Principal at least four weeks prior to the expected event.
(g) The Principal will manage all official media events and will be responsible for
coordinating community, media and political participation in such events, in
consultation with you.
(h) Cooperate with the Principal in the running of the media events and must provide
information on the logistics associated with any event.
(i) You must not erect or display company specific promotional banners during media
events.
(a) Use “RMS project communication templates” for the preparation of community information
to be published. These templates provide clear instruction on logo placement and visual style.
(b) Your logo must not appear on any public project communications, including project
publications, display material, website, project videos, non-moving plant (including
containers) or roadside signage without prior approval of the Principal.
(c) Your logo or banners must not appear on structures on the Site or areas where the Work
Under the Contract is being undertaken without the prior approval of the Principal.
(d) Provide access to suitable fencing, hoardings and buildings for the purposes of display of
RMS’s promotional material.
(e) Confirm with the Principal that the most recent templates are being used for
communication materials.
(f) Install shadecloth around construction sites, as required. This shadecloth must be designed
in (a) Take, and provide the Principal with, quarterly photographs (digital) of the progress of the
Work Under the Contract. The photographs must be of a professional quality (minimum 300
dpi) suitable for RMS and your use in publications, project communications and promotions
of a broader nature and for enlargement to use in display materials. Photographs must be
provided on a monthly basis of all substantial works.
(b) Facilitate access to your work sites for the installation of infrastructure for time-lapse
photography, remote controlled cameras or other project documentation devices at the
Principal’s request.
(d) Provide the Principal with monthly forecasts of predicted significant events (forecasting
three months in advance). The forecast must include detailed information about upcoming
activities that may create media attention, or that require pro-active communication tools to
accompany the activities or events including media releases, traffic alerts or advertising.
Planning - Emergency
Planning
3.8 The CEMP must include details of:
(a) your key emergency response personnel, their respective responsibilities and contact
details including all-hours contact telephone numbers;
(b) emergency services (e.g. ambulance, fire brigade, spill clean-up services);
(c) your communication strategy, both internal and external (refer to Clause 3.7), during
emergencies;
(d) any identified potential environmental emergencies and/or incidents that may occur on
Site, and the response procedures for these emergencies;
(e) frequency of tests of the emergency response procedures;
(f) location on site of the register of, and information on, hazardous materials including
Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS); and
(g) your Pollution Incident Response Management Plan (PIRMP), required for sites requiring an
EPL in accordance with section 5.7A of the POEO Act 1997.
Planning - Emergency
Planning
3.8 Induct all staff and subcontractors working on the Site about the potential environmental
emergencies, and provide training in implementing the relevant environmental safeguards and
risk mitigation measures.
Planning - Emergency
Planning
3.8 A construction incident emergency spill plan must be developed and incorporated into the
CEMP. The plan must include measures to avoid spillages of fuels, chemicals, and fluids onto
any surfaces or into any adjacent waterways. An emergency spill kit must be kept onsite at all
times. Planning - Contractor's
Monitoring, Inspection
and Auditing
3.9 Include in the CEMP procedure(s) to monitor and measure, on a regular basis, your
environmental management performance and to evaluate compliance with this Specification.
This includes any monitoring required outside of normal working hours and days. The
procedures must contain the scope, methodology and responsibilities for its implementation.
Planning - Contractor's
Monitoring, Inspection
and Auditing
3.9 Undertake regular site environmental inspections to assess the adequacy and effectiveness of
your environmental controls.The site environmental inspections must cover the following:
(a) high risk activities and processes;
(b) work in environmentally sensitive areas;
(c) site preparedness for adverse weather conditions, including adequacy of environmental
controls and availability of emergency equipment.
3.7.5.2Planning -
Media/Community Events
3.7.6Planning - Project
Branding
3.7.7Planning - Project
Documentation
Planning - Contractor's
Monitoring, Inspection
and Auditing
3.9 Prepare a Construction Monitoring Program in consultation with relevant agencies and
undertake regular construction monitoring of noise and vibration.
Include in the Program:
(a) details of baseline data available;
(b) details of baseline data to be obtained and when;
(c) details of all monitoring of the project to be undertaken;
(d) the parameters of the project to be monitored;
(e) the frequency of monitoring to be undertaken;
(f) the location of monitoring;
(g) the reporting of monitoring results;
(h) procedures to identify and implement additional mitigation measures where results of
monitoring are unsatisfactory;
(i) any consultation to be undertaken in relation to the monitoring programs; and
(j) provision to provide any survey or monitoring data to Government agencies and
Departments within 30 working days of the request or as agreed to with the agency or
Department.
Planning - Contractor's
Monitoring, Inspection
and Auditing
3.9 Undertake regular inspections to ensure that all retained vegetation and fauna habitat are
clearly
marked and exclusion zones and fencing are maintained.
Planning - Contractor's
Monitoring, Inspection
and Auditing
3.9 Undertake attended compliance noise and vibration monitoring following the receipt of a
complaint and report the results of the monitoring to the Principal as soon as possible. Where
noise and / or vibration exceedances are detected, review your procedures in order to identify
means to minimise the impacts to residences.
The Principal will undertake periodic inspections of the Site. Where these inspections identify
environmental nonconformities, you must address them within the time specified by the
Planning - Contractor's
Monitoring, Inspection
and Auditing
3.9 Include in the CEMP an environmental risk-based auditing program to verify that the Work
Under the Contract meets the requirements of this Specification plus the Conditions of
Approval and that environmental control measures are effective. The program must specify
the type of audits to be conducted, their scope and their frequency (minimum frequency is
Planning - Contractor's
Monitoring, Inspection
and Auditing
3.9 Submit a copy of each audit report to the Principal within 10 working days of the audit.
Review the
risk-based auditing program following your initial audit and amend it if needed. The auditing
Planning - Contractor's
Monitoring, Inspection
and Auditing
3.9 Conduct all your internal and external environmental audits for the Work Under the Contract
in
accordance with AS/NZS ISO 19011.
Planning - Environmental
Nonconformities
3.10 Promptly resolve any environmental nonconformities in accordance with your Environmental
Management System.
Planning - Environmental
Nonconformities
3.10 Identify and control environmental nonconformities in accordance with RMS Q6.
Planning - Environmental
Nonconformities
3.10 If you fail to meet your environmental obligations under the Contract, including:
(a) failure by you or your subcontractors to conform to any requirements of this Specification,
your CEMS, and CEMP and the EPL; or
(b) failure by you to act promptly when you, the Principal, or any statutory authority having
jurisdiction over the Work Under the Contract, observe that the implemented environmental
controls are not effective; or
(c) failure by you to provide safeguards against a Category 1 environmental incident as
detailed in the RMS “Environmental Incident Classification and Reporting Procedure”, or
(d) nonconformities (including recurring issues from checklists, reviews, improvement notices,
inspections, audits and surveillance),
a Hold Point may apply.
HOLD POINT Process Held: Any activity that causes or has the potential to cause harm to the environment
due to your failure to meet your environmental obligations under the Contract (including
recurring issues from checklists, reviews, improvement notices, inspections, audits and
surveillance).
Submission Details: Verification that the failure has been rectified, and details of the
Planning - Records of
Environmental Activities
3.11 Maintain, as part of the project records in accordance with RMS Q Annexure Q/E, legible
environmental records of all environmental activities associated with Work Under the
Contract to demonstrate compliance with the CEMS and CEMP. The records must include:
(a) site environmental inspection reports;
(b) environmental monitoring data and reports;
(c) internal and external audit reports;
(d) reports of environmental incidents, environmental complaints, associated actions taken,
and follow-up actions;
(e) minutes of management review meetings;
(f) induction and training records;
(g) all records required to demonstrate compliance of your activities with the conditions of
approval associated with the Works under Contract;
(h) all records required under the EPL;
(i) monthly reports of environmental performance (see Clause 3.11.1), including all non-
compliances with the requirements of the EPL, CoA, CEMP and OACEMP; and
(j) details of consultation with Councils, Government Agencies, community groups and other
parties as a result of the CoA requirements.
The data must be provided in drawings and spatial format ie DXF/DWG/Shape Files
Planning - Pre-
Construction Compliance
Report
3.11.1.1 You must prepare a Pre-Construction Compliance Report and submit it to the Principal at
least 4 weeks prior to the commencement of construction. The Pre-Construction Compliance
Report must include:
(a) Details of how the project commitments required to be addressed before construction
were complied with.
(b) The time when each relevant commitment was complied with, including dates of
submission of any required reports and/or approval dates.
(c) Details of any approvals or licences required to be issued by relevant Government
Departments before construction commences.
You must prepare and submit to the Principal environmental reports for each month by the
10th day of the following month. The monthly environmental report must include the
following:
(a) all complaints/ enquiries received and actions taken to resolve issues;
(b) all discharges from licensed points and any other dewatering activities including dates,
times, monitoring results and volumes released;
(c) all information regarding any incident that has occurred on site;
(d) construction updates for high risk activities;
(e) status of approvals;
(f) all information of any potential breaches of the Protection of the Environment
Operation Act 1997, including runoff from site, noise exceedances and air monitoring
exceedances;
(g) opportunities for continual improvement of your environmental management processes
and practices in conformance with Clause 3.12;
(h) all environmental monitoring data including but not limited to rainfall, dust, noise and
vibration, and water quality; and
(i) the following information:
For items a, b, c, f, h and i above the data collected in terms of physical locations must also
be provided in a spatial format ie DXF/DWG / Shape File suitable for inclusion in the Project
GIS.
Planning - Construction
Compliance report
3.11.1.3 You must provide the Principal with Construction Compliance Reports for inclusion in the
Principal’s Construction Compliance Report for submission to the Department of Planning
and Environment and bring to the Principal’s attention any shortcoming.
Planning - Construction
Compliance report
3.11.1.3 You must prepare a report at the following times:
(a) Six months after the start of construction and thereafter at six monthly intervals or at
other such periods as directed by the Principal.
(b) No sooner than six weeks prior to Completion.
Planning - Construction
Compliance report
3.11.1.3 The report(s) must include, but not be limited to, information on:
(a) compliance with the OACEMP, CEMP and the Conditions of Approval;
(b) compliance with any approvals or licences issued by relevant Government Departments for
the construction of the Works;
(c) the implementation and effectiveness of environmental controls, assessed on a comparison
of actual impacts against performance criteria identified in the CEMP;
(d) environmental monitoring results, presented as a results summary and analysis;
(e) the number and details of any complaints and enquiries, including a summary of main
areas of complaint, action taken, response given and intended strategies to reduce complaints
of a similar nature;
(f) details of any review and amendments to the CEMP resulting from the Works during the
reporting period;
(g) any other matter relating to compliance with the Conditions of Approval or as requested by
the Principal;
(h) register of any consistency assessments undertaken and their status;
(i) results of any independent audits, including actions relating to any audit;
recommendations;
(j) evidence of implementation of any management strategies
(k) summary of all incidents notified in accordance the CoA; and,
(l) any other matters relating to compliance with the CoA or requested by the Secretary or
Planning - Construction
Compliance report
3.11.1.3 Include the following:
Planning - Construction
Compliance report
3.11.1.3 You must provide copies of the reports to the Principal by the 10th day of the month following
the reporting period. You must provide WCAG2.0 compliant copies of all the Reports to the
Principal for distribution to the Environment Protection Authority (EPA), DP&E, the
relevant Council and any other relevant government agency nominated by the Principal. The
Report(s) must also be made publicly available.
Planning - Construction
Compliance report
3.11.1.3 As part of your Monthly Report you must provide an accurate representation of progressive
compliance with OACEMP, CEMP and the Conditions of Approval and pro-actively identify
any risks of non-compliance.
3.11.1.2Planning - Monthly
Environmental Report
Three months prior to Completion provide input to the Principal’s Pre-Operational
Compliance Report detailing compliance and evidence of compliance with the CoA for the
Work Under the Contract. The Principal’s Pre-Operation Report will include:
(a) Details of how the commitments required to be addressed before operation were
complied with.
(b) The time when each relevant commitment was complied with, including dates of
submission of any required reports and/or approval dates.
(c) Details of any approvals or licences required to be issued by relevant Government
Departments before operation commences.
You must hold these records for at least five years after the Actual Completion Date, and must
make these records available to the Principal and authorised EPA officers upon request.
Planning - Management
Review
3.12 Develop a documented process to periodically review the effectiveness and proper
implementation of the CEMP. The management review process must identify opportunities for
continual improvement of your environmental management processes and practices, and
ensure that the CEMS and CEMP remain relevant to the Work Under the Contract.
Planning - Management
Review
3.12 The management reviews must be undertaken at least quarterly and must include the
Principal’s
participation. The management reviews must comprise as a minimum the following:
(a) identification of areas of opportunity for improved environmental performance;
(b) analysis of the causes of nonconformities and deficiencies, including those identified in
environment inspections and audits;
(c) verification of the effectiveness of corrective and preventative actions;
Operational Control - Soil
and Water Management
4.1 Comply with the requirements of Specification RMS G38 for soil and water management.
Operational Control -
Contaminated land
Management Sub-Plan
4.2.2 Include in your CEMP a Contaminated Land Management Sub-Plan, which must comply with the
Contaminated Land Management Act 1997 (NSW), RMS publication “Contaminated Land
Management Guideline”, RMS “Environmental Incident Classification and Reporting
Procedure”, and EPA guidelines on contaminated land management and the OACEMP.
Operational Control -
Contaminated land
Management Sub-Plan
4.2.2 The Contaminated Land Management Sub-Plan must provide for dealing with:
(a) areas of known contamination (if applicable);
(b) unexpected contamination finds;
(c) any land contamination caused by you.
Operational Control -
Contaminated land
Management Sub-Plan
4.2.2 The Contaminated Land Management Sub-Plan must include:
(i) investigations in the vicinity of moderate risk areas including service stations (operational
and non-operational), stockpiles and market gardens;
(ii) contaminated land legislation and guidelines including any relevant licences and approvals
to
be obtained;
(iii) identification of locations of known or potential contamination and preparation of a map
showing these locations;
(iv) identification of rehabilitation requirements, classification, transport and disposal
requirements of any contaminated land within the Site;
(v) measures to manage stockpiled potentially contaminated soil in accordance with the
requirements of NSW EPA Waste Guidelines;
(vi) contamination management measures including waste classification and reuse procedures
and unexpected finds procedures for unanticipated discovery of contaminated material
during construction; and
(vii) asbestos handling and disposal requirements in accordance with NSW EPA guidelines and
Operational Control -
Unexpected
Contamination Find
4.2.3 Promptly notify the Principal of any suspected or potential contamination exposed during
construction activities, and cease all work activities within the vicinity of actual or suspected
contaminated land.
The Principal may at its discretion choose to take over the investigation and management of
an unexpected contamination find, and directly appoint an EPA accredited contaminated site
Operational Control -
Remediation Action Plan
4.2.4 Where the contamination is known or an unexpected contamination find has been identified, a
Remediation Action Plan may be provided by the Principal.
If a Remedial Action Plan is not provided by the Principal, prepare a Remediation Action Plan
for remediating the known areas of contamination or an unexpected contamination find, and
areas of potential contamination in their immediate vicinity.
Operational Control -
Remediation Action Plan
4.2.4 The Remediation Action Plan must be prepared in accordance with EPA guidelines on
contaminated
land management, and must include the following:
(a) testing requirements for any contaminated material prior to its disposal off site;
(b) validation plan, which must include the area in the immediate vicinity of (both below and
adjacent to) the known contamination;
(c) implications of the validation results on the waste classification for material that may be
HOLD POINT Process Held: Activities within the vicinity of actual or suspected contaminated land.
Submission Details: At least 5 working days prior, submit your Remediation Action Plan to be
prepared by you, and relevant procedures.
Operational Control -
Remediation Action Plan
4.2.4 Carry out remediation of the contaminated material, or its removal and disposal, in
accordance with the Remediation Action Plan. Any changes to the Plan must be agreed to by
Operational Control -
Surface Runoff
4.2.5 Implement relevant control measures to divert any surface runoff away from the
contaminated land, and capture and treat any surface runoff contaminated by exposure to the
Planning - Pre-
Operational Compliance
Report
3.11.1.4
Operational Control -
Asbestos
4.2.6 Prepare an Asbestos Management Sub-Plan (reviewed and approved by a suitably experienced
and accredited Environmental Scientist/Engineer) as part of the CEMP. The Asbestos
Management Sub-Plan must be completed in accordance with relevant NSW EPA endorsed
guidelines (including the waste guidelines) and relevant industry codes of practice and must
include:
(i) Identification of potential asbestos on site, including advance work options to assess and
manage or mitigate the risk prior to commencing other works;
(ii) Measures to remove visible asbestos containing materials prior to disturbance of soils;
(iii) Appropriate measures to characterise in situ soil and fill material for the presence of
asbestos prior to and during ground disturbance activities in order to characterise existing
ground conditions and minimise the volume of potentially asbestos impacted spoil requiring
ongoing management and/or disposal;
(iv) Detailed material handling procedures designed to manage and handle any asbestos
including adopting work practises that ensure asbestos is not mixed with non-asbestos
materials;
(v) A draft Asbestos Removal Control Plan including a methodology for the identification and
disposal of asbestos containing materials;
(vi) Procedures for disposal of asbestos in accordance with NSW EPA guidelines (including the
Operational Control - Site
Contamination
Assessment
4.2.7 Carry out a Stage 2 Site Contamination Assessment in accordance with the findings and
recommendations of the Stage 1 contamination assessment carried out for the EIS and in
accordance with the Contaminated Land Management Act Guidelines available at
http://www.epa.nsw.gov.au/your-environment/contaminated-land/managing-contaminated-
land/statutory-guideline.
Operational Control - Site
Contamination
4.2.7 Engage a consultant accredited by the EPA under the Contaminated Land Management Act to
carry out the Stage 2 site contamination assessment.
Section (G36) Hold Point Completed? Notes 3.1 Process Held: Commencement of Work not previously addressed by CEMS and CEMP documents and authorised by earlier Hold Point
release.
Submission Details: At least four (4) weeks prior to the proposed commencement of the stage of Work Under the Contract nominated
in the submission by you in accordance with the above submission procedure, submit the revised CEMP and associated Sub-Plans
and/or EWMS, as well as the CEMS documents listed in Clause 3.1.
Release of Hold Point: The Principal will consider the documents prior to authorising the release of the Hold Point. The Principal may
request additional information for inclusion in the revised CEMP before authorising the release of the Hold Point. 3.2.2 Process Held: Commencement of any activity requiring an approval, licence and/or permit from an appropriate authority.
Submission Details: At least five (5) working days prior to the activity, provide to the Principal evidence of receipt of the approval,
licence and/or permit from the relevant authority.
Release of Hold Point: The Principal will consider the submitted documents prior to authorising the release of the Hold Point. 3.2.4 Process Held: Commencement of work activities not previously addressed by EWMS documents and authorised by earlier Hold Point
release.
Submission Details: At least twenty one working days prior to the proposed commencement of each applicable work activity, submit the
EWMS documents, addressing the issues listed in Clause 3.2.4 for the nominated work activity.
Release of Hold Point: The Principal will consider the documents prior to authorising the release of the Hold Point for the nominated
work. The Principal may release the Hold Point for work covered by the EWMS progressively, consistent with your program for the
Work. The Principal may request additional information for inclusion in the EWMS before release of Hold Point. 3.5.2 Process Held: Induction and training of staff and contractors working on site.
Submission Details: Drafts of all environmental induction and environmental training materials must be provided to the Principal at least
two weeks before it is planned to be used.
Release of Hold Point: The Principal will consider the submitted documents prior to authorising the release of the Hold Point. 3.10 Process Held: Any activity that causes or has the potential to cause harm to the environment due to your failure to meet your
environmental obligations under the Contract (including recurring issues from checklists, reviews, improvement notices, inspections,
audits and surveillance).
Submission Details: Verification that the failure has been rectified, and details of the measures implemented to prevent recurrence.
Release of Hold Point: The Principal will consider the submitted documents and may inspect the relevant work prior to authorising the
release of the Hold Point. The Principal may request additional information in respect of the submitted documents.
Northern Road Upgrade Stage 4G36 Hold Points
4.2.4 Process Held: Activities within the vicinity of actual or suspected contaminated land.
Submission Details: At least 5 working days prior, submit your Remediation Action Plan to be prepared by you, and relevant procedures.
Release of Hold Point: The Principal will consider the submitted documents prior to authorising the release of the Hold Point. The
Principal may request additional information in respect of the submitted documents.
4.2.7 Process Held: Clearing and grubbing
Submission Details: At least 10 working days prior, submit your Stage 2 Contamination Assessment Report.
Release of Hold Point: The Principal will consider the submitted documents prior to authorising the release of the Hold Point. 4.7 Process Held: Commencement of pile driving, excavation by hammering or ripping, dynamic compaction, demolition operations, or any
other activity which may cause damage through vibration or airblast.
Submission Details: At least ten (10) working days prior, submit to the Principal a copy of the Building Condition Inspection Reports and
the VibrationManagement Sub-Plan or the combined Noise and Vibration Management
Sub-Plan (where blasting is not required).
Release of Hold Point: The Principal will consider the submitted documents prior to authorising the release of the Hold Point. The
Principal may request additional information in respect of the proposal and/or submitted documents. 4.9 Process Held: Engagement of the archaeological consultant
Submission Details: At least 5 working days prior to your proposed engagement of the consultant, provide details of your proposed
archaeological consultant and the proposed salvage excavation methodology.
Release of Hold Point: The Principal will consider the documents prior to authorising the release of the Hold Point.4.9 Process Held: Commencement of construction in the vicinity of the partially and totally impacted sites
Submission Details: The archaeological consultant’s salvage excavation report with confirmation that the salvage excavation is
complete.
Release of Hold Point: The Principal will consider the documents prior to authorising the release
of the Hold Point.
Heading Section
(G38)
Statement Compliance in CEMP Section Notes Review
required?
Review due
date
Review due
date
Review
due date
Review
due date
Review
due date
Review
due date
Review
due date
Compliant
(Yes/No)
Notes
General - Qualified
Personnel
1.2.7 Personnel who prepare your Soil and Water Management Plan, Erosion and
Sediment Control Plans (including Stabilisation Sub-Plans and Stockpile
Management Sub-Plans) and who carry out erosion and sediment control
inspections in accordance with Clause 4, must have completed training in Blue
Books 1 and 2D and Erosion and Sedimentation Control (with a certificate as proof
of training) and who have suitable on site, hands on experience in preparing such
plans, including refresher training as appropriate.
Key personnel who control construction work at each worksite must also have
completed a training course in Erosion and Sedimentation Control. HOLD POINT Process Held: Commencement of construction work.
Submission Details: List of personnel who will be working on the Contract, with
evidence of pertinent qualifications, to satisfy the requirements of this clause.
Release of Hold Point: The Principal will consider the submitted documents prior
to the release of the Hold Point.
Management Plans -
Soil and Water
Management Plan:
General
2.1.1 If specified in Annexure G38/A, prepare and implement a Soil and Water
Management Plan (SWMP) for the Work Under the Contract. The SWMP will form
part of the Contractor’s Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) specified in RMS
G36, and incorporates the Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (ESCP) (refer Clause
2.2).
The SWMP must be prepared by a person with demonstrated skills and experience
in preparing the SWMP in accordance with the guidelines in the publication
“Managing Urban Stormwater: Soils and Construction Volumes 1 and 2d” (the BLUE Management Plans -
Soil and Water
Management Plan
2.1.1 The SWMP must be reviewed by a soil conservationist registered with the RMS at
category S1 or higher. You must respond to the review and incorporate any
recommendations or justify decisions for not incorporating recommendations.
Management Plans -
Soil and Water
Management Plan:
Plan Requirements
2.1.2 The Soil and Water Management Plan (SWMP) must identify all risks relating to soil
erosion, and pollution caused by sediments and other materials, and describes how
these risks will be addressed during construction.
Management Plans -
Soil and Water
Management Plan:
Plan Requirements
2.1.2 The SWMP must also address:
(i) RMS Code of Practice for Water Management;
(ii) RMS Erosion and Sedimentation Procedure;
(iii) The NSW Soils and Construction – Managing Urban Stormwater Volume 1 “the
Blue Book” (Landcom, 2004) and Volume 2 (DECC, 2008);
(iv) RMS Technical Guideline: Temporary Stormwater Drainage for Road
Construction (2011); and,
(v) RMS Technical Guideline: Environmental Management of Construction Site
Dewatering (2011).
The SWMP must include details of the following, where relevant:
(a) Purpose and objectives of SWMP.
(b) Approvals, licence requirements and relevant legislation.
(c) Site investigation and assessment of the following:
(i) soil properties (including dispersion properties and presence of acid sulphate
soils);
(ii) rainfall records and design parameters;
(iii) waterways and other water related sensitive environments;
(iv) groundwater;
(v) possibilities of, and limitations on, water extraction.(d) Environmental control measures, including:
(i) responsibility for its implementation, including the names and contact details of
the person(s) responsible;
(ii) resources required for its construction, monitoring, maintenance and removal;
(iii) implementation schedule for the measures, related to construction activities;
(iv) monitoring and maintenance of the environmental controls;
(v) minimising the area of disturbance in riparian zones by clearly marking out
work zones in riparian areas and protection of areas with fencing or similar
material;
(vi) implementation of adequate sediment and erosion control in works near
riparian zones.(e) Other associated plans, Environmental Work Method Statements (EWMS) and
procedures.
Northern Road Upgradge Stage 4 - Compliance Tracking Matrix
G38 - Soil and Water Compliance
Management Plans -
Soil and Water
Management Plan:
Plan Requirements
2.1.2
(f) Construction sediment retention basins, including details of the following:
(i) design of the construction sediment retention basins, including any temporary
modifications to the operational basins, providing details of the approach,
standards, criteria and references used in the design of the basins;
(ii) management of the basins;
(iii) procedures for testing, treatment and discharge of water from the basins;
(iv) procedures for the periodic removal and disposal of the sediment collected
within the basins.
(g) Training, including:
(i) site induction;
(ii) environmental training;
(iii) toolbox training.
(h) Inspection and auditing.
(i) An emergency spill incident plan which includes measures to manage and avoid
spillages of fuels, chemicals and fluids onto any surfaces or into any nearby
waterways; (j) A wet weather rain event plan which includes a process for monitoring
potential wet weather
and identification of controls to be implemented in the event of wet weather;
(k) A review process by your Soil Conservationist and a process for updating the
SWMP to
address any recommendations; and (l) A farm dam dewatering plan including:
(i) a map showing locations of farm dams to be dewatered;
(ii) Fisheries Permits and animal care and ethics requirements;
(iii) methodology for dewatering dams with consideration to aquatic ecology
including the
capture, storage, relocation, release of fish and other aquatic fauna;
(iv) euthanisation procedure (as required);
(v) location of any offsite discharge points; and
(vi) requirements to manage encounters of contaminated water.
In addressing items (g) and (h) above, refer to RMS G36. Management Plans -
Erosion and Sediment
Control Plan: General
2.2.1 Prepare and implement an Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (ESCP) for the Work
Under the Contract. The ESCP will form part of the CEMP, and where a SWMP is
also required, the ESCP will be incorporated in the SWMP.
Management Plans -
Erosion and Sediment
Control Plan: General
2.2.1 Include progressive site specific ESCPs for each construction stage, showing
contours, drainage paths, extent of disturbance and location of all erosion and
sediment controls and identifying any constraints to ensuring that drainage paths
function at each construction stage.
Management Plans -
Erosion and Sediment
Control Plan: General
2.2.1 Revise the ESCP whenever the Contract Program or work methods change, and
whenever the work methods and control structures are found to be ineffective or
are no longer required. Have available at each fortnightly environmental
inspection copies of the current relevant ESCPs.
Management Plans -
Erosion and Sediment
Control Plan: General
2.2.1 The ESCP must be prepared by a person with demonstrated skills and experience in
preparing the ESCP in accordance with the BLUE BOOK guidelines.
Management Plans -
Erosion and Sediment
Control Plan: Plan
Requirements
2.2.2 The ESCP must identify all erosion and sediment control risks and describe how
these will be addressed during construction.
Management Plans -
Erosion and Sediment
Control Plan: Plan
Requirements
2.2.2 The ESCP must include details of the following where relevant:
(a) erosion and sediment control measures required:
(i) before clearing and grubbing of the Site;
(ii) before removal of topsoil and commencement of earthworks within the
catchment area;
(b) how upstream water will be managed and diverted around disturbed areas so it
is not polluted by the construction activities;
(c) method of tree removal in intermittent watercourses, leaving grasses and small
understorey species undisturbed wherever possible;
(d) scour protection measures for haul roads and access tracks when these are an
erosion hazard due to either their steepness, soil erodibility or potential for
concentrating runoff flow;
(e) measures for promptly stabilising disturbed areas and temporary drains;
(f) measures to minimise erosion during construction of embankments;
(g) measures to minimise erosion and control sedimentation from stockpiles;
(h) methods of constructing batters to assist the retention of topsoil on the batter
slopes;
(i) measures to temporarily trap sediment in median areas at regular intervals;
(j) controls in runoff flow paths to reduce flow velocities and minimise the
potential for erosion;
(k) measures for controlling waste water discharge on or around the Site from
dewatering (refer to Clause 3.5), surface washing, grit blasting, saw cutting,
drilling, washing vehicles and plant and any other activities which add pollutants
to water;
(l) measures to be put in place during an extended shut-down of the Site or when
Management Plans -
Soil and Water
Management Plan:
Plan Requirements
2.1.2
Management Plans -
Erosion and Sediment
Control Plan: Plan
Requirements
2.2.2 (m) maintenance of erosion and sediment control structures including measures to
restore their capacity;
(n) inspection and auditing program for all erosion and sediment controls to ensure
that no disturbed area is left without adequate erosion and sediment controls;
(o) mapping and description of locations of construction sediment retention basins,
their catchments and drainage structures directing water to the basins;
(p) controls to be implemented at entry and exit points to minimise tracking of soil
and particulates onto pavement surfaces;
(q) removal of any materials transported onto adjacent road pavement surfaces
such as sweeping as soon as practical or at a minimum at the end of each working
day;
(r) additional controls to be implemented ahead of forecast rainfall events and
ahead of site shutdown of greater than two calendar days;
(s) staged plans for construction over minor waterways where culverts and/ or
bridges will be constructed; and,
(t) measures to manage contaminated soil and/or water that may be present
and/or identified during the implementation of erosion and sediment control
measures.
Management Plans -
Erosion and Sediment
Control Plan: Plan
Preparation
2.2.3 When preparing the ESCP, subdivide the site into sections based on the separate
catchment areas, or
alternatively into high risk areas, that will be affected by Work Under the
Contract.
Management Plans -
Erosion and Sediment
Control Plan: Plan
Preparation
2.2.3 Progressively, before work begins on any section of the Site, prepare a drawing for
that section showing all controls required to avoid erosion and sedimentation of
the Site, surrounding areas, watercourses, drainage systems, water bodies and
wetlands.
Update each drawing regularly as the site conditions changes during the progress
of Work Under the Contract. Include as part of the ESCP a procedure for updating
the drawings, and keep a register of all such drawings with the dates of
Management Plans -
Erosion and Sediment
Control Plan: Plan
Preparation
2.2.3 Include on the drawings locations of all ancillary activities and/or areas that may
impact on water quality, such as:
(a) access and haulage tracks;
(b) borrow pits;
(c) stockpile and storage areas;
(d) temporary work areas;
(d) materials processing areas;
(e) compound areas;
(f) concrete and asphalt batching areas and location(s) of concrete washouts;
(g) known (or discovered areas) of contamination.
Management Plans -
Water Quality
Monitoring
2.3 Prepare a Water Quality Monitoring Program (WQMP), as a supplement to the
ESCP, in accordance with the RMS Guideline for Construction Water Quality
Monitoring and EPA publication “Approved Methods for the Sampling and Analysis
of Water Pollutants in NSW.”.
Management Plans -
Water Quality
Monitoring
2.3 The Principal will carry out the water quality monitoring program. Provide access
at all times for the Principal to implement the program.
Management Plans -
Water Quality
Monitoring
2.3 Include the following in the WQMP:
(a) objectives of the monitoring (including EPA licence requirements);
(b) map showing the water sampling locations;
(c) sampling protocol, including sample collection, chain of custody information
and sample preservation;
(d) parameters to be monitored;
(e) method for interpretation of field results and identifying exceedance of water
quality criteria;
(f) accountabilities, responsibilities and training required the meet the monitoring
objectives;
(g) method of comparison of results between sampling locations (e.g. upstream and
downstream) and any water quality criteria and/or targets;
(h) reporting and recording of the monitoring results;
(i) responsibility for planning, implementing, checking and reviewing each element
of the monitoring;
(j) methodology for using monitoring results to assess and manage identified
problems;
(k) reporting requirements in the case the monitoring results exceed the set
Management Plans -
Water Quality
Monitoring
2.3 Laboratories used in the monitoring program must be accredited by the National
Association of Testing Authorities (NATA).
Management Plans -
Design Guide
2.4 In preparing the SWMP and/or ESCP, be guided by the BLUE BOOK.
Comply with the following requirements:
(i) estimate peak flows and other parameters needed to design drains and drainage
structures using the methods described in Australian Rainfall and Runoff;
(ii) use the Average Recurrence Interval (ARI) shown in Annexure G38/E for the
design of erosion and sediment control measures, unless site conditions or risks to
life, property or the environment suggest that other values are applicable;
(iii) superimpose the drawings accompanying the plans on A3 sized drainage
drawings of the Works.
Management Plans -
Design Guide
2.4 You do not need to submit the calculations carried out during preparation of the
SWMP or ESCP with the plan, but you must retain them as an Identified Record.
You must forward a copy to the Principal upon request.
Management Plans -
Management Review
2.5 Develop a documented process to periodically review the effectiveness and proper
implementation of the SWMP and ESCP. The management review process must
identify opportunities for continual improvement of your environmental
management processes and practices, and ensure that the SWMP and ESCP remain
current and relevant to the Work Under the Contract.
Soil and Water
Management
Measures - Erosion
and Sediment
Control:
Implementation
3.1.1 In addition to the erosion and sediment control measures stated in Clause 2.2,
implement the following:
(i) placing the locations of site compounds, access tracks, stockpile sites and
temporary work areas to minimise erosion;
(ii) staging of work and programming of construction activities to minimise the
duration and extent of soil that is left exposed. This includes minimising the time
between clearing and initial earthworks and commencement of subsequent works
in intermittent and permanent watercourses;
(iii) temporary modification of operational basins during the construction period
for additional capture of stormwater runoff;
(iv) installing and lining catch drains and diversion banks in accordance with the
requirements of Specification RMS R11 before earthworks commence;
(v) installing scour protection at the base of permanent and temporary drainage
outlets;
(vi) constructing drains to direct runoff from disturbed areas to sediment basins or
to areas with adequate sediment trapping/filtering devices and away from
watercourses;
(vii) filtering of sediment prior to water entering any pit and management of
stormwater discharge through any pit;
(viii) staged re-vegetation of the Site as work proceeds, progressively undertaking
Soil and Water
Management
Measures - Erosion
and Sediment
Control:
Implementation
3.1.1 (ix) procedure for diverting upstream water flow around or through the site with
adequate controls to prevent the mixing of upstream water and water originating
or discharging from the site;
(x) procedure for collecting, treating and disposing of any wastewater or water
generated on the site during construction processes;
(xi) procedure for maintaining, regularly trimming and compacting access tracks,
road formations and the edge of small batters to ensure durable surfaces and
minimise erosion;
(xii) procedure for compacting disturbed surfaces at the end of each work day to
reduce the erosion potential;
(xiii) providing hardstand material or rumble grids at exit points from stockpile
sites and construction areas onto public roads to minimise the tracking of soil and
particulates onto public roads;
(xiv) designing disturbed areas not directed to construction sediment retention
basins to comply with the requirements of the Blue Book to ensure potential
sediment load is less than 150m3 per year (refer section 6.3.2 in the Blue Book);
(xv) immediately after forming swales and catch drains and any temporary drains,
installing and maintaining temporary lining to the satisfaction of the Principal in
the swales and catch drains and temporary drains until permanent lining or
vegetation is applied;
Soil and Water
Management
Measures - Erosion
and Sediment
Control:
Implementation
3.1.1 (xvi) providing designated impervious bunded washdown facilities for concrete
trucks and other vehicles at least 100 metres from areas prone to flash flooding or
50 metres away from other natural and built drainage lines;
(xvii) promptly using jute mesh or similar to provide scour protection for any
earthen areas of waterways that have been disturbed and that do not have a
permanent vegetative or water cover and are likely to experience flows of a
minimum 1:5 year flow event until long-term stabilisation measures are
established as shown on the Drawings;
(xviii) procedure for monitoring Bureau of Meteorology forecast heavy rainfall
events in order to allow sufficient time to vacate and prepare the site prior to the
commencement of heavy rainfall events and flood events and also to allow for
programming of construction work to minimise the risk of erosion and
sedimentation; and
(xix) staging of work and programming of high risk soil and erosion activities to
HOLD POINT Process Held: Commencement of work in each catchment or sub-catchment
requiring the installation of erosion control and sediment capture measures not
previously addressed by ESCP and authorised by earlier Hold Point release.
Submission Details: Drawings prepared progressively for sections of the Site where
work is to commence. The drawing(s) must be signed and approved by your ESR,
Construction Superintendent and Project Manager before being submitted at least
ten working days before disturbance of the surface of the section of the Site.
Release of Hold Point: The Principal will consider the submitted drawing(s) prior to
authorising the release of the Hold Point.
WITNESS POINT Process Witnessed: Disturbance of the existing surface on a section of the Site
(catchment or sub-catchment), other than for the installation of erosion and
sediment capture measures.
Submission Details: Written advice, including signed approval by your ESR and
Construction Superintendent, that the measures described in the ESCP and
included on the drawing submitted progressively for that section of the Site,
including sediment basins and other water quality structures together with
associated temporary or permanent connecting stormwater drainage lines and/or
catch drains, have been implemented or the date by which implementation will be
completed. The advice must be forwarded at least five working days before the
works are to commence. Soil and Water
Management
Measures - Erosion
and Sediment
Control:
Implementation
3.1.1 Sediment fencing must be woven polypropylene and cotton / geotextile thread
with a flow rate > 110 litres/m2/sec to AS 3706.9.
Identify the construction boundaries in accordance with RMS G40.
Erosion and sedimentation controls must remain in place until 70% of the disturbed
area beyond the pavement is stabilised or as otherwise agreed with the Principal.
Soil and Water
Management
Measures - Erosion
and Sediment
Control:
Implementation
3.1.1 In the event of forecast storm events, heavy rainfall or flooding events:
(a) inspect the site to ensure that all erosion/sedimentation and stabilisation
controls are in place and in effective working order; and,
(b) cease all work in the vicinity of flood-prone areas and collect all loose
materials and wastes, and if there is a possibility that work sites could be flooded,
take action to prevent any environmental incidents such as potential pollution
incidents and protecting disturbed ground from erosion, including relocating all
materials that could cause harm onto higher ground and away from flood prone
Soil and Water
Management
Measures - Erosion
and Sediment
3.1.2 Maintain a register of inspection and maintenance of erosion control and sediment
capture measures, dates of discharge, water treatment (flocculation) performed,
discharge water quality as defined in Clause 2.3, volumes of sediment removed
from each device, method of disposal of the sediment and daily rainfall.
Soil and Water
Management
Measures - Stockpile
Management
3.2 Establish erosion control and sediment capture measures, and maintain them
regularly, to divert offsite stormwater, manage onsite stormwater runoff and
stabilise stockpiles in accordance with RMS Technical Guideline EMS-TG-010:
Stockpile Site Management and the BLUE BOOK guidelines.
Soil and Water
Management
Measures - Stockpile
3.2 Design, establish, operate and decommission all stockpiles in accordance with the
RMS Draft Stockpile Management Procedures, 2011. Manage stockpiles in
accordance with RMS Stockpile Site Management Guideline, RMS G36 and RMS
Soil and Water
Management
Measures - Stockpile
Management
3.2 Include a Stockpile Management Sub-Plan in your ESCP which includes, but is not
limited to:
(i) Locations of stockpile sites;
(ii) Quantities and types of materials to be stockpiled;
(iii) Measures to ensure separation of different materials;
(iv) Controls to protect stockpiles from stormwater runoff;
(v) Stabilisation of stockpiles left for more than 20 days; and
(vi) Procedures for the control of other material you propose to place in stockpiles
which may pose environmental risk e.g. recycled bedding sand, lime, gypsum,
stabilised sand etc.
Soil and Water
Management
Measures - Stockpile
3.2 Install erosion control and sediment capture measures prior to stockpiling
material.
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 67
Appendix A2
Environmental Aspects and Impacts
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 68
This Environmental Aspects and Impacts Register summarises the Environmental Risk Analysis conducted as part of the CRAW for the Project. The identification of significant construction activities and associated impacts that could eventuate during construction of the Project is central to the selection of appropriate environmental management measures. The risk management process was undertaken to identify significant environmental risk for the Project specific construction activities and aspects which are anticipated to be undertaken in or near environmentally sensitive areas. The Project Team assigned each potential impact an environmental risk category (as identified in Figure 1) with an inherent risk (pre control) score and a residual risk (post control) score. Any item identified with having an inherent score of extreme is identified as a significant environmental risk for the Project. Figure 1 – Risk Matrix
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 69
Title: Risk Register Project: The Northern Road Upgrade Stage 4 Date of last review: 14/09/18
Owner: Jerry Cockburn, Glen Bolton Heading Activity Hazard Aspect Unwanted Event
Uncontrolled Risk Score
Mandatory Controls Project Specific Controls Legal and other References
Controlled Risk Score
Heritage Salvage Works salvage all PADs and
European heritage pre
Construction working
around Heritage areas
'- Working near Indigenous / heritage sites '- Damage/ disturbance to
Indigenous & heritage
sites
- Non-compliance
- Reputation
Extreme
- develop salvage strategy with the appointed heritage consultants for
aboriginal and non aboriginal heritage
- If Indigenous artefacts are located liaise with traditional owners through
appointed consultants
- All work to cease if any suspected bones or artefacts are located
- Inform management of any findings
- Prior to works occurring works occurring
- engage heritage consultants to perform salvage works
- Erect signage and barricading
- Clearly mark items to be protected until salvaged
- follow salvage management plan
- Sign of received from RMS
exclusion fencing where required
- NPWS Act POEO Act
Moderate
Pre-mobilisation Environmental Approvals Environmental approvals not
in place to commence work fine prosecution from the EPA under
the POEO Act
fine / prosecution from NSW office
of water
High
"- Ensure all Construction approvals are in place prior to the
commencement of works '- Use of Legal and Other Obligations
Register in preparation of EMP
- HSE Start-Up Checklist - Legal Compliance Evaluations
'- Use of HSEQ Meeting minutes to manage requirements for permits / licences DPE approval
Consistency assessment approvals
Transfer EPL from RMS to Georgiou, develop Georgiou website to
display monitoring data, develop PIRMP.
Apply and get approval from Water NSW for water supply works
approval
Develop and get CEMP approved RMS
develop and get EWMSs approved by RMS internal compliance tracking register
weekly env inspections daily environmental complaints reporting to the EPA. Complaints
through the Community hotline
Supervisors & Engineers knowledgeable of the EMP requirements.
ESR available to supervise & offer advice to Construction team.
POEO Act
EP&A Act
Water Managem
ent Act
2000
RMS G36
Moderate
Storage of Hazardous
Substances or Dangerous
Substances Use of containers / tanks to
store hazardous substances
or dangerous goods Hazardous substances or dangerous goods Spillage resulting in exposure
to worker & environment
(ground contamination)
Extreme
Storage containers e.g. flammable liquids must be of a good quality, sealed and
suitably labelled indicating compliance with AS 2906:2001. Be marked as
containing flammable liquids. Total flammable liquids stored to not exceed 250tr
(excess will require placarding).
Storage containers not to exceed 30ltr
Flammable liquids to be stored only with compatible substances.
Flammable stores to contain adequate bunding to contain 100% of the volume of
the largest container with an extra 25% of the storage capacity up to 10,000 L
No Smoking or ignition source signs to be displayed
Safety Data Sheet.
ChemAlert database.
Where classified as 'hazardous', Georgiou will complete &
record the chemical risk assessment available within
ChemAlert.
Subcontractors wishing to introduce a 'hazardous' substance
are to provide the Project with a written risk assessment .
SDS Register & file
Work Health & Safety Act 2011
Work Health & Safety
Regulation 2017 (Schedule
11).
Project Safety Management Plan
Project Construction
Environment Management
Plan.
Georgiou Hazardous
Chemicals Procedure.
NSW Code of Practice;
Managing risks of
hazardous chemicals in
the workplace
AS 2906: 2001 - Fuel
Containers, portable,
plastic and metal.
AS 1940:2004 The
storage and handling of
flammable and
combustible liquids.
High
Hazardous Substances - Transportation of
hazardous substances '- Hazardous substances - Spillage and release of
dangerous goods and hazardous
substances from transportation
and storage.
- Fire/explosion
- Injury to person and plant
transporting dangerous goods
or hazardous substances.
- Contamination of land or
nearby water
High
- Licenced contractor to be employed to transport all dangerous good
substances unless an exemption covers the transport, eg
small quantities, single consignments of small receptacles and certain quantities
carried as tools of trade other requirements;
- Adequate storage and restraining devices while in transit (appropriate containers)
as per the Australian Dangerous Goods Code
- All Transportation quantities to be below State regulatory requirements for transportation
- SDS to accompany chemicals transported
- Spill kits/neutralising agents to be on truck
- Adequate relevant signage and placarding for container/truck
- Segregation from other dangerous goods as per the MSDS and dangerous goods
segregation table
- Transportation of goods to be done in accordance to ADG Code.
- Emergency Response Management Plan developed and in the event of a
hazardous substances release identified controls implemented
- Emergency Response Team Leader elected for project
- Emergency Response Team Leader trained in emergency procedure for hazardous
substance release events - Truck contains UHF radio
- Assessment shall be undertaken of any dangerous and
hazardous substances to be transported to determine if
license is required from Department of Consumer and
Employment Protection.
- First aid kit on truck
- Environmental Management Plan - Emergency Spill
Response Sub Plan
POEO Act
Dangerous Goods (Road and
Rail Transport) Act 2008
Workcover NSW
Moderate
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 70
Hazardous Substances Plant & Equipment usage Incorrect storage and handling of
hazardous and dangerous goods Spills and leaks. Contamination
of land or nearby waters.
Storage lockers/tanks which
are inadequate to prevent
fire/ explosion, intoxication or
leaks. Detrimental impacts to
personal health
High
Provide SDS and emergency contact numbers
JHA/SWMS to include recommendations including PPE requirements for handling
and storage When storing hazardous substances ensure:
Adequate ventilation
Relevant fire extinguishers are
available Adequate signage and
barricades if required All fuels
stored away from ignition
sources
Segregation as per the dangerous goods segregation table
Have the correct bunding installed. The capacity of the spillage containment
should be at least 110% of the volume of the largest package with an extra 25%
of the storage capacity up to 10,000 L
When storage tanks are installed ensure that fuel storage and refuelling areas will
be designed with;
Bollards installed around fuel
storage facilities. Spill
kits/neutralising agents to be on
truck
Adequate relevant signage and placarding for container/truck /
Secondary containment around containers (lined refuelling area) or
double skinned Bulk chemical storage to be stored in bunded areas
Compound located away from sensitive receptors
Staff trained in the management of chemicals kept on site
Store in low volumes
Environmental Management Plan - Hazardous Chemicals
Management Environmental Sub Plan
Work Health & Safety Act 2011
Work Health & Safety
Regulation 2017
Emergency Response
Management Plan
WHS Regs 2011
(Schedule 11).
Project Safety Management Plan
Project Construction
Environment Management
Plan.
Georgiou Hazardous
Chemicals Procedure.
NSW Code of Practice;
Managing risks of
hazardous chemicals in
the workplace
RMS QA Spec G22/J Truck & Plant Requirements
Moderate
Hazardous Substances Dangerous Goods /
hazardous substances
storage Failure in the fuel depot from
plant and equipment collision. Contamination of
Environment Fire/explosion
High
Bollards installed around fuel
storage facilities. Spill
kits/neutralising agents made
available
Adequate relevant signage and placarding for
container/truck Preventative maintenance
program
Secondary containment around containers or
double skinned Drive-over bund / lining for
refuelling area
Toolbox talks - Emergency Response
Hydrocarbon spill QHEST -Georgiou
internal reporting system
Compound located away from sensitive receptors
Pollution Incident Response Management Plan and
Emergency Response Management Plan developed and in the
event of a hazardous substances release identified controls
implemented
Emergency Response Team Leader trained in emergency
procedure for hazardous substance release events
Environmental Management Plan -Hydrocarbon & Chemical
Management Environmental Sub Plan
POEO Act 1997
Moderate
General - General Works '- Storm water runoff sedimentation of waterways
/ Stormwater drains
High
soil and water management sub plan to
be developed progressive ESCPs
developed
EPL
- Place barriers/bunds around open drains
sediment controls in kerbs around SW pits in work zones.
Street sweeper to be used when dirt on road
dewatering permit (Internal)
clean water diversions to be installed
sediment controls to be installed
basins to be designed and installed in accordance with
Basins to be installed prior to topsoil strip in accordance with
EPL.
POEO Act RMS G36 RMS G38
Moderate
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 71
Title: Risk Register
Project: The Northern Road Upgrade Stage 4 Date of last review: 14/09/18
Owner: Jerry Cockburn, Glen Bolton Heading Activity Hazard Aspect Unwanted Event
Uncontrolled Risk Score
Mandatory Controls Project Specific Controls Legal and other References
Controlled Risk Score
General - General Works '- Working near Indigenous / heritage sites '- Damage/
disturbance to
Indigenous & heritage
sites
- Non-compliance
- Reputation
Extreme
- Planning in conjunction with Client to identify and then isolate/
demarcate areas of Indigenous & Heritage significance by qualified
surveyor
- If Indigenous artefacts are located liaise with traditional owners through
appointed consultants
- All work to cease if any suspected bones or artefacts are located and follow RMS
unexpected finds procedure
- Inform management of any findings
- Site induction
- Minimise vibrational activities if likely to disturb Indigenous/ heritage buildings/ areas
- Clearly mark items to be protected
- Cultural & Heritage Protection Procedure
- Vibration suppression if activities are likely to disturb
heritage or artefacts structural integrity
- Obtain an impact study on the scope of the works and
methodology on heritage or artefacts
- Use of spotter where required
- Identify Indigenous Management Plan
- Conduct a Condition survey
- Erect signage and barricading
- Refer to Miss Lawson's Guesthouse
- Supervision and clear communication of clearing
- Environmental Management Plan - Cultural Heritage
Management Environmental Sub Plan
NPWS Act POEO Act
Moderate
General - General Works '- Dust generation '- Degradation to fauna and flora
- Disturbance to
Residential/ Commercial
- Dust Generation associated
with subgrade stabilisation
(road works)
High
- Water exposed areas when visible dust is observed
- Where required, maintain communication with surrounding residents and business owners
- Visual Dust monitoring
- Adhere to sign posted speed limits
- Air Quality & Dust Management Procedure
Dust bottles to be installed and collected monthly
- Visual dust monitoring to be conducted daily to ensure
controls are adequate
- Dust monitoring will take place if complaints are received
- Air Quality & Dust Management Environmental Sub Plan
- Install wind fences if appropriate
- Conduct regular weather checks
- weather monitor installed on site
- Environmental Management Plan Air Quality & Dust
Management Environmental Sub Plan
POEO Act RMS G38, G40
EIS
Moderate
General - General Works '- Noise and vibration - Noise and vibration
disruption to the community
and/or legal non-
compliance.
High
work within allocated hours
- liaise with stakeholders
- Any complaints registered and monitored through QHEST as per RMS System
- Use quietest equipment where practically possible.
- Noise & Vibration
Management Plan
community liaison plan
EPL 21121 requirements & Conditions
- Maintain communication with surrounding residents and
business owners. Advise local residents of commencement
and duration of works, and if any out of hours work will
occur
- Noise and vibration monitoring as set out in the N & V
management plan
- property condition surveys study
- Fit and maintain appropriate mufflers on plant
- Environmental Management Plan - Noise & Vibration
Management Environmental Sub Plan
Leadership walks & inspections to monitor standards
POEO Act
DEC interim
construction noise
guidelines EPL
RMS G38
Assessing Vibration a
technical guideline NSW
EPA
Moderate
General '- Wash down / washout of plant water quality '- Contamination of water
Moderate
- Exclusion zones to prevent wash-down in
sensitive areas develop soil and water
management plan
Plant arrives on site clean
develop pollution incident response plan
wash-down only to occur at designated area away from
drainage lines and stormwater pits
- Environmental Management Plan - soil and Water
Management Environmental Sub Plan
POEO Act RMS G38, G40
EIS
Low
General '-Dewatering water quality contamination of waterways
Extreme
- Discharge water onto a stable surface
EPL And conditions (licence discharge points)
- Disperse water where possible to facilitate infiltration through methods such as spraying
- Water Management Procedure
'- Identify regulatory requirements before discharging
- Assess water quality before discharging
- Treat water before discharging where it does not meet the water quality objectives
- Reuse water on site to irrigate, dust suppression etc
- Environmental Management Plan - soil and Water
Management Environmental Sub Plan
'- use a permit to discharge
- Reinfiltrate treated dewatering water
- test pH, Total Suspended Solids & Turbidity
Procedure & general knowledge that all water is measured &
determined suitable prior to discharge
POEO Act RMS G38, G40
EIS
Moderate
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 72
Waste Management - Storage of wastes '- Waste -littering and contamination of Site
Moderate
- Clear signage indicating type of waste receptacle
- Provide sufficient waste receptacles to meet demand and regular pick ups
- All food waste receptacles to have lids
- Periodic inspection to monitor waste onsite
- Use of registered waste removal contractor to remove all waste
Contaminated waste to be transported by a licensed carrier to a licensed
disposal facility Waste carrier licence to be attained when disposing of
contaminated material
Waste receipts to be retained
- Site Induction
- Toolbox Topics
- Waste Management Procedure
- Appropriate segregation, storage and containment
available for waste
- Environmental Management Plan - Waste Management
Environmental Sub Plan
POEO Act
EPA NSW waste classification guidelines
Low
Waste Management
'- Office Administration '- Waste of resources
- Wasteful use of energy
- Excessive paper to be
recycled at a cost to Georgiou
Moderate
'- Recycling of empty ink cartridges
- Turn-off lights at non-critical times
- Where possible print/copy on both sides of paper and purchase printers with
capability to print double sided
- Waste Management Procedure
'- Paper recycling bins
- Print on lower quality/ no colour to minimise toner usage
- Use of low energy globes where practical
- Environmental Management Plan - Waste Management
Environmental Sub Plan
EPA NSW waste
classification
guidelines energy
efficiency
opportunities
Low
Energy and Resource Use '- Office Administration - Natural Resources - Excess use of natural
resources (Fuel & electrical
consumption & waste
generation
Moderate
- Turn-off lights when not required
- Where possible please do not print
- If the event that this can t be avoided print/copy double sided
- Waste Management Procedure
'- Paper recycling bins
- Print on lower quality/ no colour to minimise toner usage
- Use of low energy globes
- Environmental Management Plan - Waste Management
Environmental Sub Plan
NGERs Act
energy efficiency opportunities
Low
Refuelling of Plant & Equipment '- Refuelling plant and equipment '- Hydrocarbons - Contamination of
soil / groundwater
- Degradation to flora & Fauna
High
- Spill kit available with fuel source
- Refuelling devices automatic operating function disabled
- Fire suppression equipment
- Stop engine while refuelling
- no mobile phone use
while refuelling spill
response procedure
PIRMP to be developed
- Operators trained in use of re-fuelling equipment and
informed of approved locations to refuel.
- Designated personnel nominated for refuelling
- Drip trays for field refuelling
- Environmental Management Plan - spill response procedure
EWMS Available for refuelling
POEO Act RMS G36 RMS
G38
Low
Repairs and Maintenance of
Plant & Equipment '- Waste oils and parts '- Uncontrolled dumping at non
approved landfill sites
- Hydrocarbons, degreasers and
detergents contaminating
waterways and soil
'- Hazardous substances
contaminating the
environment
High
- Waste oils to be collected and stored in approved facilities and disposed
of using an approved licenced contractor
- Grease cartridges, oil filters etc to be disposed of in Hydrocarbon bins
- Waste Management Procedure
-servicing of plant to occur offsite unless breakdown
servicing
-Waste Receptacles to be located centrally on site where
practically possible
- Environmental Management Plan - Waste Management
Environmental Sub Plan
No maintained works within 30 metres of waterways & spill
kit available
POEO Act RMS G36 RMS
G38
Moderate
Clearing and Grubbing '- Land Clearing - Clearing of native vegetation
outside of approved boundaries
- Permit conditions of
compliance associated
with work on a project
'- Death/loss of protected
flora / fauna
- Breach of legislation
- Destruction of habitat
- Non-compliance to
Client requirements
Extreme
- Identify and mark areas of protected flora / fauna, with demarcation of
boundaries and illustrate on a map (which is consistent with the clearing
permit)
- Ensure during planning stage to consult with Client to identify and isolate
areas with protected flora / fauna
- Site clearing boundary pegged by qualified surveyor and approved
prior to works commencing
- No access beyond site boundary permitted - Erect signage as
appropriate pre clearing ecological survey and report to be
conducted
- Consult with Client/ relevant authorities or employ
consultants to conduct vegetation survey before works
Approval from the client to undertake clearing and a copy of
the clearing permit on file
FFMP
POEO Act RMS G40 RMS
G36
Moderate
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 73
Title: Risk Register Project: The Northern Road Upgrade Stage 4 Date of last review: 14/09/18
Owner: Jerry
Cockburn,
Glen Bolton
Heading Activity Hazard Aspect Unwanted Event
Uncontrolled Risk Score
Mandatory Controls Project Specific Controls Legal and other References
Controlled Risk Score
Clearing and Grubbing storage of mulch and topsoil Mulch and Topsoil management Mulch self combustion,
tannins in waterway.
Damage of topsoil to be
used for rehabilitation
High
- Dedicated topsoil stockpile location
- Stockpile location communicated to
work crew stabilise long term
stockpiles as per RMS spec
Mulch stockpiles to be no higher than 3m to minimise
heat build up Mulch to be stored away from waterways
and drainage lines
- Height restrictions (3m)
- Transfer of topsoil directly to area undergoing
- Rehabilitation preferentially over topsoil stockpiling
Mulch stockpiles to be no higher than 3m to minimise heat
build up
- Environmental Management Plan - Flora and fauna
management plan
POEO Act RMS G40
RMS G36
RMS Technical Stockpile Guideline
Moderate
Excavation Stockpile placement & formation Formation of stockpiles leading to
potential environmental incident,
Insufficient controls to contain
pollution. Stockpile stability &
access
Stockpiles exceeding 3m.
Extreme
Stockpiles over 3m to have their locations nominated to the RMS project
delegate. Stockpiles of soil to be seeded/sealed or covered within 14
days of formation.
Fill materials / clay etc. to be compacted and
sealed. Adequate erosion & sediment controls
to contain run-off.
Positioning to consider placement relative to intercepting
sediment basins. Vehicle access paths onto stockpiles to limit
gradient to 30 degs.
Access paths protected with windrows/berms equal to half the diameter of the
vehicle wheel. Operators to monitor & report cracks, evidence of landslide, soft
spots etc. to site supervisor
& stop work until assessed.
Opinion of Geotechnical Eng to be
considered. Experienced operators to form
& maintain stockpiles.
Suitable blending of materials to provide integrity of stockpile.
Stockpile mgt protocol Work Health & Safety Act 2011
Work Health &
Safety Regulation
2017 NSW CoP:
Excavation
NSW CoP: Managing the
risks of plant in the
workplace.
RMS Spec G36
Moderate
Excavations > 1.5 metres - Excavations fauna entrapment '- Trapped fauna resulting in
injury or death to fauna
Moderate
'- Construct ramps on the sides of deep excavations and ramp exit points per 30m of trench
- Contact local authorities / qualified competent fauna handler to remove injured fauna
- Inspect trenches/ excavations for trapped fauna prior to starting work
- Backfill as soon as practicable
- Project to report any injury caused to fauna to Georgiou Environmental Coordinator
- Do not attempt to hurt any fauna unless directly threatening your safety
- Flora & Fauna Protection Procedure
'- Erect barriers
- Environmental Management Plan - Flora & Fauna
Management Environmental Sub Plan POEO Act RMS G40
RMS G36
Low
Excavations > 1.5 metres '-Dewatering water quality contamination of waterways
Extreme
Discharge water onto a stable surface
'- Identify regulatory requirements before discharging
- Assess water quality before discharging
- Treat water before discharging where it does not meet the water quality
objectives Licence discharge points
- Reuse water on site to irrigate, dust suppression etc
- Environmental Management Plan - soil and Water
Management Environmental Sub Plan
'- use a permit to discharge
- test pH, Total Suspended Solids & Turbidity and treat to
meet parameters in bluebook
POEO Act
RMS G38, G40 EIS
Moderate
Excavations > 1.5 metres
'- Exposure of in situ hostile
materials (including acid
sulphate soils, asbestos). '- Groundwater / soil contamination
Moderate
'- Characterisation of material
- Develop remedial measures involving experts and stakeholders (where necessary)
- Waste Management Procedure
- Geotechnical Survey completed pre Construction
- Environmental Management Plan - Waste Management
Environmental Sub Plan, Contaminated Land Management
Sub Plan
POEO Act RMS G40
RMS G36
Low
Working with Concrete - Wash down / washout of plant water quality '- Contamination of water
Moderate
- impervious concrete washout areas to be
provided Exclusion zones to prevent wash-
down in sensitive areas develop soil and water
management plan
develop pollution incident response plan
wash-down only to occur at designated area away from
drainage lines and stormwater pits
- Environmental Management Plan - soil and Water
Management Environmental Sub Plan
Concrete Truck to wash out back at the depot.
POEO Act RMS G38,
G40 REF
Low
Curing Concrete water runoff '- Contamination of water
Moderate Bund curing compound in 1,000
litre pods Do not store in
waterways Replace 1,000 litre as required
Monitor weather conditions and avoid using curing compound
in the rain POEO Act RMS G38,
G40 REF
Low
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 74
Road Construction earthworks '- Dust generation '- Degradation to fauna and flora
- Disturbance to
Residential/ Commercial
- Dust Generation associated
with subgrade stabilisation
(road works)
High
'- Water exposed areas when visible dust is observed
- Where required, maintain communication with surrounding residents and business owners
- Visual Dust monitoring
- Adhere to sign posted speed limits
- Air Quality & Dust Management Procedure
- Visual Dust monitoring to occur daily to ensure controls are
adequate
- Dust monitoring if complaints are received
- Air Quality & Dust Management Environmental Sub Plan
- Install wind fences if appropriate
- Conduct regular weather checks
- Environmental Management Plan Air Quality & Dust
Management Environmental Sub Plan
POEO Act RMS G38,
G40 REF
Moderate
Road construction Plant operating / adjacent
road traffic movements /
earthworks
/residents/Commercial properties
Noise and vibration Noise and vibration leading to
industrial hearing loss /
disruption to the community
and/or legal non- compliance.
High
Plant & equipment maintained and serviced to OEM, defects reports and addressed.
Plant & background noise levels routinely sampled to assess hazard and potential
impact on personnel.
Minimal number of personnel to be within noise affected work areas /
rotate tasks & personnel to account for TWA of exposure.
Work within allocated hours
- liaise with stakeholders
- Any complaints registered and monitored through QHEST/ RMS PROCESS
- Use quietest equipment where practically possible.
- Noise & Vibration
Management Plan
community liaison plan
EPL Reporting requirements
Maintain communication with surrounding residents and
business owners. Advise local residents of commencement
and duration of works, and if any out of hours work will
occur
Noise and vibration monitoring as set out in the N & V
management plan
Property conditions Surveys study
Fit and maintain appropriate mufflers on plant
Environmental Management Plan - Noise & Vibration
Management Environmental Sub Plan
Work Health & Safety Act 2011
Work Health & Safety Regulation 2017
NSW CoP: Managing noise and
preventing hearing loss at
work.
NSW CoP: Managing the
risk of plant in the
workplace
- Concrete & Masonry Cutting &
Drilling - Code of Practice 2010
POEO Act
DEC interim
construction noise
guidelines RMS G38
Assessing Vibration a technical guideline NSW
Moderate
Road construction earthworks '- Dust generation '- Degradation to fauna and flora
- Disturbance to Residential/
Commercial
- Dust Generation associated
with subgrade stabilisation
(road works)
Moderate
'- Water exposed areas when visible dust is observed
- Where required, maintain communication with surrounding residents and business owners - Visual Dust monitoring
- Adhere to sign posted speed limits
- Air Quality & Dust Management Procedure
- Air Quality & Dust Management Environmental Sub Plan -visual dust monitoring
use water carts to provide dust suppression
- Conduct regular weather checks and review wind forecast
- Environmental Management Plan Air Quality & Dust Management Environmental Sub Plan
POEO Act RMS G38,
G40 REF
Low
Road construction earthworks '- Noise and vibration - Noise and vibration disruption to the community and/or legal non-
compliance.
Moderate
-work within allocated hours
- liaise with stakeholders - Any complaints registered and monitored through QHEST
- Use quietest equipment where practically possible.
- Noise & Vibration Management Plan
- - Comply with EPL legislative requirements relating to working periods, noise and vibration.
Advise local residents of commencement and duration of works,
and if any out of hours work will occur
- Noise and vibration monitoring as set out in the N & V
management plan
- Condition surveys required as per RMS spec - Fit and maintain appropriate mufflers on plant
- Environmental Management Plan - Noise & Vibration Management Environmental Sub Plan
Leadership walks & inspections to monitor standards
POEO Act
DEC interim construction noise
guidelines EPL
RMS G38 Assessing Vibration a technical guideline NSW EPA
Low
Road construction dewatering sediment basins water quality contamination of waterways
High
- Follow EPL conditions for basin discharge limits and basin management Discharge water onto a stable surface
'- Identify regulatory requirements before discharging - Assess water quality before discharging
- Treat water before discharging where it does not meet the water quality objectives
- Reuse water on site to irrigate, dust suppression etc
- Environmental Management Plan - soil and Water Management Environmental Sub Plan
'- use a dewatering permit - test pH, Total Suspended Solids & Turbidity and treat to meets
EPL discharge requirements
POEO Act RMS G36
RMS G38
NSW Blue Book,
Landcom Managing
Urban Stormwater
EPL
Moderate
Hot Works '- Hot works '- Heat/ generation of sparks - Damage to Flora, Fauna and
from fire
Moderate
- Designate an area for hot works free from flammable and combustible items
Prior to any hot works outside of the workshop area, high risk task permit to be
completed and approved (please obtain fire exemption from local authority)
- Fire extinguishers located nearby
- Emergency Response Management Plan developed and in the event of a fire
identified controls implemented
- Emergency Response Team Leader elected for project
- Emergency Response Team Leader trained in emergency procedure for fire events
- Water carts/water tanks on standby
- Create a buffer zone clear of debris
- Fire Warden Training
- Hot works Permit
- Environmental Management Plan - Flora & Fauna
Management Environmental Sub Plan
POEO Act NPWS Act
Low
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 75
Appendix A3
Environmental Policy
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 76
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 77
Appendix A4
Ancillary Facility Management Plan
The Northern Road Upgrade, Between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Ancillary Facility Management Plan 2
Contents
1 INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................................. 1
1.1 Background............................................................................................................. 1
1.2 Context ................................................................................................................... 1
1.3 Environmental Management System Overview ....................................................... 1
1.4 Consultation ............................................................................................................ 2
2 PURPOSE AND OBJECTIVES ....................................................................................... 3
2.1 Purpose .................................................................................................................. 3
2.2 Objectives and Targets ........................................................................................... 4
3 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................ 5
3.1 Relevant legislation and guidelines ......................................................................... 5
3.1.1 Minister’s Conditions of Approval ..................................................................... 6
4 ANCILLARY FACILITY DETAIL ...................................................................................... 9
4.1 EIS assessed ancillary facilities .............................................................................. 9
4.2 Main Compound ..................................................................................................... 3
4.3 Activities ................................................................................................................. 5
4.4 Plant and Equipment ............................................................................................... 5
4.5 Timing and Duration ................................................................................................ 1
4.6 Decommissioning and rehabilitation ........................................................................ 3
4.7 Ancillary Facilities not assessed in the EIS ............................................................. 3
5 ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT ................................................................................ 4
5.1 EIS assessment of ancillary facilities against CoA criteria ....................................... 4
5.2 Environmental aspects and impacts ........................................................................ 6
5.3 Flora and Fauna ..................................................................................................... 7
5.4 Soil and Water ........................................................................................................ 9
5.5 Flooding ................................................................................................................ 10
5.6 Heritage ................................................................................................................ 10
5.7 Noise .................................................................................................................... 13
5.7.1 Temporary acoustic barriers .......................................................................... 17
5.8 Vibration ............................................................................................................... 20
5.9 Traffic and Access ................................................................................................ 21
5.10 Visual .................................................................................................................... 22
5.11 Air Quality ............................................................................................................. 23
5.12 Community Consultation ....................................................................................... 23
6 ENVIRONMENTAL MITIGATION MEASURES ............................................................. 24
7 COMPLIANCE MANAGEMENT .................................................................................... 39
The Northern Road Upgrade, Between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Ancillary Facility Management Plan 3
7.1 Roles and responsibilities ..................................................................................... 39
7.2 Training ................................................................................................................. 39
7.3 Monitoring and inspections ................................................................................... 39
7.4 Auditing ................................................................................................................. 39
7.5 Incident Management ........................................................................................... 40
7.6 Complaints Management ...................................................................................... 40
7.7 Reporting .............................................................................................................. 40
7.8 Ongoing risk analysis ............................................................................................ 40
8 REVIEW AND IMPROVEMENT .................................................................................... 41
8.1 Continuous improvement ...................................................................................... 41
8.2 AFMP update and amendment ............................................................................. 41
Appendices Appendix A - Roads and Maritime leased land
Appendix B - Ancillary facilities assessment criteria for facilities not assessed in the EIS
Appendix C - Evidence of consultation
Appendix D - Unexpected Discovery of Contaminated Land Procedure
Appendix E - Roads and Maritime Unexpected Heritage Items Procedure
The Northern Road Upgrade, Between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Ancillary Facility Management Plan 4
Glossary / Abbreviations
AFMP Ancillary Facilities Management Plan
Ancillary Facility
A temporary facility for construction of the project including an office and amenities compound, construction compound, material crushing and screening plant, materials storage compound, maintenance workshop, testing laboratory and material stockpile area
Where an approved CEMP contains a stockpile management protocol, a material stockpile area located within the construction footprint is not considered to be an ancillary facility
CEMP Construction Environmental Management Plan
CCS Community Communication Strategy
CMS Complaint Management System
Compliance audit Verification of how implementation is proceeding with respect to a environmental management plan (EMP) (which incorporates the relevant approval conditions)
NSW CoA Conditions of approval in the NSW Infrastructure Approval SSI 7127
DoEE Commonwealth Department of the Environment and Energy
DP&E NSW Department of Planning and Environment
DPI NSW Department of Primary Industries
Ecologically sustainable development
Using, conserving and enhancing the community’s resources so that the ecological processes on which life depends are maintained and the total quality of life now and in the future, can be increased (Council of Australian Governments, 1992).
EEC Endangered Ecological Communities
EIS Environmental Impact Statement
EMP Environmental Management Plan
EMS Environmental Management System
Environmental aspect Defined by AS/NZS ISO 14001:2004 as an element of an organisation’s activities, products or services that can interact with the environment.
Environmental impact Defined by AS/NZS ISO 14001:2004 as any change to the environment, whether adverse or beneficial, wholly or partially resulting from an organisation’s environmental aspects.
The Northern Road Upgrade, Between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Ancillary Facility Management Plan 5
Environmental incident An unexpected event that has, or has the potential to, cause harm to the environment and requires some action to minimise the impact or restore the environment.
Environmental objective Defined by AS/NZS ISO 14001:2004 as an overall environmental goal, consistent with the environmental policy, that an organisation sets itself to achieve.
Environmental policy Statement by an organisation of its intention and principles for environmental performance.
Environmental target Defined by AS/NZS ISO 14001:2004 as a detailed performance requirement, applicable to the organisation or parts thereof, that arises from the environmental objectives and that needs to be set and met in order to achieve those objectives.
Environmental Representative (ER)
A suitably qualified and experienced person independent of Project design and construction personnel employed for the duration of construction. The principal point of advice in relation to all questions and complaints concerning environmental performance.
EP&A Act Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979
EPA Environment Protection Authority
EPBC Act Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999
EPL Environment Protection Licence under the Protection of the Environment Operations Act 1997.
Federal CoA Conditions of approval listed in Commonwealth approval EPBC 2016/7696
GEJV Georgiou, Ertech Joint Venture
GMS Georgiou Management System
Minister, the Minister for Planning NSW
Non-compliance Failure to comply with the requirements of the Project approval or any applicable license, permit or legal requirements.
Non-conformance Failure to conform to the requirements of Project system documentation including this CEMP or supporting documentation.
NOW NSW Office of Water
OACEMP The Northern Road Upgrade – Mersey Road, Bringelly to Glenmore Parkway, Glenmore Park Overarching Construction Environmental Management Plan 2018
OEH NSW Office of Environment and Heritage
OOH Out of Hours (works outside standard work hours)
The Northern Road Upgrade, Between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Ancillary Facility Management Plan 6
SPIR Submissions Preferred Infrastructure Report
PoEO Act Protection of the Environment Operations Act 1997
Project, the The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
SAP Sensitive Area Plans
Secretary Secretary of the Department of Planning and Environment
SSI State Significant Infrastructure
The Northern Road Upgrade, Between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Ancillary Facility Management Plan 1
1 INTRODUCTION
1.1 Background
The project involves the realignment of 5.5km of The Northern Road (TNR) around the Western Sydney Airport site with the construction of a four lane divided road and the adjustment of public utilities. The project is contractually known as between Mersey Road and Eaton Road of the Northern Road upgrade and one of three stages that has been assessed under the same planning approvals (NSW Infrastructure Approval SSI7127 and EPBC 2016/7696). The planning approvals cover a 16km section of The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road, Bringelly and Glenmore Parkway, Glenmore Park.
A single Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) was prepared for the Project to satisfy the environmental assessment requirements of both Part 5.1 of the EP&A Act and Part 8 of the EPBC Act.
An Overarching Construction Environmental Management Plan (OACEMP) has been developed by Roads and Maritime to address the NSW and Federal conditions of approval and the management measures presented in the Final EIS and Submissions and Preferred Infrastructure Report (SPIR).
1.2 Context
This Ancillary Facilities Management Plan (AFMP) forms part of the Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) for the Northern Road Upgrade, between Mersey Road and Eaton Road Project (the Project).
This Management plan has been prepared to address the requirements of the Minister’s Conditions of Approval (CoA) A16, the Roads and Maritime OACEMP, the mitigation and management measures listed in the EIS and SPIR and all applicable legislation.
Ancillary facilities are defined in the Conditions of Approval (CoA) as:
“A temporary facility for construction of the project including an office and amenities compound, construction compound, material crushing and screening plant, materials storage compound, maintenance workshop, testing laboratory and material stockpile area.”
The definition in the Approval notes that: “Where an approved CEMP contains a stockpile management protocol, a material stockpile area located within the construction footprint is not considered to be an ancillary facility.”
As a stockpile management protocol is a component of the TNR between Mersey Road and Eaton Road CEMP Appendix A1 - Soil and Water management sub plan, material stockpile areas are not included in the definition of Ancillary Facilities for the Project.
1.3 Environmental Management System Overview
The overall Environmental Management System (EMS) for the Project is described in the GEJV Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP).
Mitigation and management measures identified in this plan will be incorporated into site or activity specific Environmental Work Method Statements (EWMS). EWMS will be developed and signed off by environment and management representatives prior to associated works and construction personnel will be required to undertake works in accordance with the identified mitigation and management measures.
The Northern Road Upgrade, Between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Ancillary Facility Management Plan 2
Used together, the CEMP, strategies, procedures and EWMS form a project management system that identifies the required environmental management actions for Georgiou/Ertech Joint Venture (GEJV) personnel and contractors.
1.4 Consultation
This AFMP has been developed in consultation with the EPA and local Council (Liverpool
City Council).
In accordance with CoA A6 and A8, evidence of consultation during the preparation of this
AFMP is provided in Appendix C. GEJV will carry out ongoing consultation with the EPA and
Council regarding issues relevant to ancillary facilities throughout Construction of the
Project.
All community consultation will occur in accordance with the Community Communication Strategy (CCS).
The Northern Road Upgrade, Between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Ancillary Facility Management Plan 3
2 PURPOSE AND OBJECTIVES
2.1 Purpose
The general process for establishing new ancillary facilities in an active construction zone
within the approved Project footprint is described in Section 2.3 of the Construction
Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) and is shown in Figure 2-1 below.
Figure 2-1 Ancillary facilities approval pathway
The Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) for the Project identified a number of compounds
and ancillary facilities that would be required for the construction of the Project, including
locations for hardstand areas, temporary building and offices, parking areas, material
laydown and storage areas. GEJV only intends to use areas that have already been
assessed by the EIS for ancillary facilities.
A description of the ancillary facilities assessed in the EIS is provided in Section 4. Section
5 outlines the aspects and impacts and section 6 the proposed environmental management
measures for the assessed ancillary facilities.
Section 4 details the ancillary facility assessment for ancillary facilities that are not identified by description and location in the EIS.
The Northern Road Upgrade, Between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Ancillary Facility Management Plan 4
2.2 Objectives and Targets
The key objective of the AFMP is to ensure that the potential impacts to the environment and community are minimised and within the scope permitted in the specifications and the NSW Infrastructure Approval. To achieve this objective, the following measures will be undertaken:
Ensure appropriate controls and procedures are implemented during construction
activities to avoid or minimise real and potential impacts to the environment and
sensitive receivers along the Project corridor.
Ensure appropriate measures are implemented to address the requirements specified
by Roads and Maritime Services, the Environment Representative, NSW Department
of Planning and Environment and other relevant NSW Agencies.
Ensure appropriate measures are implemented to comply with all relevant legislation
and other requirements as described in Section 3.1 of this plan.
The following targets have been established for the management of impacts resulting from operation of the ancillary facility sites during the Project:
Ensure compliance with the relevant legislative requirements, Ministerial Conditions of
Approval and those contained in the EIS and Roads and Maritime’ QA Specification
G1, G2-C2, G36, G38 and the OACEMP.
Minimise any impacts on the surrounding residents and businesses and other sensitive
receivers.
The Northern Road Upgrade, Between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Ancillary Facility Management Plan 5
3 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
3.1 Relevant legislation and guidelines
Legislation relevant to the management of ancillary facilities includes:
Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 (EPBC Act)
Environmental Planning and Assessment Act 1979 (EP&A Act)
Protection of the Environment Operations Act 1997 (POEO Act)
Protection of the Environment Operations (General) Regulation 2009
Environmentally Hazardous Chemicals Act, 1985
Pesticide Act 1999
Contaminated Land Management Act 1997 (CLM Act)
Waste Management Waste Avoidance and Resource Recovery Act 2001 (WARR Act)
National Parks and Wildlife Act 1974 (NPW Act)
Biodiversity Conservation Act 2016 (BC Act).
The main guidelines, specifications and policy documents relevant to this Plan include:
Roads and Maritime QA Specification G1 – General requirements.
Roads and Maritime QA Specification G2-C2 – General requirements (major
contracts).
Roads and Maritime QA Specification G36 – Environmental Protection.
Roads and Maritime QA Specification G38 – Soil and Water Management.
Roads and Maritime QA Specification R44 – Earthworks
Stockpile Site Management Guideline, Roads and Maritime 2015.
The Northern Road Upgrade – Mersey Road, Bringelly to Glenmore Parkway,
Glenmore Park OACEMP 2018
Interim Construction Noise Guideline (DECC, 2009)
Roads and Maritime Construction noise and vibration guidelines (CNVG) (Roads and
Maritime, 2016)
EPA Waste Classification Guidelines (EPA, 2014)
Biodiversity Guidelines: Protecting and managing biodiversity on RTS Projects (Roads
Traffic Authority, 2011)
Managing Urban Stormwater: Soils and Construction (4th Edition) Volume 1
(Landcom, 2004) (the “Blue Book”)
German Standard DIN 4150-3 4150-3 (1999-02) - Structural vibration - Effects of
vibration on structures (Deutsches Institute fur Normung, 1999)
British Standard BS 7385-2:1993 Evaluation and measurement for vibration in
buildings. Guide to damage levels from ground borne vibration.
Assessing vibration: a technical Guideline (DEC, 2006)
The management of the ancillary facility must comply with the Northern Road Upgrade NSW
CoA relevant for between Mersey Road and Eaton Road.
The Northern Road Upgrade, Between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Ancillary Facility Management Plan 6
3.1.1 Minister’s Conditions of Approval
The CoA relevant to this plan are listed in Table 3-1. A cross reference is also included to indicate where the condition is addressed in this assessment or other Project management documents.
Table 3-1 Conditions of Approval relevant to the AFMP
CoA No.
Condition Requirements Compliance / Reference within this document
A15 Ancillary facilities that are not identified by description and location in the documents listed in Condition A1 must meet the following criteria, unless otherwise approved by the Secretary:
(a) the facility is development of a type that would, if it were not for the purpose of the CSSI, otherwise be exempt or complying development; or
Yes. There are currently no proposed ancillary facilities for the project other than those assessed in the EIS. Refer section 4.7.
(b) the facility is located as follows:
i. at least 50 metres from any waterway unless an erosion and sediment control plan is
prepared and implemented so as not to adversely affect water quality in the waterway in accordance with Managing Urban Stormwater series;
ii. within or adjacent to land upon which the CSSI is being carried out;
iii. with ready access to a road network;
iv. to prevent heavy vehicles travelling on local streets or through residential areas in order to access the facility, except as identified in the documents listed in Condition A1;
v. so as to be in accordance with the Interim Construction Noise Guideline (DECC 2009) or as otherwise agreed in writing with affected landowners and occupiers;
vi. so as not to require vegetation clearing beyond the extent of clearing approved under other terms of this approval except as approved by the ER as minor clearing;
vii. so as not to have any impact on heritage items (including areas of archaeological sensitivity) beyond the impacts identified, assessed and approved under other terms of this approval;
viii. so as not to unreasonably interfere with lawful uses of adjacent properties that are being carried out at the date upon which construction or establishment of the facility is to commence;
ix. to enable operation of the ancillary facility during flood events and to avoid or minimise, to the greatest extent practicable, adverse flood impacts on the surrounding environment and other properties and infrastructure; and
x. so as to have sufficient area for the storage of raw materials to minimise, to the greatest extent practicable, the number of deliveries required outside standard construction hours.
Yes. There currently no proposed ancillary facilities for the project other than those assessed in the EIS. Refer section 4.7.
CoA A16
Before establishment of any ancillary facility (other than minor ancillary facilities described in Condition A17), the Proponent must prepare an Ancillary Facilities Management Plan which details the management of the ancillary facilities. The Ancillary Facilities
This AFMP
The Northern Road Upgrade, Between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Ancillary Facility Management Plan 7
CoA No.
Condition Requirements Compliance / Reference within this document
Management Plan must be prepared in consultation with the EPA and the relevant council(s) and submitted to the Secretary for approval one month prior to installation of ancillary facilities. The Ancillary Facilities Management Plan must detail the management of the ancillary facilities and include:
(a) a description of activities to be undertaken during Construction (including scheduling of construction);
Section 4.3
(b) a program for ongoing analysis of the key environmental risks arising from the activities described in subsection (a) of this condition, including an initial risk assessment undertaken prior to the commencement of Construction of the CSSI; and
Section 4.5
Section 7
OACEMP section 4.3.2
(c) details of how the activities described in subsection (a) of this condition will be carried out to:
i. meet the performance outcomes stated in the documents listed in Condition A1; and
ii. manage the risks identified in the risk analysis undertaken in subsection (b) of this condition.
Section 6
CoA A17
Minor ancillary facilities comprising lunch sheds, office sheds, and portable toilet facilities, that are not identified in the documents listed in Condition A1 and which do not satisfy the criteria set out in Condition A15 of this approval must satisfy the following criteria:
Section 4.7
(a) have no greater environmental and amenity impacts than those that can be managed through the implementation of environmental measures detailed in the CEMP required under Condition C1 of this approval; and
Section 4.7
(b) have been assessed by the ER to have:
i. minimal amenity impacts to surrounding residences and businesses, after consideration of matters such as compliance with the ICNG, traffic and access impacts, dust and odour impacts, and visual (including light spill) impacts;
ii. minimal environmental impact with respect to waste management and flooding; and
iii. no impacts on biodiversity, soil and water, and heritage items beyond those already approved under other terms of this approval.
Section 4.7
CoA A18
Boundary fencing must be erected around all ancillary facilities that are adjacent to sensitive receivers for the duration of Construction unless otherwise agreed with the affected receivers(s).
Section 5.7
CoA A19
Boundary fencing required under Condition A18 of this approval must minimise visual, noise and air quality impacts on adjacent sensitive receivers.
Section 5.7
CoA E28
Construction vehicles arriving at the project site and construction compounds outside the standard construction hours described in Condition E23 must not queue with idling engines.
Section 4.5
CoA E31
Temporary acoustic barriers (2.4 metres high) are to be installed as soon as site establishment works at the ancillary facility are completed and before undertaking any works which are required to be conducted at the facility. The schedule for installing and removing the acoustic barriers, and justification for not installing
Section 5.7.1
The Northern Road Upgrade, Between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Ancillary Facility Management Plan 8
CoA No.
Condition Requirements Compliance / Reference within this document
acoustic barriers in certain locations, must be described in the Ancillary Facilities Management Plan for the project prepared in accordance with Condition A16. Acoustic barriers must be inspected and maintained to remain effective throughout the use of the construction compound.
The Northern Road Upgrade, Between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Ancillary Facility Management Plan 9
4 ANCILLARY FACILITY DETAIL
4.1 EIS assessed ancillary facilities
The Environmental Impact Statement (EIS) for the Project identified a number of compounds and ancillary facilities that would be required for the construction of the Project, including locations for hardstand areas, temporary building and offices, parking areas, material laydown and storage areas. The location of the ancillary facilities assessed in the EIS is provided in Figure 4-1 and their key features shown in Table 4-1. Section 2 outlines the key features, aspects and impacts and proposed environmental management measures for the assessed ancillary facilities.
Figure 4-1 Locations of Ancillary Facilities assessed in the EIS and used for the project
The Northern Road Upgrade, Between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Ancillary Facility Management Plan 2
Table 4-1 Proposed use of EIS approved ancillary facility areas
Location Purpose EIS proposed activities GEJV proposed activities
C1 Materials storage
Storage of pits, pipes and culvert material.
No stockpiling of earthworks.
This is currently used by TNR 2 and is not in TNR 4 project boundary. GEJV does not intend to use this area.
C1 are subject to lease agreement
C2 Materials storage
Storage of pits, pipes and culvert material.
No stockpiling of earthworks.
This is currently used by TNR 2 and is not in TNR 4 project boundary. GEJV does not intend to use this area.
C2 are subject to lease agreement
C3 Sediment Basins
Stockpiling and laydown of materials only to occur here following approval of the CEMP stockpile management protocol and noise and vibration management plan.
Possible minor ancillary facility to be approved during construction by the ER under CoA A17. C3 are subject to lease agreement
C4 Materials storage, stockpiling, Sediment Basins
The site would consist of a shed, lunch room, portable toilets and parking.
Storage of items such as concrete pits, pipes and culverts.
Could be used to stockpile topsoil, mulch and drainage backfill materials.
Stockpiling and laydown of materials only to occur here following approval of the CEMP stockpile management protocol and noise and vibration management plan.
Possible minor ancillary facility to be approved during construction by the ER under CoA A17.
C5
Partially located on Commonwealth land associated with (leased by Roads and Maritime) the Western Sydney Airport.
Materials storage, stockpiling, Sediment Basins
Storage of concrete pits, pipes and culverts.
Could be used to stockpile topsoil, mulch and drainage backfill materials.
Stockpiling and laydown of materials only to occur here following approval of the CEMP stockpile management protocol and noise and vibration management plan.
Possible minor ancillary facility to be approved during construction by the ER under CoA A17.
The Northern Road Upgrade, Between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Ancillary Facility Management Plan 3
Location Purpose EIS proposed activities GEJV proposed activities
C6 Materials storage, stockpiling
Storage of concrete pits, pipes and culverts.
Could be used to stockpile topsoil, mulch and drainage backfill materials.
Stockpiling and laydown of materials only to occur here following approval of the CEMP stockpile management protocol and noise and vibration management plan.
C7
Partially located on Commonwealth land associated with the Western Sydney Airport.
Materials storage, stockpiling
Storage of concrete pits, pipes and culverts.
Could be used to stockpile topsoil, mulch and drainage backfill materials.
Stockpiling and laydown of materials only to occur here following approval of the CEMP stockpile management protocol and noise and vibration management plan.
Possible minor ancillary facility to be approved during construction by the ER under CoA A17.
C8 Staff amenities, shed and parking
Materials storage, stockpiling
Main compound.
The site would consist of office facilities for the contractor and Roads and Maritime. It would include toilets, amenities, car parking, a shed and lunch room.
Storage of concrete pits, pipes and culverts.
Stockpile of topsoil and mulch and drainage backfill materials.
.
Main Compound site for GEJV and Roads and Maritime. It would include toilets, amenities, car parking, a shed and lunch room.
Storage of concrete pits, pipes and culverts.
Stockpile of topsoil and mulch and drainage backfill materials.
4.2 Main Compound
Of all the ancillary areas assessed in the EIS for the project the area proposed for the main site compound is at C8. Other ancillary areas where leased by Roads and Maritime (see Appendix A) will be used for stockpiling of materials or minor ancillary facilities as detailed in Table 4-1.
The proposed location of the main compound is located adjacent to the new The Northern Road alignment at the Northern extent of between Mersey Road and Eaton Road, this area has been assessed in the EIS and has been leased by Roads and Maritime (see Appendix A). The leased land (Lot 1 DP250030) has been previously used for agricultural purposes and has been leased by Roads and Maritime for the duration of the Project construction.
The EIS included an indicative layout for the main ancillary facility and location, this is shown in Figure 4-2. GEJV has further refined the layout of the main ancillary facility and has reduced footprint required, this has in turn reduced impacts of the operation of the ancillary facility including increasing buffer distances to the nearest residential receivers, see Figure 4-3. The proposed main compound area (Lot 1 DP250030) will include:
Office facilities
The Northern Road Upgrade, Between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Ancillary Facility Management Plan 4
Car park for light vehicles and heavy vehicles
Ablution facilities
Chemical storage
Material stockpiles and storage
Erosion and sediment controls
Boundary fencing
Temporary storage and stockpiling of earthworks and pavement material
Plant and equipment will be refuelled with fuel truck coming to site on an as required basis.
There will be no static mechanical workshop on site.
Figure 4-2 EIS map of location and layout of main compound at ancillary area C8
Figure 4-3 GEJV proposed refined main compound layout at ancillary area C8
The Northern Road Upgrade, Between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Ancillary Facility Management Plan 5
4.3 Activities
Activities to be carried out at the main facility will generally include:
Pre-start meetings/toolbox talks and site meetings
Primary location for the removal of waste materials (Putrescible, recyclable (Paper &
Cardboard) and septics)
Emergency evacuation point
Parking of heavy (for delivery only) and light vehicles
Storage of fuels and chemicals
Stockpiling of procured materials (Pipe, small precast products, fittings etc)
Materials
Geofabric Rolls
Pre cast concrete units (e.g. culverts)
PVC and poly pipe
Bedding sand
4.4 Plant and Equipment
Light vehicles will use the site on a daily basis. Heavy vehicles will deliver construction materials to the site and will sometimes be parked at the site. Small power tools will be used. Indicative plant, equipment and material to be stored at the ancillary site are listed below;
Plant
Heavy vehicles (for deliveries only)
Light vehicles
Plant (Ancillary Facility set up)
Grader
Dozer
Excavator
Water Cart
Rollers
Trucks
Concrete trucks
Equipment
Generator (until main power is connected, will not be operated outside normal work
hours)
Hand tools; plate compactors, drills, shovels, etc.
Ablution blocks
All the above plant will be used for the site establishment only and equipment listed will be
used during the operation of C8.
The Northern Road Upgrade, Between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Ancillary Facility Management Plan 1
Storage of hazardous and dangerous goods
6m x 3m self bunded dangerous goods container, the bund capacity will be 120% of
the largest stored container
Concrete curing chemicals (any IBCs to be bunded with 110% capacity)
Paints
Adhesives
Cleaning products
There will be no fuel cell on site, refuelling will be completed with tankers on an as
required basis. The fuels are in 20ltr jerry cans for small motors
Waste Storage
Lidded skip bins for putrescible, recyclable and office waste to prevent pests and
vermin.
Open skip bins to store construction wastes.
Sewage storage tanks at ablution facility – these will have high level alarms set at 80%
capacity.
Licenced waste transporters will be used to remove wastes from site to an
appropriately licenced facility and all waste tipping dockets and tracking dockets will
be retained on site.
Waste bulk materials like excavated soils, demolition wastes will be temporarily stored at the stockpile area until they are classified under the NSW EPA waste classification guidelines and removed from site to licenced facility.
4.5 Timing and Duration
Ancillary areas and the main compound site will be established and commence operation once approval is granted by the ER, DPE and Roads and Maritime. There are pre-establishment activities that will occur prior to approval and these include; pre clearing ecology surveys, pre-construction land condition assessments, Aboriginal heritage and non-Aboriginal heritage salvage, stage 2 contamination assessments (completed by Roads and Maritime) and advance contamination assessment for topsoil stripping. All the activities associated with pre establishment, establishment and operation of the ancillary facilities will occur during the approved construction hours and conditions associated with noise as per CoA E23 – E31, as follows:
CoA E23 Standard construction hours
a) 7.00am to 6.00pm, Monday to Friday (C8 will adhere to these hours)
b) 8.00am to 1.00pm on Saturdays; and (C8 will adhere to these hours)
c) At no time on Sundays or public holidays. (C8 will adhere to these hours)
There are no OOHW expected to be required during the site establishment or operation of C8.
CoA E24 Highly noise intensive activities
Except as permitted by an EPL, highly noise intensive works that result in an exceedance of
the applicable noise management level at the same receiver must only be undertaken:
a) between the hours of 8:00 am to 6:00 pm Monday to Friday;
b) between the hours of 8:00 am to 1:00 pm Saturday; and
The Northern Road Upgrade, Between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Ancillary Facility Management Plan 2
c) in continuous blocks not exceeding three hours each with a minimum respite from
those activities and works of not less than one hour between each block.
For the purposes of this condition, 'continuous' includes any period during which there is less
than a one-hour respite between ceasing and recommencing any of the work the subject of
this condition. There is no highly intensive noise activities expected to occur during the site
establishment and/or operation of C8.
CoA E25 Community Consultation
The Proponent must identify and consult with receivers identified as being subject to levels
that exceed the Highly Noise Affected criteria with the objective of determining appropriate
hours of respite unless an agreement is reached with those receivers.
CoA E26 Out of hours work
Notwithstanding Condition E23 works associated with the CSSI may be undertaken outside
the specified hours in the following circumstances:
a) for the delivery of materials required by the NSW Police Force or other authority for
safety reasons; or
b) where it is required in an emergency to avoid injury or the loss of life, to avoid damage
or loss of property or to prevent environmental harm; or
c) where it causes LAeq (15 minute) noise levels:
i. no more than 5 dB(A) above the rating background level at any residence in
accordance with the Interim Construction Noise Guideline (DECC, 2009), and
ii. no more than the noise management levels specified in Table 3 of the Interim
Construction Noise Guideline (DECC, 2009) at other sensitive land uses, and
iii. continuous or impulsive vibration values, measured at the most affected
residence are no more than those for human exposure to vibration, specified in
Table 2.2 of Assessing Vibration: a technical guideline (DEC, 2006), and
iv. intermittent vibration values measured at the most affected residence are no
more than those for human exposure to vibration, specified in Table 2.4 of
Assessing Vibration: a technical guideline (DEC, 2006); or
d) no more than 15 dB(A) above the night time rating background level at any residence
during the night time period, when measured using the LAeq (1 minute) noise
descriptor; or
e) where different hours are permitted or required under an EPL in force in respect of the
works, in which case those hours must be complied with.
CoA E27 Emergency works notification
On becoming aware of the need for emergency works in accordance with Condition E26 the
Proponent must notify the ER and the EPA (if an EPL applies) of the need for those works.
The Proponent must also use its best endeavours to notify all affected sensitive receivers of
the likely impact and duration of those works.
CoA E28 Queuing and Idling Construction Vehicles
Construction vehicles arriving at the project site and construction compounds outside the
standard construction hours described in Condition E23 must not queue with idling engines.
CoA E29 Respite
The Northern Road Upgrade, Between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Ancillary Facility Management Plan 3
The Proponent must consult with potentially affected community, religious, educational
institutions and noise and vibration-sensitive businesses to identify periods during which they
would be adversely affected by noise generating works, and must not schedule those works
during those periods unless the Proponent and the potentially affected institution or business
have made other arrangements (at no cost to the affected receiver), or the Secretary has
otherwise approved the works.
CoA E30 Cumulative Construction Noise Impacts
The Proponent must ensure that all works for the delivery of the CSSI are coordinated with
utility works, including those works undertaken by third parties, to minimise cumulative impacts
of noise and vibration and to maximise respite for affected sensitive receivers.
CoA E31 Ancillary Facility Acoustic Barriers
Temporary acoustic barriers (2.4 metres high) are to be installed as soon as site establishment
works at the ancillary facility are completed and before undertaking any works which are
required to be conducted at the facility. The schedule for installing and removing the acoustic
barriers, and justification for not installing acoustic barriers in certain locations, must be
described in the Ancillary Facilities Management Plan for the project prepared in accordance
with Condition A16. Acoustic barriers must be inspected and maintained to remain effective
throughout the use of the construction compound.
4.6 Decommissioning and rehabilitation
Decommissioning and rehabilitation of the ancillary facility (main compound and all other ancillary areas) will be undertaken as part of the finishing works towards the end of the construction program in late 2020 and will include the following activities;
Removal of all fencing, signage and temporary structures
Site clean-up and disposal of all surplus materials
Stabilisation and re-vegetation of the sites as per Urban Design and Landscape Plan.
Reinstatement of all leased areas to the pre-existing condition unless otherwise agreed by the land holder.
After restoration of the areas to pre-existing condition or better, a post-construction land condition assessment will occur by an independent environmental consultant. This will assess the land against pre-existing contamination or waste issues identified in the pre-construction land condition assessment.
4.7 Ancillary Facilities not assessed in the EIS
GEJV does not intend to establish ancillary facilities in areas that have not been assessed in
the EIS. Where ancillary areas are proposed in areas other than those detailed in Table 4-1,
they must be assessed against and meet the criteria listed in the Ancillary facilities
assessment criteria (Appendix B) and be included in this AFMP unless otherwise approved
by the Secretary, in accordance with NSW-CoA A15. In the event of additional ancillary
facilities being proposed that have not been assessed in the EIS/SPIR, these facilities would
have to be assessed in accordance with conditions A15 or A17, depending on the nature of
the ancillary facilities.
For minor ancillary facilities include offices, sheds and staff amenities that are not identified
in the EIS they must also be assessed against and meet the criteria (Appendix B). In
The Northern Road Upgrade, Between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Ancillary Facility Management Plan 4
accordance with the responsibilities of the ER set out in CoA A17, the ER can assess the
impacts of minor ancillary facility. The ER will use Ancillary facilities assessment criteria
(Appendix B) for facilities not assessed in the EIS.
Any future additional ancillary facilities will be detailed in an updated AFMP for assessment
and approval purposes.
5 ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT
5.1 EIS assessment of ancillary facilities against CoA criteria
The ancillary facilities identified in the EIS & G1 were assessed in accordance with the
location criteria included in the Critical SSI Standard Conditions of Approval.
These standard conditions have been developed to help infrastructure providers understand
the types of conditions likely to be applied to State significant infrastructure projects if they
are approved, including conditions related to locating ancillary facilities. The criteria used for
the EIS assessment is generally the same as the criteria in the NSW Infrastructure Approval
for the Project under NSW CoA A15 (b)(i-x). The only exception is criterion (e) on level land
which is within the standard conditions of approval, but not within the final NSW
Infrastructure Approval (SSI-7127).
In accordance with NSW COA A15, if any ancillary facilities not already identified in the EIS
and SPIR are proposed, these facilities will be assessed against the criteria listed in NSW
CoA A15 (b)(i-x) (Appendix B). The criteria used in the EIS assessment of ancillary facilities
are as follows:
(a) At least 50 m from a waterway unless an erosion and sediment control plan is prepared and implemented so as not to affect water quality in the waterway in accordance with Managing Urban Stormwater series
(b) Within or adjacent to land where the critical state significant infrastructure is being carried out
(c) With ready access to a road network
(d) So as to avoid the need for heavy vehicles to travel on local streets or through residential areas in order to access the facility
(e) On level land
(f) So as to be in accordance with the Interim Construction Noise Guidelines (DECC, 2009) or as otherwise agreed in writing with affected landowners and occupiers
(g) So as not to require vegetation clearing beyond the extent of clearing approved under other terms of this approval except as approved by the ER as minor clearing
(h) So as not to have any impact on heritage items (including areas of archaeological sensitivity) beyond the impacts identified, assessed and approved under other terms of this approval
(i) So as not to affect lawful uses of adjacent properties that are being carried out at the date upon which construction or establishment of the facility is to commence
The Northern Road Upgrade, Between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Ancillary Facility Management Plan 5
(j) To enable operation of the ancillary facility during flood events referred to in Section 8.1 and to avoid or minimise, to the greatest extent practicable, adverse flood impacts on the surrounding environment and other properties and infrastructure
(k) So as to have sufficient area for the storage of raw materials to minimise, to the greatest extent practicable, the number of deliveries required outside standard construction hours.
The results of the assessment of each proposed ancillary facility against the EIS assessment
criteria above is summarised in Table 5-1.
Table 5-1 EIS assessment of proposed ancillary facilities against criteria in standard conditions of approval
Compound location
Ancillary facility site location criteria
(a) (b) (c) (d) (e) (f) (g) (h) (i) (j) (k)
C1 Y Y Y Y Y No Y Y Y Y Y
C2 Y Y Y Y Y No Y Y Y Y Y
C3 Y Y Y Y Y No Y Y Y Y Y
C4 Y Y Y Y Y No Y Y Y Y Y
C5 Y Y No Y Y Y* Y Y Y Y Y
C6 Y Y No Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
C7 Y Y Y Y Y No Y Y Y Y Y
C8 Y Y Y Y Y No* Y Y Y Y Y
*Preferred locations for pug mill
Some of the proposed ancillary facilities for the Northern Road between Mersey Road and Eaton Road would not meet some of the specified criteria specifically criteria (c) and (f). Further assessment of these sites against these specific criteria is provided in Table 5-1, including proposed management measures and justification for proposing these sites. Table 5-2 Proposed mitigation measures for criteria not met
Criteria Proposed Management Measure
c) With ready access to a road network
Applicable compound or laydown site(s)
C5, C6.
Additional assessment
There is no current road access to these sites. There would not be a dedicated haul/access road constructed for these sites. Access to C5 and C6 will be via the mainline construction access to a suitable access point on The Northern Road.
By not constructing a dedicated haul/access road, potential impacts associated with clearing vegetation would be minimised. There
The Northern Road Upgrade, Between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Ancillary Facility Management Plan 6
Criteria Proposed Management Measure
would also be fewer indirect impacts associated with dust and noise emissions outside of the proposed construction footprint.
f) So as to be in accordance with the Interim Construction Noise Guidelines (DECC, 2009) or as otherwise agreed in writing with affected landowners and occupiers
Applicable compound or laydown site(s)
All sites with the exception of C5 and C6.
Additional assessment
There would be residential receivers located within 200 m of the proposed construction compound and laydown sites. However, due to the predominantly rural-residential nature of the project area, the site fencing as per CoA A-18 and the number of affected receivers would be relatively low. GEJV has reduced the footprint of the main ancillary facility at C8 and this has increased the distances to some of the residential receivers. There also was introductory consultation with the residents surrounding the facility.
Predicted worst case construction noise levels from the ancillary facility C8 from daytime activities would comply with Noise Management Levels (NMLs) for most receivers within the study area. Where they do not comply, GEJV will install 2.4m acoustic barriers at the ancillary boundary adjacent to the potentially affected receiver (western boundary).
Predicted worst case construction noise levels from out of-hours work would exceed night time NMLs at receivers within the study area at some time, including noise as a result of construction activity within ancillary facilities. Management measures to mitigate against any predicted NML exceedances for out of-hours work are detailed in section 5.7
All other Ancillary areas except for C8 (Main Compound) will be used for stockpiling and laydown and would not be established until after the CEMP is approved. The mitigation measures for these areas will be covered by the CEMP stockpile management protocol and the Construction Noise and Vibration Management Plan.
5.2 Environmental aspects and impacts
Establishment and operation of the ancillary facilities will result in a range of potential
construction noise, air (dust), biodiversity, traffic and visual impacts, including those
identified in Table 5-3 below.
Table 5-3 Environmental aspects and potential impacts
Environmental aspect
Potential impacts
Flora and fauna
There is no requirement for tree removal as part of the main compound (C8) ancillary facility.
Unapproved vegetation clearing
Disturbance or mortality of fauna during clearing works
The Northern Road Upgrade, Between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Ancillary Facility Management Plan 7
Habitat loss, degradation, or fragmentation
Traffic
Traffic impacts associated with heavy vehicle movements (e.g. deliveries, heavy plant mobilisation, spoil and material haulage) including potential conflicts with local traffic and increased congestion.
The high number of light vehicle movements at the certain times of the day may also cause increased congestion.
Erosion and sedimentation
Mobilisation of sediment laden/contaminated runoff entering waterways and drainage lines
Unauthorised offsite discharge.
Noise and vibration
Due to close proximity to neighbouring sensitive receivers during compound/ancillary facility establishment and operation there is a potential to impact with noise and vibration.
Noise disturbance to sensitive receivers due to out of hours work
Noise generated by operation of facility and construction traffic accessing facilities
Air quality
Generation of dust emissions and odours from access roads and transport of materials during facility establishment and operation.
Nuisance to local residents
Heritage
Potential disturbance/destruction to identified heritage sites(Miss Lawson’s Guesthouse)
Impact to undiscovered or undocumented heritage sites
Unauthorised access to Heritage areas
Storage of hazardous substances
Accidental spills and leaks, resulting in pollution of waterways and soils (hydrocarbons, curing agents, septic waste).
Waste and recycling
Generation of waste by site personnel using offices and staff amenities
Generation of waste during establishment of ancillary facilities disposed of incorrectly, e.g. recyclable materials being sent to landfill and not meeting ISCA requirements.
Visual amenity
Potential for site hoardings or other exposed surfaces to be vandalised Potential for site lighting to affect the amenity of surrounding land uses Potential for waste to not be placed in appropriate bins and result in litter around the construction worksites
Contaminated land
Potential for encountering previously undocumented contaminated material (i.e. ACM)
Socio-economic Direct land use impacts associated with the location of construction compounds, temporarily disrupting use and access to land including rural or vacant land, residential and commercial uses.
5.3 Flora and Fauna
Field surveys for the EIS identified vegetation within the assessed ancillary areas to provide poor quality fauna habitat as it is agricultural pastureland. The only exceptions are ancillary areas C2 and C8 as these areas contain Cumberland Plain Woodland (see Figure 5-2). As
The Northern Road Upgrade, Between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Ancillary Facility Management Plan 8
detailed in table 4-1, area C2 is currently being used by TNR 2 and Georgiou does not intend to use this area for TNR 4. Ancillary area C8 includes a small area of Cumberland Plain Woodland in the western corner and given that GEJV has reduced the footprint for this ancillary area it is not anticipated that establishment of ancillary facility C8 will result in any direct impacts to this EEC and subsequently any native flora or fauna. As this area of EEC falls directly under the design for the new road alignment it will need to be cleared for construction of the new road. Given the low habitat potential of the surrounding agricultural pastureland it is unlikely that noise, vibration or light associated with the operation of ancillary facilities will have an adverse impact on surrounding native flora and fauna. The safeguards outlined in the Construction Flora and Fauna Management Sub Plan will apply for the establishment and operation of all ancillary areas. The safeguards include; pre clearing surveys, ongoing monitoring, erosion and sediment control, and rehabilitation will appropriately manage the risks to flora and fauna associated with the ancillary facilities. A summary of these mitigation measures are also detailed in Section 6 of this plan.
The Northern Road Upgrade, Between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Ancillary Facility Management Plan 9
Figure 5-1 Threatened ecological communities
5.4 Soil and Water
The establishment and operation of the ancillary facility would result in clearing of grass and topsoil, stockpiling of soils, stockpiling of pavement materials, chemical storage, and general maintenance and refuelling of equipment and plant. The EIS did not identify any contaminates of concern in any of the locations of proposed for ancillary facilities.
The potential impacts associated with these activities may include;
EEC Area C8
EEC Area C2
The Northern Road Upgrade, Between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Ancillary Facility Management Plan 10
Exposure of soils during earthworks, creating the potential for offsite transport of eroded sediments and pollutants
Exposure of unexpected contamination and asbestos during topsoil stripping and earthworks, creating the potential to mobilise contaminants and contaminate other areas.
Increased turbidity of waterway due to exposure, erosion, runoff and dust propagation
Contamination from site compounds, chemical storage areas and ablution facilities
Fuel, chemicals, oils, grease and petroleum hydrocarbon spills from construction
machinery polluting the river and soils.
Disturbance of unidentified contaminated land and subsequent generation of
contaminated runoff.
Alteration of surface and subsurface flows that could cause disturbances to hydrology.
The Construction Soil and Water Management Sub – Plan and section 6 of this plan outline
proposed mitigation measures to manage these risks which include;
Training of all project personnel on sound erosion and sediment control practices
Development and implementation of erosion and sediment control plans
Correct stockpile management
Correct storage and handling of chemicals and hydrocarbons
Spill response materials and procedures
Controls and management for ablution facilities
Contaminated Lands Unexpected Finds Procedure (Appendix D)
5.5 Flooding
In the Project EIS, a technical working paper (Appendix K) was prepared to assess the flooding impacts associated with the construction and operation of the approved Project. The proposed route of the project crosses a number of existing drainage lines along which a series of both small and large dams are located. The EIS flood models show that high hazard flooding is generally confined to the farm dams and the incised reaches of the drainage system which are typically located downstream of the project corridor for events up to 100 year ARI. All the ancillary facilities including the main compound area will maintain a 50m buffer distance to any of the existing dams
5.6 Heritage
The potential impacts on Aboriginal heritage associated with the construction and operation of the approved Project were assessed in the Project EIS. As detailed in section 5.1 and table 5.1, the ancillary areas have been assessed for impact on heritage items (including areas of archaeological sensitivity). The Ancillary facility C8 assessed within the EIS is within an area with a known Aboriginal Heritage and non-Aboriginal Heritage site. The Aboriginal heritage site is TNR AFT 22 (Figure 5-3) and the non-Aboriginal Heritage site is Miss Lawson’s Guesthouse Site (Figure 5-4). However, as GEJV has reduced the footprint for the ancillary area C8 it is not anticipated that establishment of ancillary facility will result in any direct impacts to these known heritage items. These known heritage sites will be fenced off and salvaged prior to construction occurring in these areas. Both heritage sites are under the proposed new road alignment and can be fenced off and avoided during establishment of the main compound area.
The Northern Road Upgrade, Between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Ancillary Facility Management Plan 11
A clearance from the Project Archaeologist would be given stating that salvage has finished in these areas prior to any disturbance occurring in these areas. All salvage areas are considered to be exclusion zones until clearance has been provided. Mitigation and management measures for heritage are detailed in the Construction Heritage Management Plan and summarised in section 6. These include to follow Roads and Maritimes unexpected finds procedure (Appendix E) should an item of cultural heritage be identified.
The Northern Road Upgrade, Between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Ancillary Facility Management Plan 12
Figure 5-2 Location of identified Aboriginal heritage sites within the Project area
The Northern Road Upgrade, Between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Ancillary Facility Management Plan 13
Figure 5-3 Location of Miss Lawson’s Guesthouse Site
5.7 Noise
The nearest sensitive receivers to the proposed main compound area are Properties in semi-rural surrounds of Luddenham (identified as noise catchments 4 and 5 in the EIS). Existing background noise to these receivers results from traffic on The Northern Road. Other ancillary facilities south of along the proposed new road alignment are generally semi-rural properties located adjacent to new section of the project with minimal exposure to traffic noise on The Northern Road (identified as noise catchments 6, 7 and 8 in the EIS). Figure 5-4 below is from the EIS Appendix H – Technical working paper: Noise & Vibration shows the relevant noise catchments for the ancillary facilities.
The Northern Road Upgrade, Between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Ancillary Facility Management Plan 14
Figure 5-4 Noise Catchments relevant to Ancillary Facilities Based on measured noise levels described in Section 10.9 of Appendix H – Technical working paper: Noise & Vibration, the project-specific construction noise management levels for the noise catchment areas have been determined and are presented in Table 5-4.
The Northern Road Upgrade, Between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Ancillary Facility Management Plan 15
Table 5-4 Project Noise Management Levels
NCA
Monitored or determined RBL dB(A)
Noise Management Level (NML) LAeq(15 minute) dB(A)
Sleep disturbance screening criterion
LAmax dB(A)
(RBL+15dB)
STD Hrs (RBL
+10dB)
Out Of Hours (OOH) (RBL+5dB)
STD HRS
RBL
OOH Day
RBL
OOH Evening
RBL
OOH Night
RBL
Day
NML
Day
NML
Evening
NML
Night
NML
4 37 38 38 37 47 43 43 42 52
5 42 44 43 34 52 49 48 39 49
6 42 44 43 34 52 49 48 39 49
7 37 38 38 37 47 43 43 42 52
8 48 53 47 42 58 58 52 47 57
The sound power level adopted for each item of plant and equipment in the EIS modelling of construction noise for the ancillary facilities is indicated below in table 5-5. Table 5-5 Plant sound power levels for ancillary facilities
Concurrently operating Ancillary Facilities
Area Typical plant and equipment Sound Power Level
dB(A) LAeq(15min)
Ancillary Facilities excluding C6 & C8
Front end loader
Excavator
Road truck
Compressor
Welding equipment
Light vehicles
Generator
112
109
108
109
105
88
101
Ancillary Facilities C6 & C8
Front end loader
Excavator
Road truck
Compressor
Welding equipment
Light vehicles
Generator
112
109
108
109
105
88
101
* Note: sound power level includes a 5dB (A) penalty for annoying noise characteristics
The predicted construction noise impacts from activities during the establishment and operation of the ancillary facilities during standard construction hours to the affected residents
The Northern Road Upgrade, Between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Ancillary Facility Management Plan 16
in the noise catchments has been undertaken in the EIS noise assessment and summarised below in Table 5-6. This table indicates the worst case construction noise levels predicted for the least and most affected residences.
Table 5-6 Predicted Noise impacts from Ancillary Facilities during Standard Hours
NCA NML Predicted noise levels Number of affected residents
4 47
Range of predicted noise levels (dB(A)) 46-60
Number of Residence
complying 1
0-10 dBA above NML
14
10-20 dBA above NML
1
20+ dBA above NML None
Highly noise affected
≥75 dBA None
5 52
Range of predicted noise levels (dB(A)) 38-69
Number of Residence
Complying 211
0-10 dBA above NML 12
10-20 dBA above NML 1
20+ dBA above NML None
Highly noise affected
≥75 dBA None
6 52
Range of predicted noise levels (dB(A)) 39-47
Number of Residence
Complying 14
0-10 dBA above NML None
10-20 dBA above NML None
20+ dBA above NML None
Highly noise affected
≥75 dBA None
7 47
Range of predicted noise levels (dB(A)) 40-49
Number of Residence
Complying 17
0-10 dBA above NML 2
10-20 dBA above NML None
20+ dBA above NML None
Highly noise affected
≥75 dBA None
8 58
Range of predicted noise levels (dB(A)) 41-66
Number of Residence
Complying 93
0-10 dBA above NML 12
The Northern Road Upgrade, Between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Ancillary Facility Management Plan 17
10-20 dBA above NML None
20+ dBA above NML None
Highly noise affected
≥75 dBA None
It is anticipated that establishment and operation of all ancillary facilities will generally be carried out during standard construction working hours in accordance with the CoA E23, and Interim Construction Noise Guideline (DECC, 2009);
7.00am to 6.00pm, Monday to Friday
8.00am to 1.00pm on Saturdays; and
At no time on Sundays or public holidays.
The delivery of oversized plant/equipment under road guidelines may be required to occur
outside of normal hours in accordance with CoA E26(a) however they will arrive to site and
engine shut off until after 7am where they will be unloaded within standard work hours.
From the EIS noise assessment it is evident that during standard construction hours within most NCAs, it is expected that noise from the nearest ancillary facility (in isolation of noise from any other mainline works) will comply with the NML. It may exceed the NML by up to 10 dB (A) at a small number of receivers (up to 12 receivers within NCA 5) when that facility is operating at peak capacity. Additionally, one receiver in each of NCA 4 and NCA 5 may be exposed to noise levels up to 20 dB(A) above the NML during times of peak operations. As shown in Figure 5-3 GEJVs refinement of the ancillary area layout will increase buffer distances to the nearest residential receivers. Considerations of these factors will reduce the predicted noise levels and potential noise impacts determined in the EIS. Further detail on the actual noise impacts with consideration to these measures are detailed in Section 5.7.1. The only out of hours works that would occur at the main compound facility at C8 would be office administrative related activities and these activities will not impact sensitive noise receivers. It is not expected that loading or unloading of materials, processing of materials or operation of plant will be required outside of standard hours at any of the ancillary areas. In the unlikely event that out of hours works are required, they will be undertaken in accordance with the EPL and the through the out-of-hours work procedure in the Construction Noise and Vibration Management Plan. The Construction Noise and Vibration Management Plan has been developed to detail noise mitigation measures consistent with the EPL, Roads and Maritime’ CNVG, the EIS and the OACEMP. The relevant noise mitigation measures associated with the ancillary facilities have been summarised in section 6.
5.7.1 Temporary acoustic barriers
NSW CoA E31 requires that temporary acoustic barriers (2.4 metres high) are to be installed prior to commencement of work and inspected and maintained throughout the use of the ancillary sites, unless a justification for not installing acoustic barriers in certain locations, has
The Northern Road Upgrade, Between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Ancillary Facility Management Plan 18
been described in this plan. The temporary acoustic barriers will be installed in accordance with Figure 5-4. The EIS assessed potential noise impacts from the main compound area which falls within the noise catchment 4 (NCA 4). The nearest property is at the north east corner of the compound site (105-106 Adams Road) is directly adjacent and within 50m from the site compound. As detailed in Table 5-5 for NCA 4 the nearest residence (105-106 Adams Road) will experience noise levels from the compound area 10-20 dBA above NML. GEJV has further reduced the footprint of disturbance for the main ancillary facility at C8 as shown in Figure 5-3 and 5-7.
A desktop assessment, using Roads and Maritime Services Noise Estimator Tool, was undertaken to determine the potential impacts during operation of the facility to the nearest receivers. This assessment has been used to determine required noise mitigation measures including noise attenuation structures like hoarding. The recommended noise mitigation measures derived from Noise Estimator Tool are aligned with recommendations in the Roads and Maritime Construction Noise and Vibration Guideline 2016 and the Interim Construction Noise Guideline (DECC, 2009). The results are summarised in Table 5-6 below. The noise management levels (NML’s) have been adopted from the Project EIS working paper on Noise and Vibration.
Table 5-2 Noise assessment for proposed main ancillary facility operation
Nearest
Sensitive
Receiver
Distance to
GEJV
ancillary
facility (m)
Nearest
Ancillary
Activity (Figure
5-6)
Predicted
Noise level
(dBA)
Noise
Management
Level /dB(A)
Recommended noise
mitigation measures
105-115
Adams
Road
305m from
carpark
Carpark
activities
Parking of light
vehicles for
compound
office area
45 47 Predicted noise levels are
within the NMLs.
Standard noise mitigation
measures to be applied
as per table 6-1.
305m from
carpark
OOHW
Compound
activities
Possible office
administrative
work
45 43 (evening)
42 (Night)
Out of Hours works only
to occur if compliant with
CoA in accordance with
the CoA E23, the EPL
and the Interim
Construction Noise
Guideline (DECC, 2009).
45 Adams
Road
280m from
storage and
laydown
area
Laydown and
storage
activities
Delivery of
materials with
road trucks
47 48
Predicted noise levels
are within the NMLs.
Standard noise mitigation
measures to be applied
as per table 6-1.
The Northern Road Upgrade, Between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Ancillary Facility Management Plan 19
Stockpiling of
materials using
excavators and
truck and dogs
Parking of heavy
vehicles
(excavators,
trucks, etc)
280m from
storage and
laydown
area
OOHW Storage
and laydown
activities
Possible
oversize
deliveries
47 43 (evening)
42 (Night)
Out of Hours works only
to occur if compliant with
CoA in accordance with
the CoA E23, the EPL
and the Interim
Construction Noise
Guideline (DECC, 2009).
18 Eaton
Road
170m from
storage and
laydown
area
Laydown and
storage
activities
Delivery of
materials with
road trucks
Stockpiling of
materials using
excavators and
truck and dogs
Parking of heavy
vehicles
(excavators,
trucks, etc)
53 48
Currently the vacated
house(40 Eaton Road)
adjacent to the proposed
facility is offering
attenuation to nearest
resident this will be in
conjunction with the
acoustic dampening .e.g.
construct a 2.4m high
topsoil noise mound or
use 2.4m high acoustic
hoarding to reduce
potential noise impacts
by 10dBA.
170m from
storage and
laydown
area
OOHW Storage
and laydown
activities
Possible
oversize
deliveries
53 43 (evening)
42 (Night)
Out of Hours works only
to occur if compliant with
CoA in accordance with
the CoA E23, the EPL
and the Interim
Construction Noise
Guideline (DECC, 2009).
2074 The
Northern
Road
80m from
carpark
Carpark
activities
Parking of light
vehicles for
compound office
area
60 48
Build a 2.4m high topsoil
noise mound or use 2.4m
high acoustic hoarding
along the southern
boundary of the carpark
to reduce potential noise
impacts at the nearest
residential receiver by
10dBA.
80m from
carpark
OOHW Carpark
activities 60
43 (evening)
42 (Night)
Out of Hours works only
to occur if compliant with
CoA in accordance with
The Northern Road Upgrade, Between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Ancillary Facility Management Plan 20
Possible
oversize
deliveries
the CoA E23, the EPL
and the Interim
Construction Noise
Guideline (DECC, 2009).
70 Eaton
Road
80m from
carpark
Carpark
activities
Parking of light
vehicles for
compound office
area
60 48
Build a 2.4m high topsoil
noise mound or use 2.4m
high acoustic hoarding
along the southern
boundary of the carpark
to reduce potential noise
impacts at the nearest
residential receiver by
10dBA.
80m from
carpark
OOHW Carpark
activities
Possible
oversize
deliveries
60
43 (evening)
42 (Night)
Out of Hours works only
to occur if compliant with
CoA in accordance with
the CoA E23, the EPL
and the Interim
Construction Noise
Guideline (DECC, 2009).
Figure 5-5 Noise attenuation for main compound
5.8 Vibration
The nearest buildings to the ancillary facilities are equal or greater than 50m away and a vibratory roller (<300Kn, typically 7-12 tonnes) is likely to be the most vibration intensive
The Northern Road Upgrade, Between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Ancillary Facility Management Plan 21
equipment to be used during construction of the ancillary facility. The safe working distance for a vibratory roller of this size is approximately 15m for cosmetic damage (British Standard BS 7385) and approximately 100m for human comfort (DECCW). The vibratory roller will be used for site establishment activities for the main compound for approximately one week. As the safe working distances will not be exceeded, structural damage from vibration is unlikely at any adjacent residential buildings. It is possible that human discomfort vibration criteria will be exceeded and all nearby residents will be notified of the timing and duration of the works. For structural damage to heritage structures, the vibration limits set out in the German Standard DIN 4150-3: Structural Vibration – Part 3 Effects of vibration on structures However, none of the houses within 100m of the ancillary facility are heritage listed buildings and the heritage site ‘Miss Lawson’s Guesthouse’ is an archaeological site which will be salvaged prior to site establishment in this area. As detailed in Section 6, pre and post construction property condition surveys will be undertaken on buildings within 100m of vibrating compaction activities to identify any impacts associated with the establishment and operation of the ancillary facility.
5.9 Traffic and Access
With the exception of ancillary facilities C5 and C6, designated access and haulage routes
for light vehicles entering and exiting temporary ancillary facilities will be along The Northern
Road and surrounding local road network. However continual access to local roads and
properties will be provided as per NSW CoA E41 and G36 clause 4.20 (e). Access to
ancillary facility C5 and C6 will be via the mainline construction access to a suitable access
point on The Northern Road. The use of local roads to access ancillary facilities will be
limited to Eaton Road for access to the main compound at ancillary area C8 as light vehicles
will access the ancillary facility as per Figure 5-5. This will provide continual movement of
local traffic on the northern road section and minimal impact on Eaton road. Figure 5-5 will
not as part of the ancillary works but as stage 1 works. However this demonstrates plans to
keep construction traffic (light vehicles) away from local residents to mitigate against
nuisance noise etc. A condition survey will be completed on Eaton road pre construction in
accordance with CoA E-55. There will be an estimate of 200 light vehicle movements
throughout the 10 hour working day.
In accordance with CoA E26, construction vehicles arriving at ancillary facilities outside the
standard hours of work will not queue with idling engines. Site personnel will be provided
with specific training on mitigation of noise emissions from construction vehicles.
Vehicle Management Plans will be developed in accordance with the Traffic Management Plan to ensure safe vehicle movements in and out of the ancillary facility sites and provide specific mitigation measures including those detailed in Section 6.
The Northern Road Upgrade, Between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Ancillary Facility Management Plan 22
Figure 5-6 - Proposed road layout as noise & traffic mitigation measure
5.10 Visual
The ancillary facilities will result in a temporary increase in the visual extent of the construction site and activities. The proposed location for the main compound is farmland, located 500m south east from the town of Luddenham. The main compound will therefore result in a temporary visual change, it will have 2m high security fencing with shade cloth installed and will not have tall structures. Any obstruction of views from existing residential receivers adjacent to the main compound will be minimal. The compound site would have some security lighting which has the potential to cause light spill during the evening and night time period. The security lighting at the main office would most likely be mains power connected and would be directed away from adjacent residential properties to ensure any light spill impact minimised. In the event that a generator is required it will be short term until the facility is connected to the mains supply and only operated inside standard work hours and will be switched off overnight. The visual and light spill impacts associated with the ancillary facilities will be temporary in nature as the ancillary facilities including the main compound will only be in place for 2 years during the construction of between Mersey Road and Eaton Road of The Northern Road. All ancillary facility areas will be stabilised and re-vegetated as per the Landscape Plan developed for the Project.
The Northern Road Upgrade, Between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Ancillary Facility Management Plan 23
5.11 Air Quality
Establishment of the ancillary facility will result in the disturbance of the ground surface. Primary sources of dust emissions associated with the establishment and operation of the ancillary facility are;
Clearing of grasses and topsoil removal.
Movement of soil and fill.
Wind erosion from unsealed surfaces and stockpiles.
Vehicles travelling over unsealed areas.
The effects of construction activities on airborne particulate matter would be temporary and the mitigation measures detailed in the Construction Air Quality Management Plan and Section 6 of this plan include;
The carpark, Eaton Road and access tracks will be stabilised to minimise dust impacts
from movement of plant within the ancillary area. Eaton road has a bitumen surface,
however if there is a build of dust or mud it will be cleaned as per the Air quality
management plan.
A water cart will be utilised when performing earthworks during establishment works
and during stockpiling.
Stabilising stockpiles that will be in place for more than 20 days and keeping stockpiles
less than 3m in height. This will be completed in accordance with Roads and Maritime
stockpile management guideline and the protocol included in the CEMP.
Covering of all materials transported to and from the construction site.
Visual monitoring of air quality to verify the effectiveness of controls and enable early
intervention.
The installation and monitoring of depositional dust gauges to quantify dust levels and
determine whether control measures are adequate or whether further actions are
required. A depositional dust gauge will be installed directly adjacent to the nearest
residence at the main compound at ancillary area C8.
5.12 Community Consultation
Consultation regarding the Project was undertaken during the EIS exhibition period. This assessment confirms and further informs the findings of the previous assessments undertaken in relation to construction activities located in this area of the Project.
Roads and Maritime has consulted with owners of the land where ancillary facilities are proposed. Lease agreements have been acquired with the relevant land owners and Roads and Maritime and the leased areas are shown in Appendix A.
Property condition surveys will be completed before the establishment of the facility. Targeted consultation with residents and businesses located near the project area will be undertaken via notifications and/or doorknocking in accordance with the Community Communication Strategy (CCS) for the project and GEJV’s Construction Community Liaison Management Plan which is stage specific and aligned to meet the processes within the CCS. The consultation will provide the surrounding community with details of the proposed activities for each stage of use (i.e. establishment, operational and decommissioning/rehabilitation).
The Northern Road Upgrade, Between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Ancillary Facility Management Plan 24
Roads and Maritime and GEJV will continue to carry out ongoing consultation activities with neighbouring residents and business to inform them of potential amenity impacts (including noise and vibration, traffic and access, dust and odour, and visual impacts) and explain the appropriate mitigation measures that will be implemented.
6 ENVIRONMENTAL MITIGATION MEASURES
This section details the environmental mitigation measures specific to the ancillary facilities that will be implemented to minimise the environmental impacts associated with the establishment and operation of the ancillary facilities. A range of environmental mitigation measures are identified in the various assessment and approval documents for the project, including the EIS, the Submissions and Preferred Infrastructure Report, NSW and Federal Conditions of Approval, OACEMP and Roads and Maritime standard documents. Site specific mitigation measures have been adapted from these documents as relevant to the establishment; operation, decommissioning and rehabilitation of the ancillary facility, as outlined in Table 6-1.
The Northern Road Upgrade, Stage 4
Ancillary Facility Management Plan 25
Table 6-1 Environmental Mitigation Measures
ID Measure/Requirement When to Implement
Responsibility Reference
General
GEN1 Prior to establishing the ancillary facility a pre-construction land condition assessment will be undertaken by an independent environmental consultant. This will assess the land for any pre-existing contamination or waste issues prior to taking possession.
Prior to site establishment
ESR, Independent Consultant
G36, Cl4.15.2 OACEMP Ap A4, Section 2.3.1
GEN2 When the areas of land used for the site facilities are no longer required, and after restoration of the areas to pre-existing condition or better, a post-construction land condition assessment by an independent environmental consultant is required.
Post - construction ESR Independent Consultant
G36, Cl4.15.2 OACEMP Ap A4, Section 2.3.1
GEN3
The approval holder must undertake the action, including those parts of the action that occur on Commonwealth Land, in accordance with all conditions in the NSW Infrastructure Approval.
Prior to site establishment
ESR Independent Consultant
G36, CCHMP and Federal-CoA 1
GEN4
The person taking the action must maintain accurate records substantiating all activities associated with or relevant to the conditions of approval, including measures taken to implement all management plans required by this approval, and make them available upon request to the DoEE. Such records may be subject to audit by the DoEE or an independent auditor in accordance with section 458 of the EPBC Act, or used to verify compliance with the conditions of approval. Summaries of audits will be posted on the DoEE’s website. The results of audits may also be publicised through the general media.
Construction ESR Independent Consultant
G36, CCHMP and Federal-CoA 11
Flora and Fauna
FF1 A Construction Flora and Fauna Management Plan (CFFMP) would be developed for the project. The plan would include procedures for pre- clearance surveys that are consistent with the Roads and Maritime Biodiversity Guidelines (RTA, 2011). All work to be in accordance with the CFFMP.
Pre - construction ESR G36 Section 4.8 OACEMP Ap A4, Table 2-3,
FF2 Contain construction activities within the construction works zone boundary and occupy the minimum area practicable for limiting impacts on adjoining areas, including the extent of native vegetation clearing.
Prior to site establishment
construction
Project Manager Superintendent ESR
OACEMP Ap A4, Table 2-3
FF3 Clear boundaries will be applied for construction and exclusion zones for equipment, machinery and traffic to prevent unnecessary damage to native vegetation and fauna habitats.
Prior to site establishment
Project Manager Superintendent ESR
G36 Section 4.8 OACEMP Ap A4, Table 2-3
FF4 Clearing limits will be accurately and clearly marked. Existing trees within construction area and compounds that do not need to be
Prior to site establishment
Project Manager Superintendent ESR
G36 Section 4.8 OACEMP Ap A4, Table 2-3
The Northern Road Upgrade, Stage 4
Ancillary Facility Management Plan 26
ID Measure/Requirement When to Implement
Responsibility Reference
removed will be identified, protected and maintained throughout the construction period.
FF5
Once clearing limits have been surveyed and marked, a suitably qualified and experienced fauna ecologist will undertake a pre-clearing survey to identify any concerns to specific species.
Prior to site establishment
Ecologist
ESR G36 Section 4.8
FF6 During vegetation clearing, timber and root balls must be retained where practicable for reuse in habitat enhancement and rehabilitation work. The retained timber and root balls may be used on or off the CSSI site. Prior to the commencement of vegetation clearing, the Proponent must consult with community groups, the Mulgoa Valley Landcare Group and relevant government agencies to determine if retained timber and root balls could be used for environmental rehabilitation projects, before pursuing other disposal options.
Site establishment Construction
Superintendent ESR
CoA E5
FF7 Clearing boundary demarcation and tree protection zones will be inspected during the weekly environmental inspection and recorded in the Georgiou One App Environmental inspection template. Inspection findings will be reported in the environmental monthly report.
Construction ESR G40 / good practice
FF8 Native vegetation would be re-established in accordance with Guide 3: Re-establishment of native vegetation of the Biodiversity Guidelines: Protecting and managing biodiversity on RTA projects
Rehabilitation and landscaping
ESR CoA B5
Soil and water
SW1 A Construction Soil and Water Management Plan (CSWMP) would be developed in accordance with the Roads and Maritime specification G38 – Soil and Water Management and the Blue Book – Soils and Construction – Managing Urban Stormwater Volume 1 (Landcom, 2004) and Volume 2D (DEC, 2008a). All work to be in accordance with the SWMP.
Pre - construction ESR G38 OACEMP Ap A4, Table 2-3,
SW2 Training will be provided to all project personnel, including relevant subcontractors on sound erosion and sediment control practices and the requirements from this plan through inductions, toolboxes and targeted training.
Pre-construction Construction
Superintendent
ESR
G38/G36, Good practice
The Northern Road Upgrade, Stage 4
Ancillary Facility Management Plan 27
ID Measure/Requirement When to Implement
Responsibility Reference
SW3 An erosion and sediment control plan will be developed in accordance with Managing Urban Stormwater – Soils and Construction Volume 1 (Landcom, 2004) and Volume 2D (DECC, 2008). This plan will incorporate erosion control measure to limit the movement of soil from disturbed areas, and sediment control measures to remove any sediment from runoff.
Prior to site establishment
Superintendent ESR
ESCPs
G38
Blue Book (Landcom, 2004), NSW-CoA E8
SW4 All soils to be transported offsite, will be identified and classified in accordance with the Protection of the Environment Operations Act 1997 (POEO Act) and Waste Classification Guidelines
Construction Superintendent ESR
G36 Clause 4.11
SW5 All topsoil will be surveyed for contamination prior to stripping and monitored during topsoil stripping.
An Unexpected Discovery of Contaminated Land Procedure (Appendix D) will be implemented if potentially contaminated land, spoil or fill is encountered. Works in the vicinity will be stopped or modified and will not recommence until the material has been analysed and management measures implemented.
Pre-construction Construction
Superintendent ESR
G36 Clause 4.2.3, R44 cl 2.3
SW6 A spill management procedure will developed as part of the Pollution Incident Response Plan (PIRMP) and personnel will be inducted on its procedures in the event of a spill. All fuels and chemicals will be stored and used in accordance with the appropriate guidelines and standards
Pre-construction Construction
ESR PIRMP for EPL holders under the POEO Act 1997
SW7 All erosion and sediment controls will be inspected weekly and post rainfall events >10mm. Soil conservation inspection will occur on a monthly frequency. Required maintenance and improvements will be recorded in the Georgiou One App Environmental inspection template. Inspection findings will be reported in the environmental monthly report.
Construction ESR G36 Clause 3.3.1
SW8 Where available and practicable, captured stormwater, recycled water or other water sources shall be used in preference to potable water for construction, including dust control and assist compaction..
Construction Superintendent
ESR
G36, CoA E71
Stockpile Management
SP1 Stockpiling of material will not occur within 5m of vegetation protection areas and tree protection zones. Delineation will be in accordance with AS 4970.
Pre-construction Construction
Project Manager
ESR
G38 Clause 3.2
The Northern Road Upgrade, Stage 4
Ancillary Facility Management Plan 28
ID Measure/Requirement When to Implement
Responsibility Reference
SP2 Stockpiles will be located at least 5m from concentrated water flows and 50m from the top of bank of any watercourse or drainage line
Pre-construction Construction
Project Manager
ESR
G38 Clause 3.2
SP3 Cover, or otherwise protect from erosion, stockpiles that will be in place for more than 4 weeks as well as any stockpiles that are susceptible to wind or water erosion, within 10 days of forming each stockpile in accordance with the blue book.
Pre-construction Construction
Project Manager
ESR
G38 Clause 3.2
SP4 Clean topsoil to be retained for rehabilitation purposes, weed contaminated topsoil to be separated from clean topsoil.
Pre-construction Construction
Project Manager, ESR
G38 Clause 3.2
SP5 Weed mitigation measures including early establishment of a sterile cover crop on topsoil stockpiles will be implemented to prevent and minimise the growth of weeds.
Construction Project Manager
ESR
G38 Clause 3.2
SP6 There would be no stockpiling of soil or construction materials within utility easement corridors
Pre-construction Construction
Project Manager
ESR
OACEMP
Ap A4, table 2-3
SP7 Controls will be placed around stockpiles and immediately downslope of excavated areas to minimise siltation and sedimentation.
Pre-construction Construction
Superintendent G38 Clause 3.2
SP8 The ESCP must detail the measures that will be implemented to protect stockpiles from erosion by wind and water erosion.
Pre-construction Construction
ESR G38 Clause 3.2
SP9 Stockpile areas will be included in the weekly and post rainfall environmental inspections and recorded in the Georgiou One App Environmental inspection template. Inspection findings will be reported in the environmental monthly report.
Site establishment
Construction
ESR G38 Clause 3.2
Material Storage and Management
CH1 A project-specific Construction Waste and Energy Management sub-plan (CWEMP) would be prepared before construction. The plan would adopt the Resources Management Hierarchy principles of the WARR Act. All work to be in accordance with the CWEMP.
Pre - construction ESR G38 OACEMP
Ap A4, Table 2-3
CH2 All fuels, chemicals, and liquids would be stored at least 50 m away from the existing stormwater drainage system and would be stored in an impervious bunded area within the compound site.
Construction Site Supervisor
Foreman
G36 Cl 4.3
OACEMP
Ap A4, Table 2-3
CH3 Storage, handling and use of dangerous goods and hazardous substances would be in accordance with the Work Health and Safety
Site establishment
Construction
Site Supervisor
Foreman
OACEMP
Ap A4, Table 2-3
The Northern Road Upgrade, Stage 4
Ancillary Facility Management Plan 29
ID Measure/Requirement When to Implement
Responsibility Reference
Act 2011 and the Storage and Handling of Dangerous Goods Code of Practice (WorkCover NSW, 2005).
CH4 Inspect all plant and equipment daily for leakages of fuel, oil or hydraulic fluid. Repair any defective or deteriorated equipment that may result in leaks or leaks before using plant or equipment. Maintain records of plant inspections
Site establishment
Construction
Operators G36 Cl 4.3
CH5 Keep adequate quantities of suitable material to counteract spillage readily available. Clean up all chemical spills immediately.
Site establishment
Construction
Superintendent\Foreman
G36 Clause 4.3
CH6 Emergency spill kits for the management of wet and dry chemical spills must be available at all compound areas
Site establishment
Construction
Superintendent\Foreman
G36 Cl 4.3
CH7 Vehicle wash downs and/or concrete truck washouts would be undertaken within a designated bunded area of an impervious surface or undertaken off-site
Site establishment
Construction
ESR,
Superintendent Foreman
G36 Cl 4.11
OACEMP
Ap A4, Table 2-3
CH8 Waste oil, oily rags, oil filters and oily waters will be disposed of by an appropriately licensed contractor to a waste facility where the materials are lawfully accepted.
Construction ESR,
Superintendent Foreman
G36 Cl 4.11
CH9 Storage of dangerous goods and hazardous materials would occur in accordance with suppliers’ instructions and relevant Australian Standards and may include bulk storage tanks, chemical storage cabinets / containers or impervious bunds
Construction Superintendent Foreman
OACEMP
Ap A4, Table 2-3
CH10 Provide security for buildings, materials, construction plant and machinery. Take all necessary precautions to make the area safe to the public
Site establishment
Construction
ESR
Superintendent Foreman
Best practice
CH11 Ensure that adequate rubbish receptacles are provided to enable & promote waste segregation from putrescible waste and recyclable waste. Service these receptacles regularly and to the satisfaction of the Principal to ensure that the construction area remains tidy.
Site establishment
Construction
ESR
Superintendent Foreman
Best practice
CH12 Waste management measures will be based upon the philosophy of reduce, reuse, recycle and appropriate disposal. Refer to Construction Waste & Energy Management Plan and Sustainability Management Plan.
Construction Superintendent
ESR
G36 Clause 4.11
The Northern Road Upgrade, Stage 4
Ancillary Facility Management Plan 30
ID Measure/Requirement When to Implement
Responsibility Reference
CH13 All wastes, including contaminated wastes, would be identified and classified in accordance with the Waste Classification Guidelines: Part 1 Classifying Waste
Construction Superintendent
ESR
OACEMP
Ap A4, Table 2-3
CH14 Disposal of any non-recyclable waste would be in accordance with the POEO Act and Waste Classification Guidelines: Part 1 Classifying Waste
Construction Superintendent
ESR
OACEMP
Ap A4, Table 2-3
CH15 Concrete pumping or concreting activities will be undertaken in accordance with Environmental Best Management Practice Guideline for Concreting Contractors 2002 to prevent and/or minimise spillages.
Construction Superintendent
ESR
Good Practice
CH16 The refuelling of plant and maintenance machinery would be undertaken at least 50m from waterways with appropriate spill containment mechanisms in place such as impervious bunding and the provision of spill kits nearby.
Construction Superintendent
ESR
Good Practice
OACEMP
Ap A4, Table 2-3
CH17 Hydrocarbon, chemical and waste storage areas will be included in the weekly and post rainfall environmental inspections and recorded in the Georgiou One App Environmental inspection template. Inspection findings will be reported in the environmental monthly report.
Construction ESR Good Practice
Heritage
HER1 A Construction Cultural Heritage Management Plan (CCHMP) would be prepared as part of the CEMP prior to construction providing protocols and procedures to be implemented during construction to ensure the protection of items of heritage significance. Works must be in accordance with the CCHMP and known heritage items (both Aboriginal & non-Aboriginal) will have an demarcation fence and signed exclusion zone, this will be communicated in the project induction and toolboxes.
Pre - construction ESR G38 OACEMP Ap A4, Table 2-3 NSW -CoA E9, NSW-CoA E11
HER2 Prior to commencing work all construction personnel will undergo a induction which would contain information on heritage values and items in the area and on environmental management measures to minimise potential heritage impacts. This induction will identify procedures for unexpected heritage finds.
Works must be in accordance with the CCHMP
Pre - construction ESR G36 Section 5, NSW-
CoA C5
The Northern Road Upgrade, Stage 4
Ancillary Facility Management Plan 31
ID Measure/Requirement When to Implement
Responsibility Reference
HER3 The Roads and Maritime’s unexpected finds protocol will be implemented for the works in relation to unexpected heritage finds and in the event of uncovering possible human skeletal remains
This includes cessation of works in the vicinity, assessment of the significance of the item(s) and determination of appropriate mitigation measures including when works can re-commence by a suitably qualified and experienced archaeologist in consultation with the Department, OEH and registered Aboriginal stakeholders. Works must be in accordance with the CCHMP
Site establishment
Construction
Project Manager
Superintendent
ESR
Roads and Maritime
Roads and Maritime Unexpected Heritage Items Procedure –
Annexure B, NSW CoA E16, E17, E21, E22
HER4 Miss Lawson’s Guesthouse will be demarcated with signage erected and communicated as area is a No GO Zone for the duration of construction.
Site establishment
Construction
Project Manager
Superintendent
ESR
NSW-CoA E11
Noise and Vibration
NV1 A Construction Noise and Vibration Management Plan (CNVMP) would be prepared in accordance with the requirements in the ICNG and Roads and Maritime CNVG. All work to be in accordance with the CNVMP.
Pre - construction ESR G38 OACEMP Ap A4, Table 2-3
NV2 Implement all reasonable and feasible mitigation measures to ensure the works comply with the relevant Noise Management Levels. This shall include;
Works will be undertaken in accordance within the standard working hours unless in compliance with the Project EPL or CoA E26.
All construction plant and equipment used on the site will be: - Fitted with properly maintained noise suppression
devices in accordance with the manufacturer’s specifications.
- Maintained in an efficient condition. - Operated in a proper and efficient manner
All noise and vibration complaints will be managed in accordance with the Complaints Management System.
loading and unloading will be carried out away from sensitive receivers, where practicable
Ensure all deliveries occur during standard construction hours where reasonable and feasible.
Prior to site establishment Site establishment Construction
Superintendent ESR
G36, Cl4.16 OACEMP Ap A4, Table 2-3 NSW CoA E23- E25 and E28
The Northern Road Upgrade, Stage 4
Ancillary Facility Management Plan 32
ID Measure/Requirement When to Implement
Responsibility Reference
Loading and unloading should be carried out away from sensitive receivers, as far as practicable.
Avoiding noisy plant from working simultaneously in close proximity adjacent to sensitive receivers will result in reduced noise emissions and exposure.
Equipment which is used intermittently is to be shut down when not in use.
Where possible, equipment with directional noise emissions should be oriented away from sensitive receivers.
Reversing of equipment should be minimised so as to prevent nuisance caused by reversing alarms.
schedule a respite period of one hour for every three hours of continuous high noise generating construction activity, or scheduling high noise generating works to the less sensitive times of 9:00 am to 12:00 pm or 2:00 pm to 5:00 pm.
Noise intensive works to be completed in continuous blocks not exceeding three hours each with a minimum respite from those activities and works of not less than one hour between each block.
GEJV must identify and consult with receivers identified as being subject to levels that exceed the Highly Noise Affected criteria with the objective of determining appropriate hours of respite unless an agreement is reached with those receivers.
Locate topsoil as noise mounds along the perimeter of compound site adjacent to residential receivers as per the Ersed Plan for main site compound.
Construction vehicles arriving at the project site and construction compounds outside the standard construction hours described in Condition E23 must not queue with idling engines.
NV3 Pre and post construction property condition surveys will be undertaken at houses within 100m of the ancillary areas to identify any impacts associated with the establishment and operation of the ancillary facility. Property condition reports are to be provided to landowners and Councils (where agreed by landowner) within 3 weeks and no later than one month prior to commencement of works.
Prior to site establishment Construction
Project Manager ESR
G36, Cl4.15.2 OACEMP Ap A4, Section 2.3.1, E36, E42 & E44
The Northern Road Upgrade, Stage 4
Ancillary Facility Management Plan 33
ID Measure/Requirement When to Implement
Responsibility Reference
When working within 5m of a sensitive receptor the “no vibe” function will be used on the roller. If compaction is required within 5m of Mrs Lawson’s Guesthouse or other heritage structures, a vibration setting will be turned off. GEJV may conduct vibration testing before and during vibration generating activities that have the potential to impact on heritage items to identify minimum working distances to prevent cosmetic damage. ln the event that the vibration testing and monitoring shows that the preferred values for vibration are likely to be exceeded, the Proponent must review the construction methodology and, if necessary, implement additional mitigation measures.
NV 4 The CSSI must be constructed with the aim of achieving the following construction vibration goals:
(a) for structural damage to heritage structures, the vibration limits set out in the German Standard DIN 4150-3: Structural Vibration – Part 3 Effects of vibration on structures;
(b) for damage to other buildings and/or structures, the vibration limits set out in the British Standard BS 7385-1:1990 – Evaluation and measurement of vibration in buildings—Guide for measurement of vibration and evaluation of their effects on buildings (and referenced in Australian Standard 2187.2 – 2006 Explosives – Storage and use – Use of explosives); and
for human exposure, the acceptable vibration values set out in Assessing Vibration: A Technical Guideline (Department of Environment and Conservation, 2006).
Site establishment Construction
Project Manager ESR
G36, Cl4.15.2 OACEMP Ap A4, Section 2.3.1,
NV5 GEJV to ensure that vibration from construction activities does not exceed the vibration limits set out in the British Standard BS 7385-2:1993 Evaluation and measurement for vibration in buildings. Guide to damage levels from groundborne vibration.
Site establishment Construction
Project Manager ESR
G36, Cl4.15.2 OACEMP Ap A4, Section 2.3.1,
NV6 Attended noise monitoring will occur monthly at the nearest residential receiver against the NMLs. Attended noise monitoring will also occur if a complaint is received or during any OOHW.
Site establishment Construction
ESR Good practice.
NV7 Temporary acoustic barriers (2.4 metres high) are to be installed as soon as site establishment works at the ancillary facility are completed and before undertaking any works which are required to be conducted at the facility. unless a justification for not installing
acoustic barriers in certain locations, has been described in this plan. Acoustic barriers must be inspected and maintained to remain effective throughout the use of the construction compound.
Site establishment Construction
Project Manager ESR
CoA E31
Effluent Management
The Northern Road Upgrade, Stage 4
Ancillary Facility Management Plan 34
ID Measure/Requirement When to Implement
Responsibility Reference
EM1 Toilet blocks will be fitted with a 4000L waste holding tank. Pumping out of waste is to be conducted by a licensed waste contractor and disposed of at a suitably licensed waste facility in accordance with the Construction Waste Management sub-plan and EPA requirements
Site establishment
Construction
Project Manager
ESR
Good practice.
EM2 Push taps will be installed within the toilet blocks to prevent taps being left on accidentally.
Site establishment
Construction
Project Manager
ESR
Good practice.
EM3 A high sensor auto shut off valve (80%) will be installed on the waste system to prevent the tank from overflowing.
The system will be checked weekly as part of environmental inspections.
Site establishment
Construction
Project Manager
ESR
Good practice.
Traffic and access
TR1 A Construction Traffic Management Plan (CTMP) would be developed, approved, implemented and monitored as part of the project. The TMP would ensure the use of local roads by heavy vehicles to access temporary ancillary facilities would be limited as far as is reasonably practicable. All work to be in accordance with the CTMP.
Pre-construction Construction
Project Manager G36 Clause 3.1
OACEMP
Ap A4, table 2-3
TR2 Wherever practical all removal and delivery of materials and plant will be timed to occur outside of the peak traffic periods to minimise delay in the area however within standard construction hours.
Site establishment
Construction
Superintendent Good practice
TR3 Construction vehicles arriving at the project site and Construction compounds outside the standard Construction hours must not queue with idling engines.
Site establishment
Construction
Superintendent CoA E28
TR4 Unencumbered access to private property must be maintained during Construction unless otherwise agreed with the landowner in advance. A landowner’s access that is physically affected be reinstated to at least an equivalent standard, in consultation with the landowner.
Site establishment
Construction
Superintendent CoA E41
TR5 Vehicles used in the delivery of the project must not use local roads unless no suitable alternatives are available. Where the use of local roads is proposed, these must be identified in a Traffic Management plan.
Site establishment
Construction
Superintendent CoA E54
The Northern Road Upgrade, Stage 4
Ancillary Facility Management Plan 35
ID Measure/Requirement When to Implement
Responsibility Reference
TR6 A Road Dilapidation Report must be prepared by a suitably qualified person for local roads (and associated infrastructure) proposed to be used by Construction vehicles for works associated with the project before the commencement of use by such vehicles. Copies of the Road Dilapidation Report must be provided to the relevant Council within three (3) weeks of completing the surveys and no later than one (1) month before the use of local roads by project vehicles.
pre-construction Project Engineer
Superintendent
CoA E55
TR7 If damage to roads occurs as a result of Construction, the Proponent must rectify the damage so as to restore the road to at least the condition it was in pre-works, unless otherwise agreed by the relevant Councils.
Post construction Project Engineer
Superintendent
CoA E56
TR8 During construction, measures must be implemented to maintain pedestrian and vehicular access to, and parking in the vicinity of, businesses and affected properties. Alternative pedestrian access, vehicular access, and parking arrangements, and signage to direct customers to these businesses and affected properties, must be developed in consultation with affected businesses.
Construction Project Engineer
Superintendent
CoA E57
TR9 Signage and directions to businesses must be provided before, and for the duration of, any disruption during Construction.
Pre-construction
Construction
Project Engineer
Superintendent
CoA E58
Visual
VIS1 The visual impact of ancillary facilities on adjacent residential areas will be minimised through the careful planning and positioning of temporary offices, other plant and material laydown areas, and specific management of lighting and potential for light spill within the identified ancillary facility.
Pre-construction Construction
Superintendent ESR
Good practice
VIS2 Undertake property adjustments and relocation of infrastructure (for example, fencing, dams, property access) in consultation with the property owner.
Construction Superintendent ESR
OACEMP Ap A4, Table 2-3
VIS3 Areas affected by construction would be reinstated and restored in accordance with the urban design and landscape strategy.
Prior to completion of project
Superintendent Foreman
OACEMP Ap A4, Table 2-3
VIS4 Any areas temporarily disturbed during construction will be rehabilitated as soon as feasible and reasonable following the completion of construction/operation of the ancillary facilities.
Prior to completion of project
Superintendent Foreman
G36, Cl4
VIS5 The design of temporary lighting must avoid unnecessary light spill on adjacent residents or sensitive receivers and be designed in accordance with AS 1158.1-1986.
Construction Superintendent ESR
OACEMP Ap A4, Table 2-3
The Northern Road Upgrade, Stage 4
Ancillary Facility Management Plan 36
ID Measure/Requirement When to Implement
Responsibility Reference
VIS6 Consider the provision of barriers to screen views from visually sensitive nearby areas such as rural dwellings, residential and recreational areas.
Construction Superintendent ESR
OACEMP Ap A4, Table 2-3
VIS7 Contain construction activities within the construction works zone boundary and occupy the minimum area practicable for limiting impacts on adjoining areas, including the extent of native vegetation clearing.
Construction Superintendent ESR
OACEMP Ap A4, Table 2-3
Air Quality
AIR1 Dust and emissions generation at compounds would be managed by:
installation of perimeter screening around compound sites
impose low speeds limits around compound sites to limit the generation of dust from vehicle movements
apply wheel-wash or rumble grid facilities at access points to limit the tracking of materials beyond the site boundary
ensure that compound area surfaces are well compacted or sealed to limit the potential for dust generation
regularly water stockpiles and limit the amount of materials stockpiled around the site
Limit stockpiling activities during conditions where winds are blowing strongly in the direction(s) from the stockpiling location to nearby receivers.
position stockpiling areas as far as possible from surrounding receivers Where available and practicable, and of appropriate chemical and biological quality, stormwater, recycled water or other water sources may be used in preference to potable water for the delivery of the CSSI, including dust control.
Pre-construction Construction
Superintendent Foreman
G36, Cl4.4 OACEMP Ap A4, Table 2-3, NSW-CoA E71, NSW-CoA E72
AIR2 Dust generation will be visually inspected daily by the supervisors during all works to ensure excess dust is not generated and is not leaving site. Air quality and dust management will be formally inspected weekly and recorded in the Georgiou One App Environmental inspection template. Inspection findings will be reported in the environmental monthly report.
Construction Supervisors, ESR
G36 Clause 4.4.1 OACEMP Ap A4, Table 2-3, NSW CoA E71
AIR3 Install depositional dust gauges in accordance with the Construction Air Quality Management Sub Plan to quantify dust levels and determine whether control measures are adequate or whether further actions are required. A depositional dust gauge will be
Construction Supervisors, ESR
OACEMP Ap A4, Table 2-3
The Northern Road Upgrade, Stage 4
Ancillary Facility Management Plan 37
ID Measure/Requirement When to Implement
Responsibility Reference
installed directly adjacent to the nearest residence at the main compound at ancillary area C8.
Waste
WE1 Waste generated in the delivery of the Project must be dealt with in accordance with the waste minimisation hierarchy principles of avoid/reduce/reuse/ recycle/dispose with the following priorities:
i. waste generation is to be avoided and where avoidance is not reasonably practicable, waste generation is to be reduced;
ii. where avoiding or reducing waste is not possible, waste is to be re-used, recycled, or recovered; and
iii. where re-using, recycling or recovering waste is not possible, waste is to be treated or disposed of at a waste management facility or premises lawfully permitted to accept the materials.
Construction ESR, Superintendent
G36 Cl. 4.11.1 NSW CoA E68 – E70
WE2
Waste generated outside the site must not be received at the site for storage, treatment, processing, reprocessing, or disposal on the site, except as expressly permitted by a licence or waste exemption under the POEO Act, if such a licence is required in relation to that waste.
Construction ESR, Superintendent
EIS Table 8-45, WR-1 NSW CoA E68
WE3
All waste materials removed from the CSSI site must only be directed to a waste management facility or premise lawfully permitted to accept the materials or in accordance with a Resource Recovery Exemption or Order issued under the Protection of the Environment Operations (Waste) Regulation 2014, or to any other place that can lawfully accept such waste.
Construction ESR, Superintendent
NSW CoA E69
WE4
All waste must be classified in accordance with the EPA’s Waste Classification Guidelines, with appropriate records and disposal dockets retained for audit purposes
Construction ESR, Superintendent
CoA E70
Community Consultation
CON1 Affected residents and local business owners will be consulted prior to establishing the ancillary facility to identify appropriate measures to manage potential impacts which will be in accordance with the Community Communication Strategy (CCS)
Pre - construction Community Liaison Officer ESR
G36 Clause 3.7.2 OACEMP Ap A4, Table 2-3
CON2 On-going consultation in accordance with the CCS to local business owners, including owners of agricultural businesses, located close to
Pre – construction Construction
Community Liaison Officer
G36 Clause 3.7.2 OACEMP
The Northern Road Upgrade, Stage 4
Ancillary Facility Management Plan 38
ID Measure/Requirement When to Implement
Responsibility Reference
construction works about the timing, duration and likely impact of construction activities on their business operations would be carried out.
ESR
Ap A4, Table 2-3
The Northern Road Stage 4 Project
Ancillary Facilities Management Plan 59
7 COMPLIANCE MANAGEMENT
7.1 Roles and responsibilities
The Project Team’s organisational structure and overall roles and responsibilities are outlined in Section 5.1.7 - 5.1.14 of the OACEMP. Specific responsibilities for the implementation of environmental controls are detailed in Section 7 of this Plan.
7.2 Training
All employees, contractors and utility staff working on site will undergo site induction training relating to the development and operation of ancillary facilities. The induction training will address elements related to facility operations including:
Existence and requirements of this AFMP.
Relevant legislation.
Community expectations.
Traffic and access.
Soil and water management.
Dust management.
Flood warning and evacuation.
recognition and awareness of site hazards
Contingency and emergency response planning.
Spill management.
Handling and disposal of hazardous goods and materials.
Construction vehicle noise minimisation measures.
Vegetation clearing.
Sensitive areas and exclusion zones.
Further details regarding staff induction and training are outlined in Chapter 6.7.1 of the OACEMP.
7.3 Monitoring and inspections
As detailed in Section 6.1 of the OACEMP, weekly inspections of the site, including ancillary facilities, will occur for the duration of the project. The Environmental Site Representative will undertake these inspections. In addition regular inspections (fortnightly or monthly as required) by the Independent Environmental Representative will occur and an ER Inspection Report will be provided to Roads and Maritime and the GEJV. Additional requirements and responsibilities in relation to monitoring and inspections are documented in Section 6.1 of the OACEMP.
7.4 Auditing Audits will be undertaken to assess the effectiveness of environmental controls, compliance with this plan, CoA and other relevant approvals, licenses and guidelines. Audit requirements are detailed in Section 6.4 of the OACEMP. An audit schedule will be developed as per Section 6 of the OACEMP by GEJV’s Environmental Manager and will include all external and internal audits.
The Northern Road Upgrade, Stage 4
Ancillary Facility Management Plan 65
7.5 Incident Management
An Incident Reporting Procedure (section 6.5 of the OACEMP) covers incidents management and the reporting requirements. A Pollution Incident Response Management Plan (CEMP - Appendix A2) has been developed to minimise the impact of spills including details on the requirements for managing, cleaning up and reporting.
7.6 Complaints Management
Complaints will be recorded in accordance with the approved Community Communication Strategy and Complaints Management System. Information will be recorded as per the requirements of the Complaints Register for the project. All resident complaints will be managed as per the timelines identified in the Complaints Management System and reported to Roads and Maritime for inclusion in complaints reporting.
7.7 Reporting
Reporting requirements and responsibilities are documented in Section 6.5 of the OACEMP.
7.8 Ongoing risk analysis
GEJV Environmental Representatives are responsible for ensuring Project environmental
risks are identified and included in the risk register and appropriate mitigation measures
implemented throughout the construction of the Project.
Review and, if necessary, update of the Project risk register will be an ongoing process
which will occur, as a minimum:
when a risk has been identified
where there is a change in work systems, materials, equipment, practices or
procedures on site
in response to incidents
where new information about an environmental risk becomes available or where
personnel raise concerns about an environmental risk
at regularly scheduled times (monthly), including during reviews of the Project risk
register at GEJV Project meetings and the quarterly management review meetings
(Error! Reference source not found. of the OACEMP.
The requirement for the regular review and update of the aspects and impacts register as
part of continuous improvement is included in Error! Reference source not found. of the
OACEMP.
Where new risks are identified, these will be included in the risk register, assessed and
control measures put in place to eliminate or minimise the level of risk. Monitoring and review
of the effectiveness of control measures will be carried out during weekly environmental
inspections and may include consultation with site personnel involved in managing the
identified risks.
The Northern Road Upgrade, Stage 4
Ancillary Facility Management Plan 65
8 REVIEW AND IMPROVEMENT
8.1 Continuous improvement
Continuous improvement of this plan will be achieved by the ongoing evaluation of environmental management performance against environmental policies, objectives and targets for the purpose of identifying opportunities for improvement. The continuous improvement process will be designed to:
Identify areas of opportunity for improvement of environmental management and
performance.
Determine the cause or causes of non-conformances and deficiencies.
Develop and implement a plan of corrective and preventative action to address any
non-conformances and deficiencies.
Verify the effectiveness of the corrective and preventative actions.
Document any changes in procedures resulting from process improvement.
Make comparisons with objectives and targets.
8.2 AFMP update and amendment
The processes described in section 1.6 of the OACEMP will be used to update or revise this Plan. This will occur as needed throughout the project life. A copy of the updated plan and changes will be distributed as required to all relevant stakeholders such as DPE & EPA Council in accordance with the approved document control procedure – refer to Section 1.6 of the OACEMP. In the event that the AFMP requires amendment, the ER can approve comments that are deemed to be minor however in the event that suggested amendments are deemed to be significant then the amended plan will be resubmitted back to the DPE for approval and additional consultation where required. In the case of ancillary facilities that come under condition A15, the AFMP would be updated to reflect any additional ancillary facilities and the assessment as per condition A15.
Any future additional ancillary facilities will be detailed in an updated AFMP for assessment
and approval purposes.
The Northern Road Stage 4 Project
Ancillary Facilities Management Plan 59
Appendix A Roads and Maritime Leased Areas The AFMP demonstrates how the site is set up in conjunction with EIS and G1 specifications.
Table 8-21 - Location of the Ancillary locations to be considered under the approval of this AFMP.
Proposed Location Lot & DP Reference Status of lease RMS Approved Purpose
C1 Not referenced in G1
Specification To be agreed
Not approved to date
Sediment Basin
C2 Not referenced in G1
Specification To be agreed
Not approved to date
Ancillary Facility
C3 Lot 92 DP27550 To be agreed Yes Sediment
Basin
C4 Lot 102 DP812653 Approved Yes Sediment
Basin
C5 Lot 11 DP 1092165 Approved Yes Sediment
Basin
C6 Lot 2 DP 851626 Approved Yes Ancillary Facility
C7 Lot 20 DP258 Not approved
to date Not approved to
date Sediment
Basin
C8 DP250030 Approved Yes Ancillary Facility
The Northern Road Upgrade, Stage 4
Ancillary Facility Management Plan 65
Figure 5-7 – Location of the proposed of Ancillary locations
The Northern Road Stage 4 Project
Ancillary Facilities Management Plan 59
Appendix B Ancillary facilities assessment criteria (NSW-CoA A17) for facilities not assessed in the EIS
The Northern Road Stage 4 Project Ancillary Facilities Management Plan 67
Ancillary facilities assessment criteria (NSW-CoA A17) for facilities not assessed in the EIS
Criteria Yes/No Evidence Comments
Location
Purpose
Is the facility a minor facility (eg office, shed or staff amenities)?
Criteria
1. Minor ancillary facilities comprising lunch sheds, office sheds, and portable toilet facilities, that are not identified in the documents listed in Condition A1 and which do not satisfy the criteria set out in Condition A15 of this approval must satisfy the following criteria:
2. have no greater environmental and amenity impacts than those that can be managed through the implementation of environmental measures detailed in the OACEMP required under
Condition C1 of this approval; and
3. have been assessed by the ER to have:
i. minimal amenity impacts to surrounding residences and businesses, after consideration of matters such as compliance with the ICNG, traffic and access impacts, dust and odour impacts, and visual (including light spill) impacts;
ii. minimal environmental impact with respect to waste management and flooding; and
iii. No impacts on biodiversity, soil and water, and heritage items beyond those already approved under other terms of this approval.
Approval of minor ancillary facility
Are criteria above met?
Date of approval by ER
The Northern Road Stage 4 Project Ancillary Facilities Management Plan
67
Appendix C Evidence of consultation
The Northern Road Stage 4 Project Ancillary Facilities Management Plan 67
Form Agency Date Received
Review Comment Roads and Maritime / Contractor response
Email EPA 16/08/18 Email received on the 16/08/18 from the EPA advising that it is not their policy to review management plans. The EPA’s expectations will be specified in the project’s environmental protection licence when it is issued.
Noted by GEJV
Phone Call
Liverpool Council
13/08/18 Georgiou Environmental Manager received a phone call from the Liverpool Council delegate on the 13/08/18. The Liverpool council delegate had no issues with the Ancillary Facility Management Plan as all areas had been previously assessed in the EIS. The Delegate asked for further detail on the traffic staging and traffic controls to be implemented on the project.
GEJV sent an email response to the Liverpool Council delegate on the 15/08/18 with further detail on the traffic management proposed for the project including an offer to provide traffic staging plans and vehicle management plans for information when they have been completed the GEJV traffic consultant.
The Northern Road Stage 4 Project Ancillary Facilities Management Plan
67
Appendix D
Unexpected Discovery of Contaminated Land Procedure Purpose The purpose of this management procedure is to effectively manage any unexpected finds of contaminated material on the Northern Road Upgrade, .between Mersey Road and Eaton Road Scope There is potential for previously unidentified contaminants to be uncovered during the works. This might be by observation of any unusual physical/sensory characteristics of the impacted soil, such as changes in colour, changes in texture, visual evidence, or odour. Unexpected finds may include unexpected discovery of hazardous building materials, such as asbestos containing materials, or unexpected discovery of contaminants in addition to the type already identified on-site, such as surface or buried material with visual or olfactory evidence of contamination. Induction/Training All GEJV personnel are to be inducted on the identification of potential land contamination including asbestos contaminated material and coal tar in existing asphalt. They will be trained in the relevant actions associated with this procedure during the project site induction and regular toolbox talks. Procedure Follow the procedure listed below in the case of unexpected contamination finds; 1. Works should cease in the area and the supervisor should be notified immediately 2. The area should be cordoned off to prevent access by other workers and public 3. A suitably qualified environmental consultant will be engaged to provide interim advice
based on visual inspection on construction health and safety, material storage and material disposal to allow construction to proceed as soon as practical.
4. The suitably qualified environmental consultant will prepare a Remediation Action Plan in accordance with EPA guidelines on contaminated land management and this will be provided to Roads and Maritime under G36 hold point cl 4.2.3.
5. Unexpected potentially contaminated material will be excavated and separately stockpiled in a secure location on strong impermeable plastic sheeting and covered top and sides with securely fitted plastic sheeting.
6. The stockpile will be protected by adequate sediment controls to collect runoff and prevent overland stormwater flow from affecting the base of the stockpile.
7. Potentially contaminated materials from different parts of the construction area will be segregated into separate stockpiles. The separate stockpiles should be signposted and the source location of the materials on site recorded.
8. When the potentially contaminated material has been removed, the area from which this material was excavated will also be isolated. Further excavation or other construction work will not occur in that area until advice from a suitably qualified environmental consultant is provided confirming that any contaminated material has been removed and that the area is suitable for further excavation or construction activity.
9. The location from which potentially contaminated materials is excavated and the location of the stockpile of excavated material will be recorded on a site plan. Records will include
The Northern Road Upgrade, Stage 4
Ancillary Facility Management Plan 65
an outline of the area and depth of the potentially contaminated materials and the volume of material excavated.
10. A suitably qualified environmental consultant will assess the potentially contaminated material and prepare a report advising whether the material is contaminated at levels exceeding the NSW EPA endorsed guidelines for reuse on-site and/or whether the material needs to be disposed of off-site as waste, and the classification of that waste.
11. Where contaminated material is assessed as being unsuitable for reuse on site, the area where the material was excavated will require validation.
For asbestos
Unexpected asbestos / ACM find procedure In the event that a person on site identifies or disturbs asbestos / ACM that is not already identified in the Asbestos Register, GEJV will follow all reporting and notification requirements in OACEMP Appendix A7 Roads and Maritime Environmental Incident Classification and Reporting Procedure, including notifying the ER. GEJV will also undertake the following actions:
Stop work in the area potentially impacted by ACM as soon as it is safe to do so and move to the upwind side of the area, or away from the area.
Assess the potential immediate risk to human health posed by the unexpected find and assess if evacuation is necessary.
Delineate an exclusion zone around the affected area using fencing and/or appropriate barriers and signage. Keeping soil damp will minimise the release of fibres to air.
Contact the Environmental Scientist / Engineer for advice and request a site visit to undertake a risk assessment of the unexpected find and determine what further assessment and/or remediation works are required.
Implement advice and validate outcomes are assessed by the Environmental Scientist / Engineer to be satisfactory. Document outcome, presenting recommendations to the Roads and Maritime Project Manager.
The Roads and Maritime Project Manager to confirm that works may resume in the affected area, in consultation with the ER.
Note: Where a NSW EPA Accredited Site Auditor has been engaged, Roads and Maritime in consultation with the specialist Contaminated Land Consultant, will inform the Site Auditor of the unexpected find and proposed measures to remediate/manage risks from ACM. These measures
should be endorsed by the Site Auditor before implementation. The unexpected asbestos management procedure during Construction is summarised in the flow chart (below) Where small fragments of ACM or suspected ACM are found, and provided that:
The total number of fragments is < 20, or
The total surface area of the fragment/piece is < 1 m2, or
The fragments are spread over an area of < 10 m2, and
The fragments are non-friable and located on ground surface or within the topsoil layer then the Contractor Environmental Scientist / Engineer will collect any fragments and place it in a 200 mm polythene bag for later disposal at an appropriate waste facility. A detailed visual inspection of the area will be carried out by the Contractor Environmental Scientist /
Engineer, which will involve wet raking of the areas to a depth of 10 cm for any further fragments. If no further fragments are identified, works can continue.
The Northern Road Upgrade, Stage 4
Ancillary Facility Management Plan 65
If, during the visual inspection, the Contractor Environmental Scientist / Engineer determines that the criteria described above are exceeded, or if suspected asbestos / ACM continues to be identified during excavation works and/or if it is thought that any uncovered material might be considered asbestos containing and friable, works will cease and the Environmental Scientist / Engineer will assess the situation and determine an appropriate course of action in accordance with Section 4. I f required the GEJV will engage an Environmental Scientist / Engineer will remove samples of the material for testing at a NATA-accredited laboratory and will monitor airborne dust levels. Following testing, the Environmental Scientist / Engineer will determine and report:
if the asbestos is non-friable or friable
the extent of the contamination
options for the appropriate remediation of the area (Section 4)
the requirement for a licenced asbestos removalist (Section 4)
The requirement for health screening of workers on site.
The Northern Road Stage 4 Project Ancillary Facilities Management Plan
67
Asbestos Management Procedure during Construction
Figure 5-8
The Northern Road Stage 4 Project Ancillary Facilities Management Plan
67
Appendix E
Roads and Maritime Unexpected Heritage Items Procedure In the event that an item is discovered, Figure 5-9 shall be followed and the Project ESR will be contacted.
The following actions will directly comply with the Roads and Maritime Unexpected Heritage Items Procedure as per Annexure B in Appendix B5 - Construction Cultural Heritage Management Plan. Unexpected Heritage Items Procedure
Figure 5-9
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 78
Appendix A5
Document Register
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 79
Register of Project environmental documents
Management Plan
CEMP Ref
Relevant procedures/programs Recipient/ review by
Legal and Contractual Requirements
App A1 Compliance tracking matrix Roads and Maritime
Environmental Aspects and Impacts Register
App A2 Project risk register Roads and Maritime
Environmental policy
App A3 Roads and Maritime
Ancillary Facility Management Plan
App A4 Minor Ancillary facility checklist and procedure.
The Secretary, DP&E
Consultation required with EPA, Liverpool City Council
Sensitive Area Plans
App A6 Roads and Maritime
Construction Traffic Management Plan
App B1 Construction Traffic Management Plan
Roads and Maritime, ER
Construction Flora and Fauna Management Sub Plan
App B2 Unexpected Threatened Species or EECs Finds Procedure
Fauna Handling and Rescue Procedure
Weed and Pathogen Management Plan
Vegetation Clearing Procedure
Roads and Maritime, ER
Construction Noise and Vibration Management Sub Plan
App B3 Construction Noise and Vibration Monitoring Program
Out of Hours Work Procedure
Roads and Maritime, ER
Construction Soil and Water Management Sub Plan
App B4 Water, Soil and Contamination Monitoring Program Sediment Basin Management and Discharge Procedure
Dewatering of Site Excavations
Dam Dewatering Procedure
Stockpile Management Protocol
Management of Tannins from Vegetation Mulch Procedure
Concept Erosion and Sediment Control Plans
Roads and Maritime, ER
Construction Cultural Heritage Management Sub Plan
App B5 Unexpected Heritage Items Procedure
Roads and Maritime ER
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 80
Management Plan
CEMP Ref
Relevant procedures/programs Recipient/ review by
Construction Air Quality Management Sub Plan
App B6 Construction Air Quality Monitoring Program
Roads and Maritime, ER
Construction Waste and Energy Management Sub Plan
App B7 Waste Management Register
Coal Tar Asphalt Management Plan
Location of waste facilities
Roads and Maritime
Construction Contaminated Land Management Sub Plan
App B8 Unexpected Discovery of Contaminated Land Procedure
Asbestos Management Plan
Roads and Maritime, ER
Other Management Measures Sub Plan
App B9 Roads and Maritime
Construction Sustainability Management Plan
App B10 Roads and Maritime, ER
PIRMP App B11 Roads and Maritime
Construction Community Liaison Plan
App B12 Roads and Maritime
Environmental procedures
App A7
App A9
App A10
Environmental incident classification and reporting procedure
Georgiou Nonconformity and corrective and preventative action procedure
Georgiou auditing, review and inspection standard
Issued for information to Roads and Maritime
Environmental work method statements
App A8 Environmental work method statement register
EWMS to be approved individually under hold points by Roads and Maritime
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 81
Appendix A6
Sensitive area plans
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 82
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 83
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 84
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 85
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 86
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 87
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 88
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 89
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 90
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 91
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 92
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 93
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 94
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 95
Appendix A7
Environmental incident classification and reporting procedure
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 96
Appendix A8
Environmental Work Method Statement Registers
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 97
EWMS register
Number Name Revision no Reviewed by Date
001 Site Compound Set-up B Roads and Maritime 15
002 Clearing and Grubbing (working in environmentally sensitive areas)
B Roads and Maritime
003 Site Survey A Roads and Maritime
004 Topsoil Stripping B Roads and Maritime, ER
005 Services Investigation B Roads and Maritime, ER
006 Geotech Investigation B Roads and Maritime, ER
007 Boundary Fencing B Roads and Maritime, ER
008 Culvert Installation and Extension A Roads and Maritime
009 Sediment Basin Management S Roads and Maritime
010 Earthworks A Roads and Maritime
011 Rehabilitation of Hydrocarbon Soil A Roads and Maritime
012 Demolition A
The Northern Road Upgrade between Mersey Road and Eaton Road
Construction Environmental Management Plan 98
EWMS training / induction attendance register
[We, the undersigned, confirm that we have been trained and inducted on this EWMS and the details have been explained and clearly
understood. We clearly understand that the environmental controls in this EWMS must be applied as documented, otherwise work is to cease
immediately.]
EWMS number Inductee Name Company Position Signature Date
GC-HSE-PRO-126 Uncontrolled when saved or printed Page 1 of 5
29/08/2018 Ver: 4.0 Always refer to GENIE for latest version Print Date: 16-Oct-18
Nonconformance Reporting and Corrective Action Procedure
NON-CONFORMANCE REPORTING & CORRECTIVE ACTION
PROCEDURE GC-HSE-PRO-126
Date Revision Description Version Revised by Document
Owner
Document
Authoriser
06/12/2013 Initial upload to new GENIE Intranet 1.0 Sean Baker Sean Baker Peter Grant Smith
17/08/2016
Procedure updated to distinguish processes for Product NCRs and System NCRs, updates to definitions and reference to Product NCR severity classifications.
2.0 Sean Baker Sean Baker Gary Georgiou
22/12/2016 Section 3.2.3 updated to address requirement to confirm effectiveness of actions taken with Product NCRs
3.0 Sean Baker Sean Baker Lambros Siamos
29/08/2018 Section 2 updated to reflect latest risk matrix classification levels
4.0 Katherine Woodford
Sean Baker Lambros Siamos
2018 Georgiou Group Pty Ltd
Reproduction of this document, in whole or in part, in any format or media is prohibited without express permission from the authorised Quality Representative of Georgiou.
GC-HSE-PRO-126 Uncontrolled when saved or printed Page 2 of 5
29/08/2018 Ver: 4.0 Always refer to GENIE for latest version Print Date: 16-Oct-18
Nonconformance Reporting and Corrective Action Procedure
1. PURPOSE & SCOPE
This procedure describes the requirements associated with the identification, reporting and correction of Product
and System non-conformances.
This Procedure applies to all Georgiou operations including subcontractors and suppliers to Georgiou.
2. TERMINOLOGY & DEFINITIONS
General Terms and Definitions associated with Georgiou’s Management System can be found within Georgiou’s
Terminology & Definitions Guideline.
Key definitions associated with this procedure are defined below
Item Description
Non-conformance; Non-fulfilment of a requirement (customer requirement, product requirement, management system requirement).
Product Non-conformance Is the result of a product/process or service that does not conform to specified requirements or stated expectation. Severity classification levels have been established for product non-conformances, detailed below.
Product NCR Classification Levels
Class 3 - rectification costs below or equal to $20,000 Class 2 - rectification costs above $20,000 and less than $1000,000 Class 1 - rectification costs equal to or above $100,000
System Non-conformance Non-conformance which is directly related to the administration and/or management system. May be identified through audit (internal, client and Third party), Incident Investigations, Workplace Inspections, Complaints and Georgiou Management System Reviews. Two Severity classification levels have been established for System Non-conformances.
System Non-conformance Severity Classification
Minor: where isolated discrepancies are found between what has/is required and what has/is occurring. A minor non-conformance does not have the potential to cause significant adverse effects to project quality, the environment or safety
Major: The absence of a system or part of the system, or that the documented systems or procedures are not being followed. Potential to cause significant adverse effects to project quality, the environment or safety.
QHEST Web-based event management reporting system used by Georgiou for reporting of HSEQ Incidents and Non-conformances. NOTE: Some Georgiou projects may utilise alternative systems for Product Non-conformance reporting due to client or other requirements, subject to prior approval by the Quality Manager. The requirements of this procedure still apply when using alternative reporting systems. All System NCRs shall be reported via QHEST.
GC-HSE-PRO-126 Uncontrolled when saved or printed Page 3 of 5
29/08/2018 Ver: 4.0 Always refer to GENIE for latest version Print Date: 16-Oct-18
Nonconformance Reporting and Corrective Action Procedure
3. PRODUCT NON-CONFORMANCES
3.1 Identification and Segregation
Upon identification of a product non-conformance undertake the following;
Where practicable, the product shall be segregated to prevent inadvertent use or release. This may
include a combination of labelling/marking and documentation.
Ensure the matter is communicated within the project team.
Quality documentation, such as the Lot register and Inspection and test Plans/Checklists, shall be updated
to note the Non-conformance and current “on-hold” status.
All Non-conforming product shall remain “on-hold” until disposition to release is approved and received
from the required authority in accordance with Project specific Quality Management plan requirements.
3.2 Product Non-conformance Reporting
All Product Non-conformances shall be reported via the web-based reporting application (QHEST). Formal reporting
shall occur as soon as practicable, but as a minimum within 24hrs of the issue being detected. The involvement of
staff throughout the System Non-conformance process shall be in accordance with Appendix 8.1 NCR Notification
and response matrix.
3.2.1 Assess Severity and Classify NCR – Estimate Costs
Estimate the costs of rectifying the Product NCR when the issue is identified/reported to allow classification of the
NCR. This may include costs associated with;
Rework ie. Materials, Plant and equipment, Labour
Costs associated with re-design
Demolition, waste disposal and transport
Time delays
Costs associated with inspection, testing and verification
Estimated costs are to be reported within QHEST. The party responsible for the rectification costs are also to be
recorded (ie Subcontractor/Georgiou).
NOTE: Initial reported rectification costs will be an estimate only. It is anticipated that rectification costs will need
to be updated as the NCR is further investigated and followed up. The actual rectification costs shall be confirmed
prior to the NCR being closed.
3.2.2 External Reporting and Approval
The Project Manager is responsible for the notification of the Non-conformance to relevant parties as contractually
required and seeking and recording approval from the client, Designer, or other stakeholder on the proposed
correction
3.2.3 Non-conformance Report Close-Out
NOTE: Where non-conforming product is reworked, repaired, or otherwise corrected by an approved method it shall be re-inspected and/or tested to verify and demonstrate conformance to requirements. Where external approval is required, this must be obtained and recorded prior to closing the Non-conformance. Once all approved actions associated with a non-conformance report have been completed, actual rectification
costs associated with the NCR shall be updated and the NCR closed.
The QHEST NCR reporting system requires that responsible and Close-out Manager roles are assigned with the NCR,
these roles shall undertake the following;
GC-HSE-PRO-126 Uncontrolled when saved or printed Page 4 of 5
29/08/2018 Ver: 4.0 Always refer to GENIE for latest version Print Date: 16-Oct-18
Nonconformance Reporting and Corrective Action Procedure
Responsible Manager ensure the corrective and preventative actions identified to address the Non-conformance are adequate to address the issue. Ensure those persons assigned actions complete them in a timely manner.
Close-Out Manager verify that the identified corrective and preventative actions have been taken and are effective in preventing recurrence.
NOTE: Where an alternative NCR system to QHEST is utilised by a project for product NCR reporting, the above
requirements apply – the person responsible for closing the NCR shall confirm effectiveness of actions taken.
Project NCR reporting templates shall address this requirement.
4. SYSTEM NON-CONFORMANCES
4.1 Reporting System Non-conformances
Systems and/or their implementation that do not meet requirements will be deemed non-conforming and must be
reported as a System Non-Conformance within the QHEST web-based reporting system. The involvement of staff
throughout the System Non-conformance process shall be in accordance with Appendix 8.1 NCR Notification and
response matrix.
4.1.1 System Non-conformance Classification
Each System non-conformance will be identified with one of the following functional areas: Health and Safety,
Environment, Quality or Other. Other categories include areas of the business such as Tendering, HR, Commercial
or Administration.
System non-conformance severity and correction type are classified as either Minor or Major. No cost data is
required for system non-conformance correction.
Corrective and Preventative actions to address the System Non-conformance shall be recorded within QHEST and
assigned to relevant persons. Actions may include; new or updated process procedures and/or evidence of training
4.1.2 Responsibility for addressing System non-conformance
The QHEST system requires that responsible and Close-out Manager roles are assigned with the NCR, these roles
shall undertake the following;
Responsible Manager ensure the corrective and preventative actions identified to address the Non-conformance are adequate to address the issue. Ensure those persons assigned actions complete them in a timely manner.
Close-Out Manager verify that the identified corrective and preventative actions have been taken and are effective in preventing recurrence.
5. CHANGE MANAGEMENT
Corrective or preventative actions that identifies or results in new or changed hazards or the need for new or changed controls, or a change to the Georgiou Management System are to be undertaken in accordance with the requirements of Georgiou’s Change Management Procedure GC-HSE-PRO-136.
GC-HSE-PRO-126 Uncontrolled when saved or printed Page 5 of 5
29/08/2018 Ver: 4.0 Always refer to GENIE for latest version Print Date: 16-Oct-18
Nonconformance Reporting and Corrective Action Procedure
6. MONITORING & MEASUREMENT
The Georgiou Quality Manager is responsible for maintaining systems to monitor and measure Non-conformances
reported to ensure timely and effective management and enable review and communication of Management System
performance.
Product Non-conformances Establishment and maintenance of a Non-conformance Revenue Frequency rate (NCR-FR). Trend/analysis of NCR rework costs by Business Unit by Month.
System Non-conformances Weekly BSR report sent to Business Unit Managers identifying status of Non-conformances and associated actions recorded within QHEST.
7. REFERENCES
Change Management Procedure GC-HSE-PRO-267
Terminology & Definitions Guideline GC-ADM-PRO-009
Georgiou Risk Matrix
8. APPENDICES
8.1 Appendix A – Non-conformance Notification and Response Matrix
The following outlines the minimum personnel involvement in response to reported non-conformances.
Responsible Manager Close-Out Manager Internal Notification Investigation
Product NCR
Class 3 Project Quality Representative
Project Manager Project Team Supervisor, Project Engineer, Project Quality Representative
Class 2 Project Manager Construction Manager/Operations Manager
Business Unit Snr Management (CMs, OM’s and EGMs)
Supervisor, Project Engineer, Project Quality Representative
Quality Manager as required
Class 1 Construction Manager/Operations Manager
Business Unit General Manager
Business Unit Snr Management (CMs, OM’s and EGMs), and all Georgiou Senior Leadership team
Construction/Operations Manager, Supervisor/Project Engineer, Project Quality Representative
Quality Manager
System NCR – notifications issued via QHEST workflow
Minor Project Quality representative
Project Manager Project Team Supervisor, Project Engineer, Project Quality Representative
Major Construction Manager Business Unit General Manager
Business Unit Snr Management (CMs, OM’s and EGM, HS Manager, Quality Manager)
Construction/Operations Manager, Quality Manager, Supervisor/Project Engineer, Project Quality Representative
GC-HSE-STA-155 Uncontrolled when saved or printed Page 1 of 6
9/08/2016 Ver: 5.0 Always refer to GENIE for latest version Print Date: 16-Oct-18
Auditing, Reviews and Inspections
AUDITING, REVIEWS AND INSPECTIONS
STANDARD GC-HSE-STA-155
Date Revision Description Version Revised by Document
Owner
Document
Authoriser
18/12/2013 Changed from GC- MGT-ST007 to GC- HSE-STA-155 and re-versioned for new GENIE document control system
1.0 Alyson Bray Sean Baker Scott Morris
18/05/2015
s3.1.8 updated to define current audit schedule requirements. s 3.1.8 Corrective Actions process consolidated for all audit types.
2.0 K. Woodford/
S. Baker Sean Baker Scott Morris
2/12/2015
S3.1.1 updated to include HiPD Reviews. S3.6 updated - removed reference to meetings (addressed in Management System Standard).
3.0 K.Woodford Sean Baker Travis Kingdon
31/03/2016 S3.2.2 Amended Workplace Inspection requirements from weekly to monthly (MOC-GC513)
4.0 K.Woodford Sean Baker Travis Kingdon
9/08/2016 Responsibilities/accountabilities updated following changed HSEQ organisational structure.
5.0 K.Woodford Katherine Woodford
Sean Baker
2018 Georgiou Group Pty Ltd
Reproduction of this document, in whole or in part, in any format or media is prohibited without express permission from the authorised Quality Representative of Georgiou.
GC-HSE-STA-155 Uncontrolled when saved or printed Page 2 of 6
9/08/2016 Ver: 5.0 Always refer to GENIE for latest version Print Date: 16-Oct-18
Auditing, Reviews and Inspections
1. PURPOSE & SCOPE
This Standard describes the processed used by Georgiou to evaluate and review the implementation of the Georgiou
Management System. Audits, reviews and inspections are completed for the following purpose;
To identify compliance against Georgiou procedures, plans, legal requirements and other obligations;
To identify areas where performance needs to be improved;
To identify leading practise, so that such practises can be communicated and implemented across other
Georgiou operations.
This Standard applies to all Georgiou operations.
2. TERMINOLOGY & DEFINITIONS
Terms and definitions used within this document are further explained in Georgiou’s Terminology & Definitions
Guideline.
3. DESCRIPTION
3.1 Audits and Reviews
Audits and Reviews involve a formal and systematic process of assessing conformance with specific procedures
through interviews, document review and physical verification of operational controls in the workplace. At
Georgiou, the following audits and reviews will be undertaken;
3.1.1 Internal System Audits and Reviews
Internal System audits are those conducted on a site, business unit or functional area to determine compliance to
the management systems and an assessment as the effectiveness of those requirements to meet our legal and other
obligations. Internal system audits comprise any of the following;
Quality Audits
HSE Audits
HSE Mobilisation Audits
Management System Audits
Environmental Compliance Reviews
Commercial Audits
HR Audits
3.1.2 Company Environmental Legal Compliance Evaluation
An evaluation of Company environmental legal and other obligations will be undertaken to determine compliance
with environmental legislation, approvals, licenses and other applicable requirements. Over a rolling three year
period, desktop reviews and site visits will be undertaken to evaluate Georgiou activities conducted within each
jurisdiction. Planned visits will be documented on the Auditing and Review Schedule.
The Environment Management System Representative is accountable for ensuring that the evaluations are
completed by a person with suitable expertise. The HSE Legal and Other Obligation Directory’s will be updated
to reflect any new requirements and a plan put in place to address corrective or preventative actions to maintain
compliance.
GC-HSE-STA-155 Uncontrolled when saved or printed Page 3 of 6
9/08/2016 Ver: 5.0 Always refer to GENIE for latest version Print Date: 16-Oct-18
Auditing, Reviews and Inspections
3.1.3 Vendor Audits
Vendor Audits are those conducted by Georgiou on a Subcontractor or Supplier that have been engaged by Georgiou
to inspect and evaluate their management system, as well as its practices, products, and documentation.
Site’s Manager's will be accountable for arranging Vendor Audits where required to control risk or meet contractual
requirements. Requirements for these audits are to be detailed within site specific Management Plans.
3.1.4 Second and Third Party Audits
Second party audits are those conducted on a Georgiou site or the Georgiou Management System by a party who has
an interest in Georgiou, to provide verification of conformance to client or contractual requirements. The
notification that a Second party audit is to take place will be directed to the Accountable Manager who will
coordinate the audit and inform the Q Management System Representative for inclusion in the Audit & Review
Schedule.
Third party audits are those conducted by a third party such as regulatory bodies and certifying bodies to
determine compliance to certification or accreditation requirements. The Q Management System Representative is
responsible for arranging and coordinating third party audits and communicating outcomes to the organisation.
3.1.5 Training and Competency
Internal audits/reviews will be conducted by persons suitably experienced and/or trained in auditing and who are
independent of the site being audited e.g. A HSE cannot audit a site for which they are the HSE Representative.
Wherever possible, new Auditors to Georgiou or newly trained Auditors will be required to observe an experienced
Auditor conduct at least one audit before completing a solo audit, and during their first solo audit they will be
observed by an experienced Auditor.
The scope and criteria of an audit will determine the number of auditors to be assigned. Where it is deemed
necessary that more than one auditor is required, an audit team will be formed and a lead auditor nominated.
The assigned auditor(s) will be responsible for scheduling, preparing, performing and reporting on the audit.
3.1.6 Internal System Audit/Review Frequency
During project start-up the audit requirements for each project will be determined. Project audit requirements will
be determined with consideration of the nature of the work being completed (i.e. HSEQ risks), the number and
value of subcontracts, and any contractual requirements for audits. Operating facilities and functional areas will
be audited at least annually.
After each completed audit/review a recommendation will be made by the auditor that the frequency should
either:
1) Continue as per scheduled - monitoring required
2) Decrease - sufficient controls are in place to manage risk
3) Increase - insufficient controls are in place to manage risk
In the event of a serious incident or complaint, non-conformity, financial loss or other valid reason an unscheduled
audit/review may be initiated in addition to the stated requirements within this Standard.
3.1.7 Scheduling Internal Audits/Reviews
The Quality Management System Representative is responsible for maintaining the Audit & Review Schedule on the
company intranet. The Audit and Review Schedule is to detail the following;
Project being audited
GC-HSE-STA-155 Uncontrolled when saved or printed Page 4 of 6
9/08/2016 Ver: 5.0 Always refer to GENIE for latest version Print Date: 16-Oct-18
Auditing, Reviews and Inspections
Start and end date of audit
Reason for audit
Nominated person to conduct the audit /review
Type of review/audit
Audit status
Link to completed Audit Report
Where possible, the schedule will reflect audits/reviews to be conducted for the current financial year, however,
at a minimum, should always display audits/reviews scheduled at least 3 months in advance.
If an audit/review is not conducted for any reason then this reason will be noted on the schedule and re-scheduled
as appropriate. The approval to delay or reschedule an audit will be at the discretion of the Quality Management
System Representative.
3.1.8 Audit/Review Findings- Corrective/Preventative Actions
All non-conformities and improvement opportunities identified will be raised as a BSR in QHEST with actions
assigned to address each item. The auditee will be the assigned Responsible Manager for ensuring follow-up and
closeout of the audit actions. Their Line Manager will be the assigned Close-out Manager for ensuring the
effectiveness of the actions taken.
The auditee is responsible for responding, in the format required by the Auditor, to each non-conformity and
improvement opportunity raised in the report and accountable for closing out any actions within the agreed time-
frame.
Immediate Actions to Audit Findings
Any non-conformities that are identified during the audit/review, that have the potential to cause serious harm to
the environment, person or product/service which cannot be immediately controlled, are to be isolated by use of
barricading and or warning signs and communicated to persons on site as soon as practicable.
3.1.9 Communicating Audit Findings
For each audit completed, the final audit report, detailing audit findings, is to be forwarded to Business Unit (BU)
Management responsible for the audited area. At a minimum this will include the BU General Manager, Construction
and/or Operations Managers.
Where required, audit findings will be communicated to the wider organisation through Bulletins or GENIE alerts.
3.2 Inspections
3.2.1 Daily Task Inspections
All work areas will be visited by supervisory personnel daily to ensure tasks are being carried out in accordance
with planned activities and risk controls. This inspection does not require a formal record to be made, with the
exception of tasks being undertaken with a JHA/SWMS and/or Permit to Work where the supervisor will observe the
task and JHA/SWMS and sign the daily review in accordance with Georgiou’s Job Hazard Analysis Procedure.
3.2.2 Workplace Inspections
Workplace Inspections are conducted to check the working conditions and practices within an area or site. They are
to be conducted as a minimum monthly unless otherwise stated in the Sites HSE Management Plan. Office
inspections are only required to be done as a minimum bi-monthly. The inspection will include a sample of items in
the workplace and recorded on the Workplace Inspection – Site Form in One app.
GC-HSE-STA-155 Uncontrolled when saved or printed Page 5 of 6
9/08/2016 Ver: 5.0 Always refer to GENIE for latest version Print Date: 16-Oct-18
Auditing, Reviews and Inspections
3.2.3 Detailed Hazard Inspections
Detailed Hazard Inspections (DHI’S) focus on a specific high risk activity and associated hazards and controls. DHI’s
are to be conducted as directed by the Site’s Management, based on risk identification and/or legal or other
obligations. The inspection will be recorded on the applicable Detailed Hazard Inspection Form or if available on
the DHI in One app.
3.2.4 Plant, equipment and supplies
Plant, equipment and supplies will be inspected in accordance with the Plant and Equipment Control Standard.
3.2.5 Training and Competency
Workplace and Detailed Hazard Inspections will include a suitably experienced or knowledgeable person in the
hazards, Georgiou and legal or other requirements pertaining to the inspection.
3.2.6 Scheduling Inspections
The Site HSE Representative or nominee will schedule the required inspections on the Sites Monitoring Schedule.
Detailed Hazard Inspections will need to be scheduled when it likely that a High Risk Activity is to be undertaken.
The Monitoring Schedule will record the following as a minimum:
Type of inspection
The date in which the inspection will take place
Nominated person to conduct the inspection
Where possible, the schedule will reflect inspections to be conducted for the current financial year, however, at a
minimum, should always display inspection scheduled at least 3 months in advance.
If an inspection is not conducted for any reason then this reason will be noted on the schedule and re-scheduled as
appropriate. The original scheduled inspection date and the newly scheduled inspection date will be maintained.
The approval to delay or reschedule an inspection will be at the discretion of the Site’s Manager.
3.2.7 Inspection Findings -Corrective/Preventative Actions
In the event that an inspection reveals hazards, the necessary actions to rectify the hazard will be allocated to a
person who has the responsibility and authority to address the issue. Hazards which are not able to be actioned
immediately will be recorded in the QHEST system and the action close-out date must be reflective of the risk
priority. The Site’s Manager will be accountable for the monitoring of close-out actions at the Site monthly
meetings.
Any significant hazards that are identified, that have the potential to cause serious harm to the environment or
person which cannot be immediately controlled, are to be isolated by use of barricading and or warning signs and
communicated to persons on site as soon as practicable.
3.3 Workforce Participation
Where practicable, audits, reviews and inspections should involve management, site HSE representative and
workers at all levels including Subcontractors.
3.4 Document & Record Control
The person conducting or coordinating the audit/review/inspection is responsible for ensuring records are
maintained in the Document Management System to enable validation of the system and for use in subsequent
audits/reviews/inspections.
GC-HSE-STA-155 Uncontrolled when saved or printed Page 6 of 6
9/08/2016 Ver: 5.0 Always refer to GENIE for latest version Print Date: 16-Oct-18
Auditing, Reviews and Inspections
3.5 Communication of Findings
The findings resulting from audits/reviews/ inspections will be communicated to personnel on site through toolbox
meetings, pre-start meetings, displaying a copy of the audit/ review/inspection on the HSE notice board or a
combination of these communication measures.
3.6 Review of Performance
Audit, review and inspection results will be consolidated to analyse performance trends, the effectiveness of the
Georgiou Management System and areas for improvement.
4. REFERENCES
Audit and Review Schedule
Job Hazard Analysis Procedure
Plant and Equipment Control Standard
Management System Standard
HSE Legal and Other Obligation Directory
GC-HSE-STA-155 Uncontrolled when saved or printed Page 102 of 124
9/08/2016 Ver: 5.0 Always refer to GENIE for latest version Print Date: 2-Nov-18
Auditing, Reviews and Inspections
Appendix A11
Georgiou ISO Certification
GC-HSE-STA-155 Uncontrolled when saved or printed Page 103 of 124
9/08/2016 Ver: 5.0 Always refer to GENIE for latest version Print Date: 2-Nov-18
Auditing, Reviews and Inspections
Section B: Supporting Management Plans
GC-HSE-STA-155 Uncontrolled when saved or printed Page 104 of 124
9/08/2016 Ver: 5.0 Always refer to GENIE for latest version Print Date: 2-Nov-18
Auditing, Reviews and Inspections
Appendix B1
Construction Traffic Management Plan
GC-HSE-STA-155 Uncontrolled when saved or printed Page 105 of 124
9/08/2016 Ver: 5.0 Always refer to GENIE for latest version Print Date: 2-Nov-18
Auditing, Reviews and Inspections
Appendix B2
Construction Flora and Fauna Management Sub Plan
GC-HSE-STA-155 Uncontrolled when saved or printed Page 106 of 124
9/08/2016 Ver: 5.0 Always refer to GENIE for latest version Print Date: 2-Nov-18
Auditing, Reviews and Inspections
Appendix B3
Construction Noise and Vibration Management Sub Plan
GC-HSE-STA-155 Uncontrolled when saved or printed Page 107 of 124
9/08/2016 Ver: 5.0 Always refer to GENIE for latest version Print Date: 2-Nov-18
Auditing, Reviews and Inspections
Appendix B4
Construction Soil and Water Management Sub Plan
GC-HSE-STA-155 Uncontrolled when saved or printed Page 108 of 124
9/08/2016 Ver: 5.0 Always refer to GENIE for latest version Print Date: 2-Nov-18
Auditing, Reviews and Inspections
Appendix B5
Construction Cultural Heritage Management Sub Plan
GC-HSE-STA-155 Uncontrolled when saved or printed Page 109 of 124
9/08/2016 Ver: 5.0 Always refer to GENIE for latest version Print Date: 2-Nov-18
Auditing, Reviews and Inspections
Appendix B6
Construction Air Quality Management Sub Plan
GC-HSE-STA-155 Uncontrolled when saved or printed Page 110 of 124
9/08/2016 Ver: 5.0 Always refer to GENIE for latest version Print Date: 2-Nov-18
Auditing, Reviews and Inspections
Appendix B7
Construction Waste and Energy Management Sub Plan
GC-HSE-STA-155 Uncontrolled when saved or printed Page 111 of 124
9/08/2016 Ver: 5.0 Always refer to GENIE for latest version Print Date: 2-Nov-18
Auditing, Reviews and Inspections
Appendix B8
Construction Contaminated Land Management Sub Plan
GC-HSE-STA-155 Uncontrolled when saved or printed Page 112 of 124
9/08/2016 Ver: 5.0 Always refer to GENIE for latest version Print Date: 2-Nov-18
Auditing, Reviews and Inspections
Appendix B9
Other Management Measures Management Plan
GC-HSE-STA-155 Uncontrolled when saved or printed Page 113 of 124
9/08/2016 Ver: 5.0 Always refer to GENIE for latest version Print Date: 2-Nov-18
Auditing, Reviews and Inspections
Appendix B10
Construction Sustainability Management Plan
GC-HSE-STA-155 Uncontrolled when saved or printed Page 114 of 124
9/08/2016 Ver: 5.0 Always refer to GENIE for latest version Print Date: 2-Nov-18
Auditing, Reviews and Inspections
Appendix B11
Pollution Incident Response Management Plan
top related